20_GMC_Yukon_YukonXL_YukonDenali_COV_en_US_84367243B_2019AUG05.ai 1 8/2/2019 11:48:38 AM
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
84367243 B GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Contents Introduction ...... 2 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 9 Seats and Restraints ...... 46 Storage ...... 109 Instruments and Controls ...... 114 Lighting ...... 164 Infotainment System ...... 174 Climate Controls ...... 175 Driving and Operating ...... 183 Vehicle Care ...... 281 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 377 Technical Data ...... 392 Customer Information ...... 396 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 406 OnStar ...... 410 Connected Services ...... 418 Index ...... 421 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 8/2/19
2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from: specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens that may not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de the printing of this owner’s manual. ce guide en français auprès du The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse Refer to the purchase suivante: slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated this manual including, but not limited features. Attention: Customer Service to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the 47911 Halyard Drive GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170 DENALI are trademarks and/or quick reference. USA service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Using this Manual or licensors. To quickly locate information about For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the substitute the name “General back of the manual. It is an Motors of Canada Company” for alphabetical list of what is in the GMC wherever it appears in this manual and the page number where manual. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84367243 B Second Printing © 2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Introduction 3 Danger, Warning, and Symbols Caution Caution The vehicle has components and Warning messages found on vehicle Caution indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of labels and in this manual describe could result in property or vehicle text. Symbols are shown along with hazards and what to do to avoid or damage. the text describing the operation or reduce them. information relating to a specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator. { Danger M : Shown when the owner’s Danger indicates a hazard with a manual has additional instructions high level of risk which will result or information. in serious injury or death. * : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions A circle with a slash through it is a or information. safety symbol which means “Do { Warning Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let 0 : Shown when there is more this happen.” information on another page — Warning indicates a hazard that “see page.” could result in injury or death. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
4 Introduction Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature : : Oil Pressure Here are some additional symbols _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited X : Park Assist that may be found on the vehicle H and what they mean. See the : Flammable ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator features in this manual for [ : Forward Collision Alert O : Power information. R : Fuse Block Cover Lock 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert u : Air Conditioning System Location I : Registered Technician G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil + : Fuses / : Remote Vehicle Start 9 : Airbag Readiness Light j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child > : Seat Belt Reminders ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Restraints I : Side Blind Zone Alert $ : Brake System Warning Light Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed h : Stop/Start 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly | : Lane Change Alert 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor @ P : Do Not Apply High Pressure : Lane Departure Warning d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ Water A : Lane Keep Assist Electronic Stability Control (ESC) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Introduction 5 Instrument Panel Overview GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
6 Introduction 1. Air Vents 0 180. 5. Favorite Switches (Out of 13. Rear Climate Control Buttons. 0 View). See “Steering Wheel See Rear Climate Control 2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 147 0 (If Equipped). Controls” in the infotainment System 179. manual. 14. Ignition Positions (Keyless 3. g Traction Control/Electronic Volume Switches (Out of View). Access) 0 202 or 0 Stability Control 226. See “Steering Wheel Controls” Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 j Power Assist Steps 0 32 (If in the infotainment manual. 204. Equipped). 6. Hazard Warning Flashers 15. Steering Wheel Controls. See 0 168. the infotainment manual. X Park Assist Button (If 0 0 Equipped). See Assistance 7. Instrument Cluster 126. 16. Horn 116. Systems for Parking or Backing 8. Shift Lever. See Automatic 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 242. Transmission 0 213. 0 115. A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Tow/Haul Selector Button. See 18. Hood Release. See Hood 0 251 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode 0 218. 0 284. 0 0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If Range Selection Mode (If 19. Cruise Control 230. Equipped). See Manual Mode Equipped). See Adjustable Adaptive Cruise Control 0 232 0 216. Throttle and Brake Pedal (If Equipped). 0 201. 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Headlamp System 0 167. 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn System 0 245 (If Equipped). 0 and Lane-Change Signals 10. Infotainment 174. Heated Steering Wheel 0 116 0 169. 11. Dual Automatic Climate Control (If Equipped). 0 Windshield Wiper/Washer System 175. 20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If 0 116. 12. Heated and Ventilated Front Equipped). See Towing Seats 0 54 (If Equipped). Equipment 0 270. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Introduction 7 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 136. 22. Automatic Transfer Case Knob (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 219. 23. Parking Brake 0 225. 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. Fog Lamps 0 169 (If Equipped). 25. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 170. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
8 Introduction 2 NOTES GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Steering Column Lock ...... 35 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Immobilizer ...... 36 Windows Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) ...... 36 Keys (Keyless Access) Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Keys and Locks Access) ...... 36 { Warning Keys (Keyless Access) ...... 9 Exterior Mirrors Leaving children in a vehicle with Keys (Key Access) ...... 10 Convex Mirrors ...... 37 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) an ignition key or Remote Power Mirrors ...... 38 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is System ...... 13 Folding Mirrors ...... 38 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) dangerous and children or others Heated Mirrors ...... 39 could be seriously injured or System Operation (Key Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 39 killed. They could operate the Access) ...... 13 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 39 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 40 power window or other controls or System Operation (Keyless make the vehicle move. The Access) ...... 16 Interior Mirrors windows will function with the key Remote Vehicle Start ...... 23 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 41 in the ignition or with the RKE Door Locks ...... 24 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 41 transmitter in the vehicle, and Power Door Locks ...... 25 Automatic Dimming Rearview children or others could be caught Delayed Locking ...... 25 Mirror ...... 41 in the path of a closing window. Automatic Door Locks ...... 25 Child-View Mirror ...... 41 Do not leave children in a vehicle Lockout Protection ...... 26 with the ignition key or an RKE Safety Locks ...... 26 Windows Windows ...... 41 transmitter. Doors Power Windows ...... 42 Liftgate ...... 27 Sun Visors ...... 43 Power Assist Steps ...... 32 Roof Vehicle Security Sunroof ...... 44 Vehicle Security ...... 33 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 33 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
10 Keys, Doors, and Windows The key, inside the Remote Keyless With an active OnStar or connected Entry (RKE) transmitter, can be service plan, an OnStar Advisor used for all locks. may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 410. If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program 0 400. If equipped with memory seats, RKE transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 51. Keys (Key Access)
{ Warning To remove the key, press the button on the side of the RKE transmitter Leaving children in a vehicle with near the bottom, and pull the key an ignition key or Remote out. Never pull the key out without Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressing the button. dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or See your dealer if a replacement killed. They could operate the key or additional key is needed. power window or other controls or If it becomes difficult to turn a key, make the vehicle move. The If the vehicle has the Keyless inspect the key blade for debris. windows will function with the key Access system, there is a key in the Periodically clean with a brush in the ignition or with the RKE transmitter. or pick. transmitter in the vehicle, and (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 attachment of the provided key ring. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) It is important that any replacement ignition keys have a small hole. See children or others could be caught moved out of the RUN position. your dealer if a replacement key is in the path of a closing window. This could be caused by heavy required. Do not leave children in a vehicle items hanging from the key ring, with the ignition key or an RKE or by large or long items attached The combination and size of the transmitter. to the key ring that could be rings that came with your keys were contacted by the driver or specifically selected for your vehicle. The rings are connected to steering wheel. If the ignition the key like two links of a chain to moves out of the RUN position, reduce the risk of unintentionally the engine will shut off, braking moving the key out of the RUN and steering power assist may be position. Do not add any additional impacted, and airbags may not items to the ring attached to the deploy. To reduce the risk of ignition key. Attach additional items unintentional rotation of the only to the second ring, and limit ignition key, do not change the added items to a few essential keys way the ignition key and Remote or small, light items no larger than Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, an RKE transmitter. if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.
{ Warning The ignition key and key rings, and RKE transmitter, if equipped, are If the key is unintentionally designed to work together as a rotated while the vehicle is system to reduce the risk of running, the ignition could be unintentionally moving the key out (Continued) of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Interference from radio-frequency 3. Quickly, within five seconds, identification (RFID) tags may insert the second original prevent the key from starting the already programmed key in the vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from ignition and turn the ignition on the key when starting the vehicle. without starting the engine. The key can be used for the ignition, 4. Turn the ignition off and and all locks. remove the key. If equipped with memory seats, 5. Insert the new key to be keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating programmed, and within positions of memory 1 or 2. See five seconds, turn the ignition Memory Seats 0 51. on without starting the engine. Programming Keys to the The security light will turn off Vehicle once the key has been programmed. Follow these procedures to program up to eight keys to the vehicle. 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to be programmed. Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your Recognized Keys (Key dealer to have a new key made. Vehicles Only) To program a new key: Programming without Recognized Keys (Key Vehicles Only) 1. Insert the original, already programmed key in the ignition Program a new key to the vehicle and turn the ignition on without when a recognized key is not starting the engine. available. Canadian regulations require that Canadian owners see 2. Turn the ignition off and their dealer. remove the key. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 If two currently recognized keys are After the two keys are learned, . Check the location. Other not available, follow this procedure remaining keys can be learned by vehicles or objects may be to program the first key. following the procedure in blocking the signal. This procedure will take “Programming with Two Recognized . Check the transmitter's battery. Keys (Key Vehicles Only). approximately 30 minutes to ” See “Battery Replacement” later complete for the first key. The See your dealer if a replacement in this section. vehicle must be off and all of the key or additional key is needed. . If the transmitter is still not keys must be with you. If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your 1. Insert the new vehicle key into Roadside Assistance Program dealer or a qualified technician the ignition. 0 400. for service. 2. Turn the ignition on without With an active OnStar or connected starting the engine. The service plan, an OnStar Advisor Remote Keyless Entry security light will come on. may remotely unlock the vehicle. (RKE) System Operation 0 3. Wait 10 minutes until the See OnStar Overview 410. (Key Access) security light turns off. Remote Keyless Entry The RKE transmitter functions may 4. Turn the ignition off. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from (RKE) System the vehicle. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After the third time, turn See Radio Frequency Statement Other conditions can affect the 0 the ignition on; the key is 405. performance of the transmitter. See learned and all previously If there is a decrease in the Remote Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) known keys will no longer work Keyless Entry (RKE) operating System 0 13. with the vehicle. range: 6. To learn the second key, turn . Check the distance. The the ignition off, insert the transmitter may be too far from second key to be learned, and the vehicle. turn the ignition on without starting the engine. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows when Q is pressed again within If equipped with auto mirror folding, three seconds. See Vehicle pressing and holding K for Personalization 0 152. one second will unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Pressing arms the alarm system. Q Personalization 0 152. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 33. Press and hold K until the windows If equipped with auto mirror folding, fully open, if remote window pressing and holding Q for operation is enabled. See Vehicle one second will fold the mirrors, Personalization 0 152. if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. b : Press twice to open or close the liftgate. Press once to stop the / : Press and release Q, then K : Press once to unlock the driver liftgate from moving. K immediately press and hold / until door. If is pressed again within c : Press twice to open the the turn signal lamps flash or for at three seconds, all remaining doors liftglass. least four seconds. The engine may unlock. The interior lamps may 7 : Press and release to initiate the be started from outside the vehicle come on and stay on for 20 seconds vehicle locator. The turn signal using the RKE transmitter. See or until the ignition is turned on. lamps flash and the horn sounds three times. Remote Vehicle Start 0 23. If enabled, the turn signal lamps Q : Press to lock all doors. flash twice to indicate unlocking has Press and hold 7 for more than occurred. If enabled, the exterior three seconds to activate the panic If enabled, the turn signal lamps lamps may turn on. See Vehicle flash once to indicate locking has Personalization 0 152. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps K and the horn sounds repeatedly for Pressing on the RKE transmitter 30 seconds. The alarm turns off disarms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 33. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 when the ignition is turned on or 7 Caution is pressed again. The ignition must be off for the panic alarm to work. When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on Programming Transmitters to the transmitter. Static from your the Vehicle body could damage the Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter. to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a To replace the battery: replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters programmed to it. 2. Press and slide the battery See your dealer for transmitter down toward the pocket of the programming. transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a Battery Replacement metal object Replace the battery in the 3. Remove the battery. transmitter soon if the Driver 4. Insert the new battery, positive Information Center displays side facing up. Replace with a REPLACE BATTERY IN CR2032 or equivalent battery. REMOTE KEY. 5. Push together the transmitter 1. Separate and remove the back back cover top side first, and cover of the transmitter with a then the bottom toward the flat, thin object, such as a coin. key ring. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Keyless Entry immediately unlock. See Vehicle (RKE) System Operation Personalization 0 152. If the (Keyless Access) passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Pressing Q arms the alarm system. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is See Vehicle Alarm System 0 33. within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in this K : Press once to unlock only the section. driver door. If K is pressed again The RKE transmitter functions may within three seconds, all remaining work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from doors unlock. The interior lamps the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. may come on and stay on for Other conditions can affect the If enabled, the turn signal lamps 20 seconds or until the ignition is performance of the transmitter. See flash once on the second press to turned on. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) indicate locking has occurred. System 0 13. If enabled, the turn signal lamps If enabled, the horn chirps when Q flash twice to indicate unlocking has is pressed again within occurred. If enabled, the exterior three seconds. See Vehicle lamps may turn on. See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Personalization 0 152. Pressing K on the RKE transmitter If the driver door is open when Q is disarms the alarm system. See pressed and Unlocked Door Vehicle Alarm System 0 33. Anti-Lockout is enabled, all doors will lock and then the driver door will GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Press and hold K until the windows least four seconds. The engine may Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door fully open, if remote window be started from outside the vehicle operation is enabled. See Vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See When the doors are locked and the 0 RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) Personalization 0 152. Remote Vehicle Start 23. of the door handle, pressing the b : Press twice to open or close Keyless Access Operation lock/unlock button on the driver door the liftgate. Press once to stop the The Keyless Access system allows handle will unlock the driver door. liftgate from moving. for doors and the liftgate to be If the lock/unlock button is pressed c : Press twice to open the accessed without pressing the RKE again within five seconds, all liftglass. transmitter button. The RKE passenger doors and the liftgate will transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) unlock. 7 : Press and release to initiate of the liftgate or door being opened. vehicle locate. The turn signal If the vehicle has this feature, there lamps flash and the horn sounds will be a button on the outside door three times. handles. Press and hold 7 for more than Keyless Access can be three seconds to activate the panic programmed to unlock all doors on alarm. The turn signal lamps flash the first lock/unlock press from the and the horn sounds repeatedly for driver door. Keyless access can also be turned off. See Vehicle 30 seconds. The alarm turns off Personalization 0 152. 7 when the ignition is turned on or If equipped with memory seats, RKE is pressed again. The ignition must transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to Driver Side Shown, Passenger be off for the panic alarm to work. seating positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 51. Side Similar / : Press and release Q, then immediately press and hold / until the turn signal lamps flash or for at GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows Pressing the lock/unlock button will Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking configured from the personalization cause all doors to lock if any of the of Exterior Door Handles and menu. See “Passive Door Unlock” following occur: Liftgate under Vehicle Personalization 0 . It has been more than If equipped, keyless unlocking of the 152. five seconds since the first lock/ exterior door handles and liftgate Passive Locking unlock button press. can be disabled and enabled. If equipped with Keyless Access, . Two lock/unlock button presses Disabling Keyless Unlocking: this feature will lock the vehicle were used to unlock all doors. With the vehicle off, press and hold several seconds after all doors are . Any vehicle door has been Q and K on the RKE transmitter at closed, if the vehicle is off and at opened and all doors are now the same time for approximately least one RKE transmitter has been closed. three seconds. The turn signal removed from the interior, or none lamps will flash four times quickly to remain in the interior. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from indicate access is disabled. Using the Passenger Doors If other electronic devices interfere any exterior handle to unlock the with the RKE transmitter signal, the When the doors are locked and the doors or open the liftgate will cause vehicle may not detect the RKE RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) the turn signal lamps to flash four transmitter inside the vehicle. of the door handle, pressing the times quickly, indicating access is If passive locking is enabled, the lock/unlock button on a passenger disabled. If disabled, disarm the doors may lock with the RKE door handle will unlock all doors. alarm system before starting the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Pressing the lock/unlock button will vehicle. not leave the RKE transmitter in an cause all doors to lock if any of the Enabling Keyless Unlocking: unattended vehicle. following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold To customize the doors to . The lock/unlock button was used Q and K on the RKE transmitter at automatically lock when exiting the to unlock all doors. the same time for approximately vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, . Any vehicle door has been three seconds. The turn signal Start” under Vehicle Personalization 0 opened and all doors are now lamps will flash twice quickly to 152. closed. indicate access is enabled. Enabling and disabling may also be GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Temporary Disable of Passive This occurs only once each time the programmed through your dealer. Locking vehicle is driven. To turn on or off The vehicle can be reprogrammed 0 Temporarily disable passive locking see Vehicle Personalization 152. so that lost or stolen transmitters no K longer work. Each vehicle can have by pressing and holding on the Keyless Liftgate Opening up to eight transmitters matched interior door switch with a door open Press the touch pad on the to it. for at least four seconds, or until underside of the liftgate handle to three chimes are heard. Passive open the liftgate when all doors are Programming with Recognized locking will then remain disabled unlocked, or when the transmitter is Transmitters until Q on the interior door is within 1 m (3 ft). A new transmitter can be pressed, or until the vehicle is programmed to the vehicle when Keyless Liftglass Opening turned on. there are two recognized Press the exterior liftglass button to transmitters. Remote Left In Vehicle Alert open the liftglass when all doors are To program, the vehicle must be off When the vehicle is turned off and unlocked, or when the transmitter is and all transmitters, both currently an RKE transmitter is left in the within 1 m (3 ft). recognized and new, must be vehicle, the horn will chirp three See Liftgate 0 27. with you. times after all doors are closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Key Access 1. Remove the key from the 0 recognized transmitter. Personalization 152. To access a vehicle with a weak Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert transmitter battery, see Door Locks 2. Place the two recognized 0 24. transmitters in the cupholder or If the vehicle is on with a door open, on the passenger seat. and then all doors are closed, the Programming Transmitters to vehicle will check for RKE the Vehicle 3. Insert the vehicle key into the transmitters inside. If an RKE key lock cylinder on the driver transmitter is not detected, the Only RKE transmitters programmed door handle. Then turn the key Driver Information Center (DIC) will to the vehicle will work. If a counterclockwise, to the unlock display NO REMOTE DETECTED transmitter is lost or stolen, a position, five times within and the horn will chirp three times. replacement can be purchased and 10 seconds. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows The DIC displays READY FOR 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. When the transmitter is must be off and all transmitters to learned, the DIC display will be programmed must be with you. show that it is ready to program 1. Remove the vehicle key from the next transmitter. the transmitter. 6. Remove the transmitter from 2. Insert the vehicle key into the the transmitter pocket and key lock cylinder on the driver press K or Q on the door handle; then turn the key transmitter. counterclockwise, to the unlock To program additional position, five times within transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. 10 seconds. When all additional transmitters The DIC displays REMOTE are programmed, press and LEARN PENDING, hold ENGINE START/STOP for PLEASE WAIT. 4. Place the new transmitter in approximately 12 seconds to 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the the transmitter pocket/insert. exit programming mode. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE Open the center console 7. Return the key back into the START BUTTON TO LEARN, storage area and the storage transmitter. then press ENGINE tray. The transmitter pocket/ START/STOP. Programming without Recognized insert is in front of the storage Transmitters The DIC will again display area next to the center console REMOTE LEARN PENDING, storage area between the If two currently recognized PLEASE WAIT. driver and front passenger transmitters are not available, follow 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional seats. this procedure to program up to eight transmitters. This feature is times. After the third time all not available in Canada. This previously known transmitters procedure will take approximately will no longer work with the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 vehicle. Remaining transmitters 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN can be relearned during the When the transmitter is START YOUR VEHICLE when next steps. learned, the DIC display will starting the vehicle. The DIC should now display show that it is ready to program To start the vehicle: the next transmitter. READY FOR REMOTE # 1. 1. Open the center console 7. Remove the transmitter from storage area and the the transmitter pocket/insert storage tray. and press K or Q on the transmitter. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for approximately 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 8. Return the key back into the 5. Place the new transmitter in transmitter. the transmitter pocket/insert. Starting the Vehicle with a Low Open the center console Transmitter Battery 2. Place the transmitter in the storage area and the storage transmitter pocket/insert. tray. The transmitter pocket/ If the transmitter battery is weak or if there is interference with the signal, 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or insert is in front of the storage N (Neutral) press the brake area next to the center console the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY pedal and ENGINE storage area between the START/STOP. driver and front passenger WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN seats. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows Battery Replacement 1. Press the button on the side of the RKE transmitter and pull Replace the battery in the the key out. Never pull the key transmitter soon if the DIC displays out without pressing the button. REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter. 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. To replace the battery: 4. Remove the battery. 5. Insert the new battery, positive 2. With the key removed, insert a side toward the back cover. flat, thin object in the center of Replace with a CR2032 or the transmitter to separate and equivalent battery. remove the back cover. 6. Push together the transmitter. 7. Reinsert the key. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 Remote Vehicle Start . There is an emission control When the vehicle starts, the system malfunction and the parking lamps will turn on. The The climate control system will malfunction indicator lamp is on. doors will be locked and the come on when the vehicle is started The engine will turn off during a climate control system may remotely depending on the outside come on. temperature. remote vehicle start if: The engine will continue to run The rear defog and heated and . The coolant temperature gets too high. for 15 minutes. Repeat ventilated seats may also come on. Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute See Heated and Ventilated Front . The oil pressure gets low. time extension. Seats 0 54 and The RKE transmitter range may be Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Turn the ignition on to operate the reduced while the vehicle is running. vehicle. Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters. Other conditions can affect the Extending Engine Run Time Check local regulations for any performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The engine run time can be requirements on remote starting of 0 extended by 15 minutes, for a total vehicles. System 13 or Vehicle Personalization 0 152. of 30 minutes, if during the first Do not use remote start if the 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle Starting the Engine Using Remote repeated while the engine is still could run out of fuel. Start running. An extension can be requested, 30 seconds after 1. Press and release . The vehicle cannot be remote Q starting. started if: 2. Immediately press and hold / A maximum of two remote starts, . The vehicle is not off. until the turn signal lamps flash or a single start with an extension, . The key is in the ignition (Key or for at least four seconds. is allowed between ignition cycles. Access) or the RKE transmitter The vehicle's ignition must be is in the vehicle (Keyless turned on and then back off to use Access). remote start again. . The hood is not closed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Canceling a Remote Start . Use the key in the driver door. Warning (Continued) To cancel a remote start, do one of To lock or unlock the doors from the following: passengers should wear inside the vehicle: seat belts properly and the . Press and hold / until the . Press or K on the power door doors should be locked Q parking lamps turn off. whenever the vehicle is lock switch. . Turn on the hazard warning driven. . Pushing down the manual lock flashers. . Young children who get into knob on the driver door will lock . Turn the ignition on and then off. unlocked vehicles may be all doors. Pushing down the unable to get out. A child manual lock knob on a Door Locks can be overcome by passenger door will lock only extreme heat and can suffer that door. { Warning permanent injuries or even . Pulling an interior door handle death from heat stroke. will unlock the door. Pulling the Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle door handle again unlatches it. whenever leaving it. dangerous. Keyless Access . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door If equipped, the RKE transmitter children, can easily open must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the liftgate or door being opened. Press moving vehicle. The doors the button on the door handle to can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this from happening. open. See “Keyless Access opened while the vehicle is Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry moving. The chance of (RKE) System Operation (Key being thrown out of the To lock or unlock the doors from Access) 0 13 or vehicle in a crash is outside the vehicle: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) increased if the doors are K System Operation (Keyless Access) not locked. So, all . Press Q or on the Remote 0 16. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Free-Turning Locks When Q is pressed on the power The door key lock cylinder turns door lock switch while the door is freely when either the wrong key is open, a chime will sound three used, or the correct key is not fully times indicating delayed locking is inserted. The free-turning door lock active. feature prevents the lock from being The doors will lock automatically forced open. To reset the lock, turn five seconds after all doors are it to the vertical position with the closed. If a door is reopened before correct key fully inserted. Remove that time, the five-second timer will the key and insert it again. If this reset when all doors are closed does not reset the lock, turn the key again. halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. Press Q on the door lock switch Q : Press to lock the doors. again or press Q on the RKE Power Door Locks K : Press to unlock the doors. transmitter to lock the doors immediately. Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Delayed Locking This feature can be programmed. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This feature delays the locking of See “Delayed Door Lock” under System Operation (Key Access) the doors until five seconds after all Vehicle Personalization 0 152. 0 13 or doors are closed. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Delayed locking can only be turned Automatic Door Locks System Operation (Keyless Access) on when the Unlocked Door The doors will lock automatically 0 16. Anti-Lockout feature has been when all doors are closed, the turned off. ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then opened and closed, the doors will lock either when your foot is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows removed from the brake or the Keyless Access : When locking is Safety Locks vehicle speed becomes faster than requested with the driver door open 13 km/h (8 mph). and the vehicle is on or in ACC/ The rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear To unlock the doors: ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. doors from inside the vehicle. K . Press on the power door lock If the vehicle is off and locking is switch. requested while a door is open, . Shift the transmission into when all doors are closed the P (Park). vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE Automatic door locking cannot be transmitter is detected and the disabled. Automatic door unlocking number of RKE transmitters inside can be programmed. See Vehicle 0 has not reduced, the driver door will Personalization 152. unlock and the horn will sound three times. Lockout Protection This can be manually overridden by Key Access : When locking is pressing and holding on the requested with the driver door open Q and the key in the ignition, all the power door lock switch. Press { to activate the safety locks doors will lock and then the driver Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout on the rear doors. The indicator light door will unlock. comes on when activated. If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is This can be manually overridden by turned on and the vehicle is off, the Press { again to deactivate the pressing and holding Q on the driver door is open, and locking is safety locks. power door lock switch. requested, all the doors will lock and the driver door will remain open. The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Manual Liftgate Doors Warning (Continued) Liftgate . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that { Warning brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems” liftgate or trunk/hatch open, in the Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 212. carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can To open the liftgate, press K on the cause unconsciousness and even power door lock switch or press K death. Caution on the RKE transmitter twice to unlock all doors. Press the touch If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or pad (1) on the underside of the the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area liftgate handle and lift up. Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is . Press the button (2) above the clear before opening it. . Fully open the air outlets on license plate to open the liftglass, or under the instrument or press c twice quickly on the panel. RKE transmitter. Do not leave the (Continued) liftglass open when raising the liftgate. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows There will be a delay in the release Power Liftgate Operation of the liftglass if there is an attempt to open it while the rear wiper is in { Warning motion. Use the pull cup to lower and close You or others could be injured if the liftgate. Do not press the touch caught in the path of the power pad while closing the liftgate. This liftgate. Make sure there is no one will cause the liftgate to be in the way of the liftgate as it is unlatched. opening and closing. The liftgate can be opened when locked if the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. Caution See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If equipped, the power liftgate System Operation (Key Access) Driving with an open and switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park). 0 13 or unsecured liftgate may result in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) damage to the power liftgate The modes are: System Operation (Keyless Access) components. 0 16. MAX : Opens to maximum height. The liftgate has an electric latch. 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that If the battery is disconnected or has can be set from 3/4 to fully open. low voltage, the liftgate will not Use to prevent the liftgate from open. The liftgate will resume opening into overhead obstructions operation when the battery is such as a garage door or reconnected and charged. roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be opened manually all the way. OFF : Opens manually only. To power open or close the liftgate, select MAX or 3/4 mode and then: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 . Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate next to the latch to still be operated manually. Select moves. close. OFF on the liftgate switch. If the vehicle is shifted out of . Press 8 on the overhead Press any liftgate button, the touch P (Park) while the power function is pad, or on the RKE transmitter console. The driver door must b in progress, the liftgate will continue be unlocked or locked without while the liftgate is moving to stop it. to completion. If the vehicle is the security armed. Pressing any liftgate button or accelerated before the liftgate has . Press the touch pad on the pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may underside of the liftgate handle RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for after unlocking all doors. operation in the reverse direction. Driver Information Center (DIC) If equipped with Keyless Access, Pressing the touch pad on the messages and make sure the a locked vehicle can be opened liftgate handle will restart the liftgate is closed and latched before if the RKE transmitter is within motion, but only in the opening driving. 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. direction. Falling Liftgate Detection Caution If the power liftgate automatically closes after a power opening cycle, Manually forcing the liftgate to it indicates that the system is open or close during a power reacting to excess weight on the cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate or a possible support strut Allow the power cycle to failure. Remove any excess weight. complete. A repetitive chime will sound while the falling liftgate detection feature is operating. If the liftgate continues The power liftgate may be to automatically close after opening, temporarily disabled in extremely see your dealer for service before low temperatures, or after repeated using the power liftgate. power cycling over a short period of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows Interfering with the power liftgate liftgate from completely closing, the flash and a beep sounds. This motion or manually closing the horn will sound as an alert that the indicates the setting has been liftgate too quickly after power liftgate did not close. recorded. opening may resemble a support Pinch sensors are on the side The liftgate cannot be set below a strut failure. This could also activate edges of the liftgate. If an object is minimum programmable height. the falling liftgate detection feature. caught between the liftgate and the If there is no light flash or sound, Allow the liftgate to complete its vehicle and presses against a then the height adjustment may be operation and wait a few seconds sensor, the liftgate will reverse too low. before manually closing the liftgate. direction and stop at a partially open Manual Operation Obstacle Detection Features position. The liftgate will remain open until it is activated again or Select OFF to manually operate the If the liftgate encounters an obstacle closed manually. liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the during a power open or close cycle, beginning of this section. the liftgate will automatically reverse Setting the 3/4 Mode direction and move a short distance To change the position the liftgate Caution away from the obstacle. After stops at when opening: removing the obstruction, the power Attempting to move the liftgate liftgate operation can be used again. 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and If the liftgate encounters multiple power open the liftgate. too quickly and with excessive obstacles on the same power cycle, force may result in damage to the 2. Stop the liftgate movement at vehicle. the power function will deactivate. the desired height by pressing After removing the obstructions, any liftgate button. Manually manually close the liftgate. This will adjust the liftgate position if Operate the liftgate manually with a allow normal power operation needed. smooth motion and moderate functions to resume. speed. The system includes a 3. Press and hold l on the If the vehicle is locked while the feature which limits the manual liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is bottom edge of the liftgate next closing speed to protect the encountered that prevents the to the latch on the outside of components. the liftgate until the turn signals GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 Hands-Free Operation To operate, move your foot in a forward kicking motion under the If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle center of the rear bumper, then pull Access, the liftgate may be it back. operated with a kicking motion under the rear bumper. Caution The liftgate will not operate if the RKE transmitter is not within Splashing water may cause the 1 m (3 ft). liftgate to open. Keep the RKE The hands-free feature will not work transmitter away from the rear while the liftgate is moving. To stop bumper detection area or turn the the liftgate while in motion use one liftgate mode to OFF when of the liftgate switches. Length of Kick Zone cleaning or working near the rear The hands-free feature can be bumper to avoid accidental customized. See Vehicle opening. Personalization 0 152. Choose from the following: . Do not sweep your foot side On-Open and Close : The kicking to side. motion is activated to both open and . Do not keep your foot under the close the liftgate. bumper; the liftgate will not On-Open Only : The kicking motion activate. is activated to only open the liftgate. . Do not touch the liftgate until it Off : The feature is disabled. has stopped moving. . This feature may be temporarily disabled under some conditions. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows liftgate by another method or If equipped, the power assist steps start the vehicle. The feature will will deploy when the door is opened be re-enabled. and automatically retract When closing the liftgate using this three seconds after the door is feature, there will be a short delay. closed. The power assist steps will The rear lights will flash and a retract immediately if the vehicle chime will sound. Step away from starts moving. the liftgate before it starts moving. Disable the power assist steps before jacking or placing any object Power Assist Steps under the vehicle. Too much ice buildup may prevent deployment of { Warning the power assist steps. Check the step position before exiting the To extend both power assist steps To avoid personal injury or vehicle. If this happens, disable the for cleaning, press j while the power assist steps, clear the ice, property damage, before entering vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). or exiting the vehicle, be sure the then enable the assist steps and confirm normal function prior to use. Press j again to retract them. power assist step is fully The DIC will display a message. extended. Do not step on the Keep hands, children, pets, objects, power assist step while it is and clothing clear of the power moving. Never place hands or assist steps when in motion. The other body parts between the steps will reverse direction if they extended power assist step and encounter an obstruction when the vehicle. opening or closing. Remove the obstruction, then open and close the door on the same side to complete the motion of the assist steps. If the obstruction is not cleared, the assist steps remain extended while driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Enable/Disable Vehicle Security Arming the Alarm System Press and hold j for four seconds This vehicle has theft-deterrent 1. Turn off the vehicle. to lock and disable the power assist features; however, they do not make 2. Lock the vehicle in one of steps. Press and hold j for the vehicle impossible to steal. three ways: four seconds again to enable them. . Use the RKE transmitter. The DIC will display a message. Vehicle Alarm System . Use the Keyless Access Auto Power Assist Steps system. This allows the feature to be turned . With a door open, press on or off. See Vehicle Q on the interior of the door. Personalization 0 152. Select Off, On, or Extended. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter a second time The indicator light, on the will bypass the 30-second instrument panel near the delay and immediately arm the windshield, indicates the status of alarm system. the system. The vehicle alarm system will not Off : Alarm system is disarmed. arm if the doors are locked with the key. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. If the driver door is opened without first unlocking with the RKE Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. transmitter, the horn will chirp and A door, liftgate, or the hood is open. the lights will flash to indicate Slow Flash : Alarm system is pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not armed. started, or the door is not unlocked GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the power source, and can sound an transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter, or use the alarm if the vehicle’s battery is pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system. compromised. activated. Unlocking the driver door with The inclination sensor can set off The alarm will also be activated if a the key will not disarm the the alarm if it senses movement of passenger door, the liftgate, or the system or turn off the alarm. the vehicle, such as a change in vehicle orientation. hood is opened without first How to Detect a Tamper disarming the system. When the Condition The intrusion sensor monitors the alarm is activated, the turn signals vehicle interior, and can activate the flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the RKE alarm if it senses unauthorized entry 30 seconds. The alarm system will transmitter and the horn chirps three into the vehicle’s interior. Do not then re-arm to monitor for the next times, an alarm occurred previously allow passengers or pets to remain unauthorized event. while the alarm system was armed. in the vehicle when the intrusion sensor is activated. Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm has been activated, a message will appear on the DIC. Before arming the theft-deterrent To disarm the alarm system or turn system and activating the intrusion off the alarm if it has been activated: Power Sounder, Inclination sensor: Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor . Press K on the RKE transmitter. . Make sure all doors and . Unlock the vehicle using the In addition to the standard windows are completely closed. Keyless Access system. theft-deterrent system features, this system may also have a power . Secure any loose items such as . Start the vehicle. sounder, inclination sensor, and a sunshades. To avoid setting off the alarm by intrusion sensor. . Make sure there are no accident: The power sounder provides an obstructions blocking the audible alarm which is distinct from sensors in the front overhead . Lock the vehicle after all console. occupants have exited. the vehicle’s horn. It has its own . Close DVD screens before leaving the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 Intrusion and Inclination Steering Column Lock the vehicle is started. No Sensors Disable Switch message will display during a If equipped, the steering column remote start. lock is a theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the steering column . A message that the steering when the vehicle is turned off and wheel must be turned and the the driver door is opened, or when vehicle must be started again the driver door is opened and then indicates that the column lock the vehicle is turned off. The mechanism is bound, the column steering column unlocks when the locking device was unable to vehicle is turned on. unlock the steering column, and the vehicle did not start. If this The Driver Information Center (DIC) happens, immediately turn the may display one of these steering wheel from side to side messages: to unbind the column lock. If this . A message to service the does not unlock the steering It is recommended that the intrusion steering column lock indicates column, turn the vehicle off and and inclination sensors be that an issue has been detected open the driver door to reset the deactivated if pets are left in the with the column lock feature and system. Then turn the vehicle on vehicle or the vehicle is being the vehicle should be serviced. and immediately turn the transported. steering wheel side to side for . A message that the steering about 15 seconds. In some column is locked indicates that With the vehicle off, press o in cases, it may take significant the engine is running, but the the front overhead console to turn force to unbind the column. steering column is still locked. off the feature. It is normal for the column to be To keep the steering column from The indicator light will come on locked during a remote start, but binding, straighten the front wheels momentarily, indicating that these the column should unlock after before turning off the vehicle. sensors have been disabled until the brake pedal is pressed and the next time the alarm system is armed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Immobilizer When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the key or device that security light comes on briefly when disarms or deactivates the vehicle See Radio Frequency Statement the ignition is turned on. theft system in the vehicle. 0 405. If the engine does not start and the See your dealer to get a new key Immobilizer Operation security light stays on, there is a blank cut exactly as the ignition key problem with the system. Turn the that operates the system. (Key Access) ignition off and try again. If the engine still does not start, and Immobilizer Operation the key appears to be undamaged, (Keyless Access) try another ignition key. It may be This vehicle has a passive necessary to check the fuse. See theft-deterrent system. Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 315. If the engine still does not start with The system does not have to be the other key, the vehicle needs manually armed or disarmed. This vehicle has a passive service. If the vehicle does start, the theft-deterrent system. The vehicle is automatically first key may be faulty. See your immobilized when the transmitter The system does not have to be dealer. leaves the vehicle. manually armed or disarmed. It is possible for the immobilizer The immobilization system is The vehicle is automatically system to learn new or replacement disarmed when ENGINE START/ immobilized when the vehicle is keys. Up to eight keys can be STOP is pressed and a valid turned off. programmed for the vehicle. To transmitter is found in the vehicle. program additional keys, see Keys The system is automatically (Keyless Access) 0 9 or disarmed when the ignition is turned Keys (Key Access) 0 10. To from off to on. program additional transmitters, see The security light, in the instrument your dealer. cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 The security light in the instrument under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Exterior Mirrors cluster comes on when there is a System Operation (Key Access) problem with arming or disarming 0 13 or the theft-deterrent system. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors System Operation (Keyless Access) The system has one or more 0 transmitters matched to an 16. { Warning immobilizer control unit in your If the engine does not start with the A convex mirror can make things, vehicle. Only a correctly matched other transmitter or when the like other vehicles, look farther transmitter will start the vehicle. transmitter is in the pocket in the away than they really are. If you If the transmitter is ever damaged, front cupholder, the vehicle needs cut too sharply into the right lane, you may not be able to start your service. See your dealer who can vehicle. service the theft-deterrent system you could hit a vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or When trying to start the vehicle, the and have a new transmitter programmed to the vehicle. glance over your shoulder before security light comes on briefly when changing lanes. the ignition is turned on. Do not leave the transmitter or device that disarms or deactivates If the engine does not start and the The passenger side mirror is convex security light stays on, there is a the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is problem with the system. Turn the curved so more can be seen from vehicle off and try again. the driver seat. If the vehicle will not change ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE transmitter appears to be undamaged, try another transmitter. Or, you may try placing the transmitter in the front cupholder. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Mirrors 4. Press either (1) or (2) again to Folding Mirrors deselect the mirror. The indicator light goes off. Power Folding Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror If equipped, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature comes on when the vehicle is started. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 41. Turn Signal Indicator Shown with Power Folding The vehicle may also have a turn Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar signal indicator on the mirror. An To adjust the mirrors: arrow on the mirror flashes in the To adjust power folding mirrors, direction of the turn or lane change. 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the if equipped: driver or passenger side mirror. 1. Press { to fold the mirrors The indicator light comes on. inward. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, 2. Press { again to return the down, right, or left. mirrors to the driving position. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the area behind are seen. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 Resetting the Power Folding one second to unfold. See Remote Automatic Dimming Mirrors Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 Mirror Reset the power folding mirrors if: Operation (Key Access) 13 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle has the automatic . The mirrors are accidentally System Operation (Keyless Access) dimming mirror, the driver outside obstructed while folding. 0 16. mirror automatically adjusts for the . They are accidentally manually This feature is turned on or off glare of the headlamps from behind. folded/unfolded. through vehicle personalization. See 0 Blind Spot Mirrors . The mirrors will not stay in the Vehicle Personalization 152. unfolded position. Manual Folding If equipped, there is a small convex mirror built into the upper and outer . The mirrors vibrate at normal Fold the mirrors inward to prevent driving speeds. corner of the driver outside mirror. damage when going through an It can show objects that may be in Fold and unfold the mirrors one time automatic car wash. To fold, pull the the vehicle's blind zone. using the mirror controls to reset mirror toward the vehicle. Push the them to their normal position. mirror outward, to return to its A popping noise may be heard original position. during the resetting of the power folding mirrors. This sound is normal Heated Mirrors after a manual folding operation. K : Press to heat the mirrors. Remote Mirror Folding See “Rear Window Defogger” under If equipped, press and hold on Dual Automatic Climate Control Q 0 the RKE transmitter for System 175. approximately one second to automatically fold the exterior mirrors. Press and hold K on the RKE transmitter for approximately GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
40 Keys, Doors, and Windows Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle mirror for a vehicle in the blind Mirror is a long distance away, the zone. Then, glance over your image in the main mirror is shoulder to double check small and near the inboard before moving slowly into the edge of the mirror. adjacent lane. 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in the main mirror gets Reverse Tilt Mirrors larger and moves outboard. If equipped with memory seats, the 3. As the vehicle enters the blind passenger and/or driver mirror tilts zone, the image transitions to a preselected position when the from the main mirror to the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This blind spot mirror. allows the curb to be seen when parallel parking. 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, the image only appears The mirror(s) return to the original in the blind spot mirror. position when: Using the Outside Mirror with . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), or remains in the Blind Spot Mirror R (Reverse) for about 1. Set the main mirror so that the 30 seconds. side of the vehicle can just be . The ignition is turned off. seen and the blind spot mirror has an unobstructed view. . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above a set speed. 2. When checking for traffic or before changing a lane, look at To turn this feature on or off, see the main driver/passenger side Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Actual Mirror View mirror to observe traffic in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows Rearview Mirror Interior Rearview Mirrors If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear reduces the glare of headlamps Never leave a child, a helpless view of the area behind your from behind. The dimming feature adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, vehicle. comes on when the vehicle is started. especially with the windows If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle closed in warm or hot weather. may have three control buttons at Child-View Mirror They can be overcome by the the bottom of the mirror. See OnStar extreme heat and suffer 0 Overview 410. permanent injuries or even death To avoid accidental OnStar calls, from heat stroke. clean the mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped with a manual rearview mirror, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use to avoid glare from the headlamps from behind. If equipped, the child-view mirror is on the overhead console. Press the fixed button on the cover to release. Push the mirror back up when not in use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
42 Keys, Doors, and Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Power Windows
{ Warning The power windows work when the . Press Z to engage the rear Children could be seriously ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, window lockout feature. The injured or killed if caught in the or when Retained Accessory Power indicator light is on when path of a closing window. Never (RAP) is active. See Retained engaged. leave the Remote Keyless Entry Accessory Power (RAP) 0 209. (RKE) transmitter or keys in a . Press Z again to disengage. Using the window switch, press to vehicle with children. When there open or pull to close the window. Window Express Movement are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to The windows may be temporarily All windows can be opened without prevent operation of the windows. disabled if they are used repeatedly holding the window switch. Press See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9 within a short time. the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the or Window Lockout Keys (Key Access) 0 10. window. This feature stops the rear If equipped, pull the window switch passenger window switches from up fully and quickly release to working. express close the window. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 43 Briefly press or pull the window When the engine is on, override the Remote Window Operation switch in the same direction to stop automatic reversal system by pulling If equipped, this feature allows the that window s express movement. and holding the window switch if ’ windows to be opened remotely. conditions prevent it from closing. Window Automatic Reversal If enabled in vehicle personalization, System Programming the Power press and hold K on the RKE Windows transmitter. See Vehicle The express-close feature will 0 reverse window movement if it Programming may be necessary if Personalization 152. comes in contact with an object. the vehicle battery has been Extreme cold or ice could cause the disconnected or discharged. If the Sun Visors window to auto-reverse. The window is unable to express-up, window will operate normally after program each express-close the object or condition is removed. window: Automatic Reversal System 1. Close all doors. Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY. { Warning 3. Partially open the window to be programmed. Then close it and If automatic reversal system continue to pull the switch override is active, the window will briefly after the window has Pull the sun visor down to block not reverse automatically. You or fully closed. glare. Detach the sun visor from the others could be injured and the center mount to pivot to the side window could be damaged. 4. Open the window and continue window and, if equipped, extend Before using automatic reversal to press the switch briefly after along the rod. the window has fully opened. system override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
44 Keys, Doors, and Windows Roof Slide Switch The sunroof also has a sunshade Express-Open/Express-Close : To which can be pulled forward to block express-open the sunroof, fully sun rays. The sunshade must be Sunroof opened and closed manually when press and release I (1). To the sunroof is in the vent or fully express-close the sunroof, fully closed position. press and release K (1). Press Automatic Reversal System the switch again to stop the The sunroof has an automatic movement. reversal system that is only active Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To when the sunroof is operated in open the sunroof, press and hold I express-close mode. (1). Release the switch at the If an object is in the path while express closing, the reversal system desired position. Press and hold will detect an object, stop, and open K (1) to close the sunroof. the sunroof slightly. Release the switch at the desired If frost or other conditions prevent 1. SLIDE Switch position. closing, override the feature by 2. TILT Switch Tilt Switch closing the sunroof in manual mode. If equipped, the sunroof only To stop movement, release the operates when the ignition is on or Vent : From the closed position, switch. in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when press J (2) to vent the sunroof. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is Press K (2) to close the active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 209. sunroof vent. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 45
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. If water is seen dripping into the water drainage system, this is normal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
46 Seats and Restraints Seat Belt Extender ...... 71 Child Restraints Seats and Safety System Check ...... 71 Older Children ...... 86 Restraints Seat Belt Care ...... 72 Infants and Young Children . . . . 88 Replacing Seat Belt System Child Restraint Systems ...... 90 Parts after a Crash ...... 72 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 92 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Head Restraints Airbag System Head Restraints ...... 47 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 93 Airbag System ...... 73 Replacing LATCH System Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? ...... 75 Parts After a Crash ...... 103 Center Seat ...... 48 When Should an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (With Power Seat Adjustment ...... 48 Inflate? ...... 77 the Seat Belt in the Lumbar Adjustment ...... 49 What Makes an Airbag Rear Seat) ...... 103 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 50 Inflate? ...... 78 Securing Child Restraints (With Memory Seats ...... 51 How Does an Airbag the Seat Belt in the Center Heated and Ventilated Front Restrain? ...... 78 Front Seat) ...... 105 Seats ...... 54 What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag Inflates? ...... 78 the Seat Belt in the Front Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 80 Passenger Seat) ...... 106 Rear Seats ...... 55 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated Rear Seats ...... 55 Vehicle ...... 84 Second Row Seats ...... 56 Adding Equipment to the Third Row Seats ...... 60 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 84 Airbag System Check ...... 85 Seat Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts Seat Belts ...... 62 after a Crash ...... 86 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 63 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 65 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 70 Lap Belt ...... 71 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 47 Head Restraints Front Seats The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. adjusted properly. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
48 Seats and Restraints Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats the button located on the top of the The vehicle's second row seats seatback and push the head have head restraints in the outboard restraint down. Center Seat seating positions that cannot be adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to If equipped, the center front the upright position until it locks into seatback doubles as an armrest and The second row seat outboard head place. Push and pull on the head cupholder/storage area for the driver restraints are not removable. restraint to make sure it is locked. and passenger when the center Third Row Seats front seat is not used. Do not use it If you are installing a child restraint as a seating position when the in the third row seat, see “Securing seatback is folded down. a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Power Seat Adjustment Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 93. { Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.
The third row seat head restraint can be lowered to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 49 To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment { Warning . Move the seat forward or The power seats will work with rearward by sliding the control the ignition off. Children could forward or rearward. operate the power seats and be . Raise or lower the front part of injured. Never leave children the seat cushion by moving the alone in the vehicle. front of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 50. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 49. To adjust the lumbar support: Some vehicles are equipped with a . If equipped, press and hold the feature that activates a vibrating control forward to increase or pulse alert in the driver seat to help rearward to decrease upper and the driver avoid crashes. See Driver lower lumbar support at the Assistance Systems 0 240. same time. . Press and hold the control up to increase upper lumbar support and decrease lower lumbar support. Press and hold the control down to increase lower lumbar support and decrease upper lumbar support. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
50 Seats and Restraints Reclining Seatbacks { Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving. To recline the seatback: your abdomen. The belt forces . Tilt the top of the control would be there, not at your pelvic rearward to recline. bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 51 Memory Seats Then immediately press and hold 1, Vehicle Personalization Settings 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps . To have the Auto Memory Recall sound. To manually recall these movement begin when the positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B vehicle is started, select the until the saved position is reached. Settings menu, then Vehicle, Follow the instructions under then Comfort and Convenience, “Saving Memory Positions.” and then Auto Memory Recall. Select On or Off. See “Auto The vehicle identifies the current Memory Recall” later in this driver’s RKE transmitter number (1– section. 8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key . To begin Easy Exit Recall Access) 0 13 or movement when the vehicle is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) turned off and the driver door is System Operation (Keyless Access) opened, or when the vehicle is If equipped, memory seats allow two 0 16. Only RKE transmitters 1 and 2 turned off with the driver door drivers to save and recall their can be used for automatic memory already opened, select the unique seat positions for driving the recalls. A Driver Information Center Settings menu, then Vehicle, vehicle, and a shared exit position (DIC) welcome message indicating then Comfort and Convenience, for getting out of the vehicle. Other the transmitter number may display and then Easy Exit Options. feature positions may also be for the first few ignition cycles Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit saved, such as power mirrors and following a transmitter change. For Recall” later in this section. power steering wheel, if equipped. Auto Memory Recall to work . See Vehicle Personalization Memory positions are linked to RKE properly, save the positions to the 0 152 for additional setting transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic memory button (1 or 2) matching the information. memory recalls. RKE transmitter number displayed Before saving, adjust all available in the DIC welcome message. Carry memory feature positions. Turn the the linked RKE transmitter when vehicle on and then press and entering the vehicle. release SET; a beep will sound. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
52 Seats and Restraints Identifying Driver Number 2. Adjust all available memory Save preferred memory feature To identify the driver number: features to the desired driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are position. the only driver. 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from the vehicle. 3. Press and release SET; a beep Manually Recalling Memory will sound. Positions 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE transmitter. The 4. Immediately press and hold the Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall DIC should display the driver 1 or 2 memory button matching the previously saved memory number for the other RKE the above DIC welcome positions if you are driver 1 or 2 transmitter. Turn the vehicle off message until two beeps identified in the DIC welcome sound. and remove the key or RKE message. RKE transmitters 3–8 will transmitter from the vehicle. If too much time passes not recall memory positions. 3. Start the vehicle with the initial between releasing SET and To stop Manual Memory recall key or RKE transmitter. The pressing 1, the memory B position will not be saved and movement, release 1, 2, or or DIC should display the driver press any of the following controls: number of your RKE two beeps will not sound. transmitter. Repeat Steps 3 and 4. . Power seat 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver Saving Memory Positions . Memory SET number. See “Identifying Driver . Power mirror, with the driver or Read these instructions completely Number” previously in this before saving memory positions. section. passenger side mirror selected . Power steering wheel, To save preferred driving positions 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second 1 and 2: driver using 1 or 2. if equipped 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ To save the position for B and ACCESSORY. Easy Exit Recall features, repeat A DIC welcome message may Steps 1–4 using B. This saves the indicate driver number 1 or 2. position for getting out of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 53 Auto Memory Recall To stop Auto Memory Recall If turned on, the position saved to B The vehicle identifies the number of movement, turn the vehicle off or is automatically recalled when press any of the following controls: one of the following occurs: the current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry . Power seat . The vehicle is turned off and the (RKE) System Operation (Key B driver door is opened within a Access) 0 13 or . Memory SET, 1, 2, or short time. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Power mirror, with the driver or . The vehicle is turned off with the System Operation (Keyless Access) passenger side mirror selected driver door open. 0 16. If the RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Auto Memory Recall is . Power steering wheel, To stop Easy Exit Recall movement, enabled in vehicle personalization, if equipped press any of the following memory the positions saved to the same If the saved memory seat position controls: memory button number 1 or 2 are does not automatically recall or . Power seat automatically recalled when the recalls to the wrong positions, the vehicle is turned on, or turned from driver’s RKE transmitter number (1 . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE or 2) may not match the memory . Power mirror, with the driver or transmitters 3–8 will not provide button number that positions were passenger side mirror selected automatic memory recalls. saved to. Try storing the position to . Power steering wheel, To turn Auto Memory Recall on or the other memory button or try the other RKE transmitter. if equipped off, see “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously in this section Easy Exit Recall Obstructions and Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an If something has blocked the driver The shift lever must be in P (Park) RKE transmitter. The position saved seat and/or power steering wheel to start Auto Memory Recall. Auto to B is used for all drivers. To turn while recalling a memory position, Memory Recall will complete if the Easy Exit Recall on or off, see the recall may stop. Remove the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) "Vehicle Personalization Settings" obstruction and try the recall again. If the memory position still does not prior to reaching the saved memory previously in this section and recall, see your dealer. position. Vehicle Personalization 0 152. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
54 Seats and Restraints Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of Front Seats the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to { Warning the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for If temperature change or pain to the highest setting and one for the the skin cannot be felt, the seat lowest. If the heated seats are on heater may cause burns. To high for an extended time, their level reduce the risk of burns, use care may automatically be lowered. when using the seat heater, The passenger seat may take especially for long periods of longer to heat up. time. Do not place anything on The buttons are on the center stack the seat that insulates against Remote Start Auto Heated and below the climate control system. To heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Ventilated Seats operate, the engine must be cover, or similar item. This may running. During a remote start, the heated or cause the seat heater to ventilated seats can be turned on overheat. An overheated seat Press I to heat the driver or automatically. When it is cold heater may cause a burn or may passenger seatback only. outside, the heated seats turn on, damage the seat. J and when it is hot outside the Press to heat the driver or ventilated seats turn on. The heated passenger seat cushion and or ventilated seats are canceled seatback. when the ignition is turned on. Press If equipped, press C to ventilate the the heated or ventilated seat button driver or passenger seat. to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle is started. The indicator light on the button comes on when this feature is on. The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights do not turn on during a remote start. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 55 The temperature performance of an Rear Seats the vehicle through the rear door unoccupied seat may be reduced. and left the vehicle without the This is normal. Rear Seat Reminder vehicle being shut off. The heated or ventilated seats will If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off. not turn on during a remote start SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. unless they are enabled in the SEAT displays under certain vehicle personalization menu. See conditions indicating there may be Heated Rear Seats Remote Vehicle Start 0 23 and an item or passenger in the rear 0 Vehicle Personalization 152. seat. Check before exiting the { Warning vehicle. This feature will activate when a If temperature change or pain to second row door is opened while the skin cannot be felt, the seat the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes heater may cause burns. See the before the vehicle is turned on. Warning under Heated and There will be an alert when the Ventilated Front Seats 0 54. vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, under certain conditions, it detects when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
56 Seats and Restraints Second Row Seats { Warning Reclining Seatbacks If either seatback is not locked, it To recline the seatback: could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
To return the seatback to the upright If equipped, the buttons are on the position: rear of the center console. 1. Lift the lever fully while Press M or L to heat the left applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will outboard or right outboard seat return to the upright position. cushion. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard If the lever is lifted without Press the button once for the side of the seat. applying pressure, the seat will highest setting. With each press of release to a folded position. the button, the heated seat changes 2. Move the seatback to the 2. Push and pull on the seatback to the next lower setting, and then desired position, and then to make sure it is locked. the off setting. Indicator lights on the release the lever to lock the button show the setting: three for seatback in place. The second row seats can be folded high, two for medium, and one 3. Push and pull on the seatback for additional cargo space or folded for low. to make sure it is locked. and tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seat. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 57 Manual Fold and Tumble Folding and Tumbling the Seat Feature To fold and tumble the seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing { Warning under, in front of, or on Do not leave the second row seat the seat. in a tumbled position while the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the The seatback will fold forward passenger seating position before to create a flat load floor. driving the vehicle. Push and pull If the seatback cannot fold flat, on the seat to make sure it is try moving the front seat locked into place. forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard position. Caution side of the seat, to release the seatback. Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
58 Seats and Restraints Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the Third Row Seat
{ Warning
Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the 3. Lift the lever again to release seat to make sure it is locked into 2. Pull the strap on the bottom the rear of the seat from the place. rear of the second row seat to floor. The seat will tumble release the seatback. The forward. To fold and tumble the seat from the seatback will fold forward. 4. The rear pull strap can also be third row seat: used to fold or fold and tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing the seat. It is easier to tumble under, in front of, or on the seat with the rear pull strap the seat. once the seat is folded flat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 59 3. Pull the strap again to release Folding and Tumbling the Seat { Warning the rear of the seat from the To fold and tumble the seat: floor. The seat will tumble forward. Automatically folding and 1. Make sure that there is nothing tumbling the seat when someone under, in front of, or on Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat. Feature (If Equipped) injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one { Warning sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release switch. Do not leave the second row seat in a tumbled position while the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move Caution when the vehicle is in motion. Folding a rear seat with the seat People in the vehicle could be belts still fastened may cause injured in a sudden stop or crash. damage to the seat or the seat Be sure to return the seat to the belts. Always unbuckle the seat passenger seating position before belts and return them to their Driver Side Rear Panel Switch driving the vehicle. Push and pull normal stowed position before 2. Press the automatic seat on the seat to make sure it is folding a rear seat. locked into place. release switch on the panel behind the rear doors. The The transmission must be in seatback automatically P (Park) for this feature to work. folds flat. Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold 3. Press the switch again to and tumble the seat for entry to the release the rear of the seat third row. from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
60 Seats and Restraints Folding and Tumbling the Seat The left switch folds the left 1. Pull the seat down until both from the Cargo Area seatback, and the right switch sides of the seat are latched to folds the right seatback. the floor. Make sure the seat is 3. Press the switch again to securely latched to the floor release the rear of the seat before raising the seatback. from the floor. The seat will If both sides are not latched to tumble forward. the floor, the seatback will not raise. The switches (2) can be used to fold and unfold the third row seatbacks 2. Lift the seatback and push it from the cargo area. See Third Row rearward. Push and pull on the Seats 0 60. seatback to make sure it is locked. Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position Third Row Seats Folding the Seatback 1. Second Row Power Seat { Warning Switches 2. Third Row Power Seat If either seatback is not locked, it Caution Switches could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause Folding a rear seat with the seat To fold and tumble the seat from the belts still fastened may cause cargo area: injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the damage to the seat or the seat 1. Make sure that there is nothing seatbacks to be sure they are belts. Always unbuckle the seat under, in front of, or on locked. belts and return them to their the seat. normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 2. Press the switch (1) on the side To return the seat to the sitting trim of the cargo area to fold position from the tumbled position: the seatback. The transmission must be in P (Park) for this feature to work. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 61 The third row seatbacks can be 3. Fully lower the head restraints. folded to increase cargo space. See Head Restraints 0 47. Put the second row seatback in the upright position. See Second Row Seats 0 56.
5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner. 6. Press and hold the switch (2) 1. Second Row Power Seat on the side trim of the cargo Fold and Tumble Switches, area to fold the third row if equipped. seatback. 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold 4. Disconnect the rear seat belt and Raise Switches, mini-latch, using a key in the The left switch folds the left if equipped. slot on the mini-buckle, and let seatback, and the right switch the belt retract into the folds the right seatback. To fold the seatback: headliner. 7. Repeat the steps for the other 1. Open the liftgate to access the seatback, if desired. controls for the third row seat. The switches (1) can be used to fold 2. Make sure that there is nothing or fold and tumble the second row under, in front of, or on seats from the cargo area. See the seat. Second Row Seats 0 56. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
62 Seats and Restraints Returning the Third Row The left switch raises the left Seat Belts Seatback to the Upright seatback, and the right switch Position raises the right seatback. This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things { Warning not to do. A seat belt that is improperly { Warning routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the Do not let anyone ride where a protection needed in a crash. The seat belt cannot be worn properly. person wearing the belt could be In a crash, if you or your seriously injured. After raising the passenger(s) are not wearing rear seatback, always check to be seat belts, injuries can be much sure that the seat belts are worse than if you are wearing properly routed and attached, and seat belts. You can be seriously are not twisted. injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by 1. Second Row Power Seat being ejected from the vehicle. In Fold and Tumble Switches 3. Reconnect the center seat belt addition, anyone who is not mini-latch to the mini-buckle. 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold buckled up can strike other and Raise Switches Do not let it twist. passengers in the vehicle. To return the third row seatback to 4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure It is extremely dangerous to ride the upright position: the mini-latch is secure. in a cargo area, inside or outside 1. Open the liftgate to access the 5. Repeat the steps for the other of a vehicle. In a collision, controls for the seat. seatback, if desired. passengers riding in these areas 2. Press and hold the switch (2) are more likely to be seriously on the side trim of the cargo injured or killed. Do not allow area to raise the third row (Continued) seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 63 When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you. the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. Always wear a seat belt, and When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is check that all passenger(s) are the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most you stop over a longer distance and, protection. This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in reminder to buckle the seat belts. bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law See Seat Belt Reminders 0 133. belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts. makes such good sense. Why Seat Belts Work Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts Seat Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle Follow these rules for everyone's after a crash if I am wearing a protection. seat belt? There are additional things to know A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, wearing a seat belt or not. Your including smaller children and chance of being conscious infants. If a child will be riding in the during and after a crash, so you vehicle, see Older Children 0 86 or can unbuckle and get out, is Infants and Young Children 0 88. much greater if you are belted. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
64 Seats and Restraints It is very important for all occupants this applies force to the strong to buckle up. Statistics show that pelvic bones and you would be unbelted people are hurt more often less likely to slide under the lap in crashes than those who are belt. If you slid under it, the belt wearing seat belts. would apply force on your There are important things to know abdomen. This could cause about wearing a seat belt properly. serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible). . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Never allow the lap or shoulder belt . Wear the lap part of the belt low to become loose or twisted. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 65
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Lap-Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt except for the center front passenger position, if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt 0 71. If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt, and the seat belt is not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 60 for instructions on reconnecting the Never wear the shoulder belt under seat belt to the mini-buckle. both arms or behind your back. The following instructions explain Never route the lap or shoulder belt how to wear a lap-shoulder belt over an armrest. properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
66 Seats and Restraints 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is locking feature may be adjustable, so you can sit up engaged. See Child Restraint straight. To see how, see Systems 0 90. If this occurs, let “Seats” in the Index. the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint For front seating positions, locking feature in the front if the webbing locks in the latch outboard seating position may plate before it reaches the affect the passenger sensing buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to system. See Passenger unlock. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull Sensing System 0 80. the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 67 “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. If the latch on the buckle. The belt should plate will not go fully into the return to its stowed position. buckle, check if the correct For third row seats, slide the latch buckle is being used. plate up the safety webbing when Pull up on the latch plate to 5. To make the lap part tight, pull the seat belt is not in use. The latch make sure it is secure. If the up on the shoulder belt. plate should rest on the stitching on belt is not long enough, see For third row seats, it may be the seat belt. 0 Seat Belt Extender 71. necessary to pull stitching on Always stow the seat belt slowly. Position the release button on the seat belt through the latch If the seat belt webbing returns the buckle so that the seat belt plate to fully tighten the lap belt quickly to the stowed position, the could be quickly unbuckled if on smaller occupants. retractor may lock and cannot be necessary. pulled out. If this happens, pull the 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt seat belt straight out firmly to unlock height adjuster, move it to the the webbing, and then release it. height that is right for you. See If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
68 Seats and Restraints Before a door is closed, be sure the are part of the seat belt assembly. seat belt is out of the way. If a door They can help tighten the seat belts is slammed against a seat belt, during the early stages of a damage can occur to both the seat moderate to severe frontal, near belt and the vehicle. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster activation are met. Seat belt The vehicle has a shoulder belt pretensioners can also help tighten height adjuster for the driver and the seat belts in a side crash or a front outboard passenger positions. rollover event. Adjust the height so the shoulder Pretensioners work only once. If the portion of the belt is on the shoulder pretensioners activate in a crash, and not falling off of it. The belt Push down on the release button to the pretensioners and probably should be close to, but not move the height adjuster to the other parts of the vehicle's seat belt contacting, the neck. Improper desired position. system will need to be replaced. shoulder belt height adjustment See Replacing Seat Belt System Move the adjuster up by pushing up could reduce the effectiveness of Parts after a Crash 0 72. on the shoulder belt guide. the seat belt in a crash. See How to Do not sit on the outboard seat belt 0 Wear Seat Belts Properly 63. After the adjuster is set to the while entering or exiting the vehicle desired position, try to move it down or at any time while sitting in the without pushing the release button seat. Sitting on the seat belt can to make sure it has locked into damage the webbing and hardware. position. Seat Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 69 Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Second Row Outboard Seating Positions { Warning The vehicle has comfort guides for the second row outboard seating A seat belt that is not properly positions. The comfort guides are worn may not provide the stored on a clip on the interior trim protection needed in a crash. The next to the outboard seatback. person wearing the belt could be To install: seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 2. Place the guide over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide added seat belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. 1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior trim next to the outboard seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
70 Seats and Restraints 3. Be sure that the belt is not To remove and store the comfort twisted and it lies flat. The guide, squeeze the belt edges elastic cord must be behind the together so that the seat belt can be belt with the plastic guide on removed from the guide. Slide the the front. guide onto its storage clip. Third Row Seating Positions Comfort guides are available through your dealer for third row seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.
Seat Belt Use During A pregnant woman should wear a Pregnancy lap-shoulder belt, and the lap Seat belts work for everyone, portion should be worn as low as including pregnant women. Like all possible, below the rounding, occupants, they are more likely to throughout the pregnancy. be seriously injured if they do not The best way to protect the fetus is 4. Buckle, position, and release wear seat belts. to protect the mother. When a seat the seat belt as described belt is worn properly, it is more likely previously in this section. Make that the fetus will not be hurt in a sure the shoulder portion of the crash. For pregnant women, as for belt is on the shoulder and not anyone, the key to making seat falling off of it. The belt should belts effective is wearing them be close to, but not contacting, properly. the neck. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 71 Lap Belt Seat Belt Extender This section is only for the lap belt. If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder around you, you should use it. 0 belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 65. But if a seat belt is not long enough, The vehicle may have a center your dealer will order you an seating position with a lap seat belt. extender. When you go in to order it, The lap seat belt does not have a take the heaviest coat you will wear, retractor. so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is To make the belt shorter, pull its free made to fit. The extender has been end as shown until the belt is snug. designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more If the belt is not long enough, see information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Extender 0 71. of seat belt extenders see the Make sure the release button on the instruction sheet that comes with buckle is positioned so you would the extender. be able to unbuckle the seat belt quickly if necessary. Safety System Check If you find that the latch plate will Periodically check the seat belt To make the belt longer, tilt the latch not go fully into the buckle, see if reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plate and pull it along the belt. you are using the correct buckle. Be plates, retractors, shoulder belt Buckle, position, and release it the sure that the latch plate clicks when height adjusters (if equipped), and same way as the lap part of a inserted into the buckle. seat belt anchorages to make sure lap-shoulder belt. they are all in working order. Look for any other loose or damaged seat belt system parts that might keep a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
72 Seats and Restraints seat belt system from performing Ensure there is not excessive dust Replacing Seat Belt properly. See your dealer to have it or debris in the mechanism. If dust repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted or debris exists in the system please System Parts after a seat belts may not protect you in a see the dealer. Parts may need to Crash crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can be replaced to ensure proper rip apart under impact forces. If a functionality of the system. { Warning belt is torn or frayed, have it replaced immediately. If a belt is { Warning A crash can damage the seat belt twisted, it may be possible to system in the vehicle. A damaged untwist by reversing the latch plate Do not bleach or dye seat belt seat belt system may not properly on the webbing. If the twist cannot webbing. It may severely weaken protect the person using it, be corrected, ask your dealer to the webbing. In a crash, they resulting in serious injury or even fix it. might not be able to provide death in a crash. To help make Make sure the seat belt reminder adequate protection. Clean and sure the seat belt systems are light is working. See Seat Belt rinse seat belt webbing only with working properly after a crash, Reminders 0 133. mild soap and lukewarm water. have them inspected and any Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Allow the webbing to dry. necessary replacements made as Seat Belt Care 0 72. soon as possible.
Seat Belt Care After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. But the seat belt assemblies that Seat belts should be properly cared were used during any crash may for and maintained. have been stressed or damaged. Seat belt hardware should be kept See your dealer to have the seat dry and free of dust or debris. As belt assemblies inspected or necessary, exterior hard surfaces replaced. and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 73 New parts and repairs may be Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word necessary even if the seat belt AIRBAG on the trim or on an system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment time of the crash. airbags: opening. Have the seat belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver For frontal airbags, the word checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger steering wheel for the driver and on stays on after you start the vehicle the instrument panel for the front or while you are driving. See Airbag . A seat-mounted side impact outboard passenger. 0 airbag for the driver Readiness Light 134. For the front center airbag, the word . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the inboard side of airbag for the front outboard the driver seatback. passenger For seat-mounted side impact . A roof-rail airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the and for the second and third row side of the seatback or side of the passengers seated directly seat closest to the door. behind the driver For roof-rail airbags, the word . A roof-rail airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. outboard passenger and the second and third row Airbags are designed to supplement passengers seated directly the protection provided by seat behind the front outboard belts. Even though today's airbags passenger are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an The vehicle may have the following inflating bag, all airbags must inflate airbag: very quickly to do their job. . A front center airbag for the Here are the most important things driver and front outboard to know about the airbag system: passenger GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
74 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)
You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of sleep against the front center wearing your seat belt, even with an eye, anyone who is up armrest or console in vehicles airbags. Airbags are designed to against, or very close to any with a front center airbag. work with seat belts, not replace airbag when it inflates can be Occupants should not lean on or them. Also, airbags are not seriously injured or killed. Do not sleep against the door or side designed to inflate in every crash. sit unnecessarily close to any windows in seating positions with In some crashes seat belts are airbag, as you would be if sitting seat-mounted side impact airbags the only restraint. See When on the edge of the seat or leaning and/or roof-rail airbags. Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 77. forward. Seat belts help keep you Wearing your seat belt during a in position before and during a crash helps reduce your chance crash. Always wear a seat belt, of hitting things inside the vehicle even with airbags. The driver { Warning or being ejected from it. Airbags should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of Children who are up against, are “supplemental restraints” to or very close to, any airbag when the seat belts. Everyone in the the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger it inflates can be seriously injured vehicle should wear a seat belt or killed. Always secure children properly, whether or not there is airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and properly in the vehicle. To read an airbag for that person. 0 upright in the seat with both feet how, see Older Children 86 or 0 on the floor. Infants and Young Children 88. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 75 Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag The front outboard passenger Readiness Light 0 134. frontal airbag is in the passenger The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel. center of the steering wheel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
76 Seats and Restraints If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is in the inboard side of the Warning (Continued) driver seatback. or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat or console Driver Side Shown, Passenger accessories that block the Side Similar inflation path of a seat-mounted The roof-rail airbags for the driver, side impact airbag or the front Driver Side Shown, Passenger front outboard passenger, and center airbag, if equipped. Side Similar second and third row outboard Never secure anything to the roof The driver and front outboard seating positions are in the ceiling of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags passenger seat-mounted side above the side windows. by routing a rope or tie-down impact airbags are in the side of the through any door or window seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be If something is between an blocked. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 77 When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the upon the location of the impact, direction of the impact, and how when either side of the vehicle is Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. struck. In addition, the front center This vehicle is equipped with airbag is designed to inflate when 0 Frontal airbags may inflate at airbags. See Airbag System 73. different crash speeds depending on the sensing system predicts that the Airbags are designed to inflate if the whether the vehicle hits an object vehicle is about to roll over on its impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and side. The front center airbag is not system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or designed to inflate in frontal Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow impacts, near frontal impacts, predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. or rear impacts. to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to Seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate and help restrain the are designed to inflate in moderate occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or many side impacts. to severe side crashes depending electronic sensors that help the on the location of the impact. airbag system determine the In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags severity of the impact. Deployment advanced technology frontal are not designed to inflate in frontal thresholds can vary with specific airbags. Advanced technology impacts, near frontal impacts, vehicle design. frontal airbags adjust the restraint rollovers, or rear impacts. Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflate in moderate to severe frontal The vehicle also has a seat position is designed to inflate on the side of or near frontal crashes to help sensor that enables the sensing the vehicle that is struck. reduce the potential for severe system to monitor the position of the Roof-rail airbags are designed to injuries, mainly to the driver's or driver seat. The seat position sensor inflate in moderate to severe side front outboard passenger's head provides information that is used to crashes depending on the location and chest. adjust the deployment of the driver of the impact. In addition, these Whether the frontal airbags will or frontal airbag. roof-rail airbags are designed to should inflate is not based primarily The front center airbag, if equipped, inflate during a rollover or in a on how fast the vehicle is traveling. is designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal impact. Roof-rail severe side crashes depending airbags are not designed to inflate in GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
78 Seats and Restraints rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many will inflate when either side of the types of collisions, primarily vehicle is struck, if the sensing Restrain? because the occupant's motion is system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 77. severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded In any particular crash, no one can wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement say whether an airbag should have moderate to severe side collisions, to seat belts. inflated simply because of the even belted occupants can contact vehicle damage or the repair costs. the inside of the vehicle. What Will You See after Airbags supplement the protection an Airbag Inflates? What Makes an Airbag provided by seat belts by Inflate? distributing the force of the impact After frontal and seat-mounted side more evenly over the impact airbags inflate, they quickly In a deployment event, the sensing occupant's body. deflate, so quickly that some people system sends an electrical signal may not even realize the airbags Rollover capable roof-rail airbags triggering a release of gas from the inflated. The front center airbag and are designed to help contain the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the roof-rail airbags may still be at least head and chest of occupants in the airbag causing the bag to break out partially inflated for some time after outboard seating positions in the of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, they inflate. Some components of first, second, and third rows. The and related hardware are all part of the airbag module may be hot for rollover capable roof-rail airbags are the airbag module. several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the risk of airbags, see Where Are the For airbag locations, see Where Are full or partial ejection in rollover Airbags? 0 75. the Airbags? 0 75. events, although no system can prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 79 airbags. Airbag inflation does not fuel system after the airbags inflate. prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, Warning (Continued) the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined Use caution if you should attempt people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition to restart the engine after a crash off and then on again, the fuel has occurred. { Warning system will return to normal operation; the doors can be locked, In many crashes severe enough to When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off, inflate the airbag, windshields are may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can broken by vehicle deformation. could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for Additional windshield breakage may for people with a history of those features. If any of these also occur from the front outboard asthma or other breathing trouble. systems are damaged in the crash passenger airbag. they may not operate as normal. To avoid this, everyone in the . Airbags are designed to inflate vehicle should get out as soon as only once. After an airbag it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning inflates, you will need some new breathing problems but cannot parts for the airbag system. A crash severe enough to inflate get out of the vehicle after an If you do not get them, the the airbags may have also airbag inflates, then get fresh air airbag system will not be there by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in to help protect you in another If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include problems following an airbag system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual medical attention. appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts. concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing The vehicle has a feature that may make it difficult to safely operate and diagnostic module which automatically unlock the doors, turn the vehicle. on the interior lamps and hazard records information after a warning flashers, and shut off the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
80 Seats and Restraints crash. See Vehicle Data determine if the front outboard Recording and Privacy 0 407 passenger frontal airbag should be and allowed to inflate or not. 0 Event Data Recorders 408. According to accident statistics, . Let only qualified technicians children are safer when properly work on the airbag systems. secured in a rear seat in the correct Improper service can mean that Canada and Mexico child restraint for their weight an airbag system will not work The words ON and OFF, or the and size. properly. See your dealer for symbols for on and off, will be Whenever possible, children aged service. visible during the system check. 12 and under should be secured in When the system check is a rear seating position. Passenger Sensing complete, either the word ON or Never put a rear-facing child seat in System OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will the front. This is because the risk to be visible. See Passenger Airbag the rear-facing child is so great, The vehicle has a passenger Status Indicator 0 135. sensing system for the front if the airbag inflates. outboard passenger position. The The passenger sensing system passenger airbag status indicator turns off the front outboard { Warning will light on the overhead console passenger frontal airbag under when the vehicle is started. certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to and seat belt. The sensors are the inflating airbag. A child in a United States designed to detect the presence of forward-facing child restraint can a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 81 The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing Warning (Continued) designed to turn off the front system has allowed the airbag to be outboard passenger frontal airbag if: enabled, the ON indicator will light passenger frontal airbag inflates . The front outboard passenger and stay lit as a reminder that the and the passenger seat is in a airbag is active. forward position. seat is unoccupied. For some children, including Even if the passenger sensing . The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint. children in child restraints, and for system has turned off the very small adults, the passenger passenger frontal airbag, no . A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn system is fail-safe. No one can takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger guarantee that an airbag will not seat for a period of time. frontal airbag, depending upon the deploy under some unusual . There is a critical problem with person's seating posture and body circumstance, even though the the airbag system or the build. Everyone in the vehicle who airbag is turned off. passenger sensing system. has outgrown child restraints should wear a seat belt properly — whether Never put a rear-facing child When the passenger sensing or not there is an airbag for that restraint in the front seat, even if system has turned off the front person. the airbag is off. If securing a outboard passenger frontal airbag, forward-facing child restraint in the OFF indicator will light and stay { Warning the front outboard passenger lit as a reminder that the airbag is seat, always move the seat as far off. See Passenger Airbag Status 0 If the airbag readiness light ever back as it will go. It is better to Indicator 135. comes on and stays on, it means secure child restraints in the rear The passenger sensing system is that something may be wrong seat. Consider using another designed to turn on the front with the airbag system. To help vehicle to transport the child outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others, when a rear seat is not available. anytime the system senses that a have the vehicle serviced right person of adult size is sitting (Continued) properly in the front outboard passenger seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
82 Seats and Restraints manufacturer and refer to sure that the vehicle seatback Warning (Continued) Securing Child Restraints (With is not pushing the child the Seat Belt in the Center restraint into the seat cushion. away. See Airbag Readiness Front Seat) 0 105 or Light 0 134 for more information, Also make sure the child Securing Child Restraints (With restraint is not trapped under including important safety the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) information. 0 the vehicle head restraint. 103 or If this happens, adjust the head Securing Child Restraints (With restraint. See Head Restraints If the On Indicator Is Lit for a the Seat Belt in the Front 0 47. Passenger Seat) 0 106. Child Restraint 6. Restart the vehicle. Make sure the seat belt The passenger sensing system is retractor is locked by pulling The passenger sensing system may designed to turn off the front the shoulder belt all the way or may not turn off the airbag for a outboard passenger frontal airbag if out of the retractor when child in a child restraint depending the system determines that an infant installing the child restraint, upon the child’s size. It is better to is present in a child restraint. If a secure the child restraint in a rear child restraint has been installed even if the child restraint is equipped with a seat belt lock seat. Never put a rear-facing child and the ON indicator is lit: off. When the retractor lock is restraint in the front seat, even if the 1. Turn the vehicle off. set, the belt can be tightened ON indicator is not lit. 2. Remove the child restraint from but not pulled out of the the vehicle. retractor. 3. Remove any additional items 5. If, after reinstalling the child from the seat such as blankets, restraint and restarting the cushions, seat covers, seat vehicle, the ON indicator is still heaters, or seat massagers. lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle 4. Reinstall the child restraint seatback and adjust the seat following the directions cushion, if adjustable, to make provided by the child restraint GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 83 If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger massagers. airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. protect that person in a crash, 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not extended. ride in the front outboard 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger belt is pulled out all the way, airbag OFF indicator is lit. the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This If a person of adult size is sitting in Additional Factors Affecting may unintentionally cause the the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation passenger sensing system to but the OFF indicator is lit, it could turn the airbag off for some Seat belts help keep the passenger be because that person is not sitting adult-sized occupants. If this in position on the seat during properly in the seat or that the child happens, unbuckle the belt, let vehicle maneuvers and braking, restraint locking feature is engaged. the belt go back all the way, which helps the passenger sensing Use the following steps to allow the and then buckle the belt again system maintain the passenger system to detect that person and without pulling the belt out all airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and enable the front outboard passenger the way. “Child Restraints” in the Index for frontal airbag: additional information about the 6. Restart the vehicle and have 1. Turn the vehicle off. importance of proper restraint use. the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the ON indicator is lit. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
84 Seats and Restraints A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow not use seat covers or other Servicing the proper service procedures, and aftermarket equipment except when make sure the person performing approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle 0 the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 84 should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the for more information about of the airbag system in several modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the The ON indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system or other electronic device, is put on Publication Ordering Information from working properly. an unoccupied seat. If this is not 0 405. The operation of the airbag system desired, remove the object from can also be affected by changing, the seat. { Warning including improperly repairing or replacing, any parts of the following: { Warning For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the . Airbag system, including airbag Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag modules, front or side impact passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper sensors, sensing and diagnostic passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you module, airbag wiring, or front center console (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 85 . Front seats, including stitching, of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check seams or zippers interfere with the operation of the The airbag system does not need . Seat belts passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or . Steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag panel, overhead console, ceiling airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See 0 trim, or pillar garnish trim sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light 134. . Inner door seals, including turning off the passenger airbag(s). speakers See Passenger Sensing System Caution 0 80. Your dealer and the service manual If an airbag covering is damaged, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail have information about the location opened, or broken, the airbag of the airbag modules and sensors, airbags, see Different Size Tires 0 may not work properly. Do not sensing and diagnostic module, and and Wheels 344 for additional important information. open or break the airbag airbag wiring along with the proper coverings. If there are any replacement procedures. If the vehicle must be modified opened or broken airbag In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you airbags, see Where Are the have questions about whether the of the passenger's seat. The Airbags? 0 75. See your dealer airbag system will be affected if the passenger sensing system may not for service. operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance. covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices 0 GM covers, upholstery, or trim 398. designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
86 Seats and Restraints Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat Parts after a Crash edge? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children return to the booster seat. { Warning . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A crash can damage the airbag Does the shoulder belt rest on systems in the vehicle. the shoulder? If yes, continue. A damaged airbag system may If no, try using the rear seat belt comfort guide, if available. See not properly protect you and your Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides passenger(s) in a crash, resulting “ ” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 65. in serious injury or even death. To If a comfort guide is not help make sure the airbag available, or if the shoulder belt systems are working properly still does not rest on the after a crash, have them shoulder, then return to the inspected and any necessary booster seat. replacements made as soon as . Does the lap belt fit low and possible. Older children who have outgrown snug on the hips, touching the booster seats should wear the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, vehicle s seat belts. If an airbag inflates, you will need to ’ return to the booster seat. replace airbag system parts. See The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be your dealer for service. come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that If the airbag readiness light stays on trip? If yes, continue. If no, booster. Use a booster seat with a after the vehicle is started or comes return to the booster seat. on when you are driving, the airbag lap-shoulder belt until the child system may not work properly. Have passes the fit test below: the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 134. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 87 If you have the choice, a child In a crash, children who are not should sit in a position with a buckled up can strike other people lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt can provide. children need to use seat belts Q: What is the proper way to properly. wear seat belts? { Warning A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the Never allow more than one child additional restraint a shoulder to wear the same seat belt. The belt can provide. The shoulder seat belt cannot properly spread belt should not cross the face or the impact forces. In a crash, they neck. The lap belt should fit can be crushed together and { Warning snugly below the hips, just seriously injured. A seat belt must touching the top of the thighs. be used by only one person at Never allow a child to wear the This applies belt force to the a time. seat belt with the shoulder belt child's pelvic bones in a crash. behind their back. A child can be It should never be worn over the seriously injured by not wearing abdomen, which could cause the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a severe or even fatal internal crash, the child would not be injuries in a crash. restrained by the shoulder belt. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort The child could move too far Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt forward increasing the chance of 0 65. head and neck injury. The child According to accident statistics, might also slide under the lap children are safer when properly belt. The belt force would then be restrained in a rear seating position. applied right on the abdomen. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
88 Seats and Restraints need, for everyone, to use safety Warning (Continued) restraints. In fact, the law in every Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in That could cause serious or fatal every Canadian province says Never leave children unattended injuries. The shoulder belt should children up to some age must be in a vehicle and never allow go over the shoulder and across restrained while in a vehicle. children to play with the seat the chest. belts. { Warning Every time infants and young Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's seat belt system nor its cannot be loosened if it is locked. airbag system is designed for them. The shoulder belt locks when it is Children who are not restrained pulled all the way out of the properly can strike other people, retractor. It unlocks when the or can be thrown out of the vehicle. shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, { Warning but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child’s neck. Never hold an infant or a child Infants and Young If the shoulder belt is locked and while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children tightened around a child’s neck, crash forces, an infant or a child the only way to loosen the belt is will become so heavy it is not Everyone in a vehicle needs to cut it. possible to hold it during a crash. protection! This includes infants and (Continued) For example, in a crash at only all other children. Neither the 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 89 Child restraints are devices used to Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes infant will suddenly become a or killed. Never put a rear-facing called child seats or car seats. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's child restraint in the front arms. An infant or child should be outboard seat. Secure a There are three basic types of secured in an appropriate child rear-facing child restraint in a rear child restraints: restraint. seat. It is also better to secure a . Forward-facing child restraints forward-facing child restraint in a . Rear-facing child restraints rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in . Belt-positioning booster seats the front outboard seat, always The proper child restraint for your move the front passenger seat as child depends on their size, weight, far back as it will go. and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label { Warning saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. Children who are up against, The instruction manual that is or very close to, any airbag when provided with the child restraint it inflates can be seriously injured states the weight and height (Continued) limitations for that particular child GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
90 Seats and Restraints restraint. In addition, there are many The harness system holds the infant kinds of child restraints available for Warning (Continued) in place and, in a crash, acts to children with special needs. keep the infant positioned in the the risk of serious or fatal injuries restraint. during a crash, young children { Warning should always be secured in an To reduce the risk of neck and appropriate child restraint. head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a Child Restraint Systems rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning Forward-Facing Child Restraint A young child's hip bones are still A forward-facing child restraint so small that the vehicle seat belt provides restraint for the child's may not remain low on the hip body with the harness. bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's Rear-Facing Infant Restraint abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides would apply force on a body area restraint with the seating surface that is unprotected by any bony against the back of the infant. structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 91 Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on { Warning the child restraint
A child can be seriously injured or 2. Instruction manual provided with the child restraint killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in 3. This vehicle owner's manual the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not using the vehicle seat belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a used for children who have in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure outgrown their forward-facing child people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in improve the fit of the vehicle's seat the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraints must in it. enough for the vehicle seat belts to be secured in vehicle seats by lap fit properly without a booster seat. In some areas Certified Child belts or the lap belt portion of a Passenger Safety Technicians See the seat belt fit test in Older lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH Children 0 86. (CPSTs) are available to inspect system. See Lower Anchors and and demonstrate how to correctly Tethers for Children (LATCH use and install child restraints. In 0 System) 93 for more information. the U.S., refer to the National Children can be endangered in a Highway Traffic Safety crash if the child restraint is not Administration (NHTSA) website to properly secured in the vehicle. locate the nearest child safety seat GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
92 Seats and Restraints inspection station. For CPST The vehicle may be equipped with a availability in Canada, check with front center airbag in the inboard Warning (Continued) Transport Canada or the Provincial side of the driver seat. Even with a Ministry of Transportation office. front center airbag, a child restraint Even if the passenger sensing can be installed in any second row system has turned off the front Securing the Child Within the seating position. passenger frontal airbag, no Child Restraint system is fail-safe. No one can Never put a rear-facing child guarantee that an airbag will not restraint in the front. This is because deploy under some unusual { Warning the risk to the rear-facing child is so circumstance, even though it is great if the airbag deploys. A child can be seriously injured or turned off. killed in a crash if the child is not Secure rear-facing child restraints properly secured in the child { Warning in a rear seat, even if the airbag restraint. Secure the child A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a properly following the instructions restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in that came with that child restraint. or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back Where to Put the the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure Restraint restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat. the inflating airbag. A child in a According to accident statistics, See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint can 0 80 for additional information. children and infants are safer when be seriously injured or killed if the properly restrained in an appropriate front passenger airbag inflates child restraint secured in a rear and the passenger seat is in a seating position. forward position. Whenever possible, children aged (Continued) 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 93 Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and { Warning child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children A child in a child restraint in the to access adjacent seat belts or (LATCH System) center front seat can be badly LATCH anchors for additional injured or killed by the frontal The LATCH system secures a child passengers or child restraints. restraint during driving or in a crash. airbags if they inflate. Never Adjacent seating positions should secure a child restraint in the LATCH attachments on the child not be used if the child restraint restraint are used to attach the child center front seat. It is always prevents access to or interferes with restraint to the anchors in the better to secure a child restraint in the routing of the seat belt. vehicle. The LATCH system is a rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is designed to make installation of a installed, be sure to follow the child restraint easier. Do not use child restraints in the instructions that came with the child In order to use the LATCH system in center front seat position. restraint and secure the child your vehicle, you need a child restraint properly. When securing a child restraint with restraint that has LATCH the seat belts in a rear seat position, Keep in mind that an unsecured attachments. LATCH-compatible study the instructions that came with child restraint can move around in a rear-facing and forward-facing child the child restraint to make sure it is collision or sudden stop and injure seats can be properly installed compatible with this vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to using either the LATCH anchors or properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle s seat belts. Do not use Child restraints and booster seats ’ the vehicle even when no child is both the seat belts and the LATCH vary considerably in size, and some — in it. anchorage system to secure a may fit in certain seating positions rear-facing or forward-facing better than others. child seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
94 Seats and Restraints Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat Make sure to follow the instructions For a forward-facing 5-pt harness belts to secure the child and the that came with the child restraint, child restraint where the combined booster seat. If the manufacturer and also the instructions in this weight of the child and restraint are recommends that the booster seat manual. up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the be secured with the LATCH system, When installing a child restraint with lower LATCH anchorages with the this can be done as long as the a top tether, you must also use top tether anchorage, or the seat booster seat can be positioned either the lower anchors or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. properly and there is no interference belts to properly secure the child Where the combined weight of the with the proper positioning of the restraint. A child restraint must child and restraint are greater than lap-shoulder belt on the child. never be installed using only the top 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with tether and anchor. the top tether anchorage only. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 95 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X Weight of the LATCH Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH Lower Seat Belt and Child + Child – – Anchors Only Anchors and Top Top Tether Restraint Tether Anchor Anchor Rear-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Rear-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
See Securing Child Restraints (With Child restraints built after March tether where available) to secure the Seat Belt in the Center Front 2014 will be labeled with the the child restraint. See Securing Seat) 0 105 or specific child weight up to which the Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Securing Child Restraints (With the LATCH system can be used to in the Center Front Seat) 0 105 or Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 103 or install the restraint. Securing Child Restraints (With the 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the The following explains how to attach Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 103 or Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Securing Child Restraints (With the 0 a child restraint with these Seat) 106. attachments in the vehicle. Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 106. Not all vehicle seating positions have lower anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be used (with top GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
96 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the instructions for your child built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the restraint. lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 97 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
Second Row — Bucket Third Row Seat H : Seating positions with two I : Seating positions with top Second Row — 60/40 lower anchors. tether anchors. H : Seating positions with two I : Seating positions with top lower anchors. tether anchors. I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
98 Seats and Restraints
To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether anchors for second row seats. For third row seats, the top tether anchor symbol is on the flipper panel. Second Row Seat — Bucket Second Row Seat — 60/40 For models with bucket second row For models with 60/40 second row seating, the top tether anchors are seating, the top tether anchors are at the bottom rear of the seat at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in cushion for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an the second row. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child seating position where the child restraint will be placed. restraint will be placed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 99 According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { Warning properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child Restraint 0 92 for additional restraint to a single anchor. information. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could Securing a Child Restraint cause the anchor or attachment Designed for the LATCH to come loose or even break System during a crash. A child or others Third Row Seat could be injured. { Warning For the third row seat, the top tether anchors are on the back of the A child could be seriously injured seatback. Move the flipper panel or killed in a crash if the child { Warning rearward to access the anchors. Be restraint is not properly attached Children can be seriously injured sure to use an anchor located to the vehicle using either the or strangled if a shoulder belt is directly behind the seating position LATCH anchors or the vehicle wrapped around their neck. The where the child restraint will be seat belt. Follow the instructions placed. shoulder belt can tighten but that came with the child restraint cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is position without a top tether anchor manual. if a national or local law requires pulled all the way out of the that the top tether be attached, or if retractor. It unlocks when the the instructions that come with the shoulder belt is allowed to go all child restraint say that the top tether the way back into the retractor, must be attached. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
100 Seats and Restraints top tether when recommended Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer to your but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback child restraint manufacturer wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not instructions and the If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a instructions in this manual. For tightened around a child’s neck, seat belt buckled. This could the third row outboard seating the only way to loosen the belt is damage the seat belt or the seat. positions, if the head restraint to cut it. Unbuckle and return the seat belt interferes with the proper Buckle any unused seat belts to its stowed position, before installation of the child behind the child restraint so folding the seat. restraint, then the head children cannot reach them. Pull restraint may be removed. See Head Restraint Removal and the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle is equipped with a front “ Reinstallation under Lower of the retractor to set the lock, center airbag in the inboard side of Anchors and Tethers for the driver seat. Even with a front and tighten the belt behind the Children (LATCH System) 0 93. child restraint after the child center airbag, a child restraint can restraint has been installed. be installed in any second row 1.1. Find the lower anchors seating position. for the desired seating position. If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.2. Put the child restraint on Caution Where to Put the Restraint 0 92. the seat. Do not let the LATCH 1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the attachments rub against the attachments to the lower lower attachments on the vehicle’s seat belts. This may anchors. If the child restraint child restraint to the lower damage these parts. If necessary, does not have lower anchors. move buckled seat belts to avoid attachments or the desired 2. If the child restraint rubbing the LATCH attachments. seating position does not have manufacturer recommends that lower anchors, secure the child (Continued) the top tether be attached, restraint with the seat belt and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 101 attach and tighten the top and you are using a If the position you are tether to the top tether anchor. single tether, route the using has an adjustable Refer to the child restraint tether over the seatback. headrest or head restraint instructions and the following and you are using a steps: single tether, raise the 2.1. Find the top tether headrest or head restraint anchor. and route the tether under the headrest or For the third row seat, head restraint and in move the flipper panel between the headrest or rearward to access the head restraint posts. top tether anchors. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according If the position you are to your child restraint using does not have a instructions and the headrest or head restraint following instructions: and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint If the position you are and you are using a using does not have a single tether, route the headrest or head restraint GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
102 Seats and Restraints tether around the inboard be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of or outboard side of the movement, for proper headrest or head installation. restraint. Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation 1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Third Row Seats 0 60 for additional information.
4. With the head restraint facing rearward, insert the head If the position you are restraint posts into the holes in using has a fixed or an the top of the seatback. adjustable head restraint 5. Push the head restraint down. and you are using a dual tether, route the tether 6. Try to move the head restraint around the head restraint. to make sure that it is locked in place. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is 7. When the child restraint is securely held in place. To 2. Press the buttons on the head removed, reinstall the head check, grasp the child restraint restraint posts and pull up on restraint before the seating at the LATCH path and attempt the head restraint. position is used. to move it side to side and back and forth. There should 3. Route the top tether of the child restraint under the head restraint. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 103 install the child restraint using { Warning Warning (Continued) LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a seat With head restraints that are not system inspected and any belt and it uses a top tether, see installed and adjusted properly, necessary replacements made as Lower Anchors and Tethers for there is a greater chance that soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 93 for occupants will suffer a neck/ top tether anchor locations. spinal injury in a crash. Do not If the vehicle has the LATCH system drive until the head restraints for Do not secure a child seat in a and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor all occupants are installed and crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires adjusted properly. may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the Replacing LATCH System necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top tether Parts After a Crash system was not being used at the must be anchored. time of the crash. In Canada, the law requires that { Warning forward-facing child restraints have Securing Child Restraints a top tether, and that the tether be A crash can damage the LATCH (With the Seat Belt in the attached. system in the vehicle. A damaged Rear Seat) If the child restraint or vehicle seat LATCH system may not properly position does not have the LATCH secure the child restraint, When securing a child restraint with system, you will be using the seat the seat belts in a rear seat position, resulting in serious injury or even belt to secure the child restraint. Be study the instructions that came with death in a crash. To help make sure to follow the instructions that the child restraint to make sure it is came with the child restraint. sure the LATCH system is compatible with this vehicle. working properly after a crash, If more than one child restraint see your dealer to have the If the child restraint has the LATCH needs to be installed in the rear system, see Lower Anchors and (Continued) seat, be sure to read Where to Put Tethers for Children (LATCH the Restraint 0 92. System) 0 93 for how and where to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
104 Seats and Restraints 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. For the third row outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 93. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the the lap and shoulder portions buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set of the vehicle seat belt through If the latch plate will not go fully the lock. When the retractor or around the child restraint. into the buckle, check to see if lock is set, the belt can be The child restraint instructions the correct buckle is tightened but not pulled out of will show you how. being used. the retractor. Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 105 6. If the child restraint has a top Restraint Removal and tether, follow the child restraint Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors manufacturer’s instructions and Tethers for Children (LATCH regarding the use of the top System) 0 93 for additional tether. Refer to the instructions information on reinstalling the head that came with the child restraint properly. restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Securing Child Restraints Children (LATCH System) 0 93. (With the Seat Belt in the 7. Before placing a child in the Center Front Seat) child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To 5. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint { Warning at the seat belt path and on the child restraint, pull the A child in a child restraint in the attempt to move it side to side shoulder portion of the belt to center front seat can be badly tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the injured or killed by the frontal belt and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly airbags if they inflate. Never back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of secure a child restraint in the restraint, it may be helpful to movement. center front seat. It is always better to secure a child restraint in use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint, a rear seat. the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top Do not use child restraints in the retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. center front seat position. retractor is locked. If the If the head restraint was removed retractor is not locked, repeat for a third row outboard seating Steps 4 and 5. position, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See “Head GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
106 Seats and Restraints Securing Child Restraints { Warning Warning (Continued) (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far seat is a safer place to secure a passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to forward-facing child restraint. See This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a Where to Put the Restraint 0 92. rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. In addition, the vehicle has a be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System passenger sensing system which is airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 80 for additional information. designed to turn off the front child restraint can be seriously outboard passenger frontal airbag injured or killed if the front under certain conditions. See outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top 0 Passenger Sensing System 80 inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and and in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH Passenger Airbag Status Indicator System) 0 93 for top tether anchor 0 135 for more information, Even if the passenger sensing locations. including important safety system has turned off the front Do not secure a child seat in a information. outboard passenger frontal position without a top tether anchor airbag, no system is fail-safe. No Never put a rear-facing child seat in if a national or local law requires the front. This is because the risk to one can guarantee that an airbag that the top tether be anchored, or if the rear-facing child is so great if the will not deploy under some the instructions that come with the airbag deploys. unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top tether though it is turned off. must be anchored. Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be (Continued) attached. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Seats and Restraints 107 When using the lap-shoulder belt to or around the child restraint. secure the child restraint in this The child restraint instructions position, follow the instructions that will show you how. came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the seatback to an upright position, if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. 4. Push the latch plate into the When the passenger sensing buckle until it clicks. system has turned off the front Position the release button on outboard passenger frontal the buckle, away from the child airbag, the OFF indicator on Tilt the latch plate to adjust the restraint, so that the seat belt the passenger airbag status belt, if needed. could be quickly unbuckled if indicator should light and stay necessary. lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 135. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
108 Seats and Restraints 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down in the passenger airbag status way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started. lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the ON indicator is lit, see “If the retractor. back into the retractor. When the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 80. use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Storage 109 Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 109 { Warning Glove Box ...... 109 Cupholders ...... 109 Do not store heavy or sharp Sunglasses Storage ...... 110 objects in storage compartments. Armrest Storage ...... 110 In a crash, these objects may Rear Storage ...... 110 cause the cover to open and Center Console Storage ...... 110 could result in injury. Floor Console Storage ...... 111 Additional Storage Features Press the button to open the door, Glove Box if equipped. Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 112 Lift up the glove box handle to open Convenience Net ...... 112 If the cupholder door is closed, it will it. Use the key to lock and unlock lock if the vehicle is in a crash. See Roof Rack System the glove box. your dealer to have the door Roof Rack System ...... 112 unlocked. Cupholders If equipped, cupholders are in the The cupholders are in front of the second and third row seat armrests. center console storage area. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
110 Storage Sunglasses Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage
Bench Seat If equipped, sunglasses storage is There is storage in the floor of the If equipped, pull the front center on the overhead console. Press the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to armrest down to access the fixed button on the cover and access. There is a removable storage area. release to access. divider to help organize. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Storage 111 Floor Console Storage
Bench Seat Bucket Seat If equipped, pull the front center If equipped, press the latch and lift seat armrest down to access the to open. Depending on the options If equipped with front center seat storage area with cupholders. there may be a tote compartment, storage, unlock with the ignition key, Press the button and lift to open. accessory power outlet, auxiliary press the latch, and lift to open. There is a removable divider. jack, and USB port(s) inside. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
112 Storage
Additional Storage Roof Rack System Caution Features { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack Cargo Tie-Downs that weighs more than 100 kg If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Do not load cargo plywood, or a mattress — the exceeding 100 kg (220 lbs) and wind can catch it while the vehicle always load cargo so that it rests is being driven. The item being evenly between the crossrails and carried could be violently torn off, does not block the vehicle lamps and this could cause a collision or windows. Fasten the cargo and damage the vehicle. Never securely. carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the To prevent damage or loss of cargo vehicle unless using a GM when driving, check to make sure certified accessory carrier. crossrails and cargo are securely There are two cargo tie-downs in fastened. Loading cargo on the roof the rear cargo area. These can be If equipped, the roof rack can be rack will make the vehicle’s center used to strap cargo down and keep used to load items. For roof racks of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, it from moving inside the vehicle. that do not have crossrails included, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden GM Certified crossrails can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers, Convenience Net purchased as an accessory. See otherwise it may result in loss of your dealer for additional control. If driving for a long distance, Use the convenience net, located in information. on rough roads, or at high speeds, the rear, to store small loads as far occasionally stop the vehicle to forward as possible. The net should make sure the cargo remains in its not be used to store heavy loads. place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Storage 113 Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is located above the rear window glass. Make sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle do not block or damage the CHMSL. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
114 Instruments and Controls Engine Coolant Temperature Security Light ...... 143 Instruments and Gauge ...... 131 High-Beam On Light ...... 143 Controls Transmission Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 143 Gauge ...... 132 Lamps On Reminder ...... 143 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 133 Cruise Control Light ...... 144 Controls Seat Belt Reminders ...... 133 Door Ajar Light ...... 144 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 115 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 134 Passenger Airbag Status Information Displays Steering Wheel Controls ...... 116 Driver Information Heated Steering Wheel ...... 116 Indicator ...... 135 Charging System Light ...... 135 Center (DIC) ...... 144 Horn ...... 116 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 147 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 116 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Rear Window Wiper/ (Check Engine Light) ...... 136 Vehicle Messages Washer ...... 118 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages ...... 151 Compass ...... 119 Light ...... 138 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 151 Clock ...... 119 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 152 Power Outlets ...... 120 Warning Light ...... 138 Wireless Charging ...... 122 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 139 Vehicle Personalization Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 139 Vehicle Personalization ...... 152 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Indicators Light ...... 139 Universal Remote System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 140 Universal Remote System . . . . 160 Indicators ...... 125 Traction Off Light ...... 140 Universal Remote System Instrument Cluster ...... 126 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 140 Programming ...... 160 Speedometer ...... 129 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System Odometer ...... 129 StabiliTrak Light ...... 141 Operation ...... 163 Trip Odometer ...... 129 Engine Coolant Temperature Tachometer ...... 129 Warning Light ...... 141 Fuel Gauge ...... 130 Tire Pressure Light ...... 141 Engine Oil Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 142 Gauge ...... 130 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 142 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 115 Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Adjustment
To adjust the tilt and telescoping To adjust the power tilt and steering wheel, if equipped: telescoping steering wheel, 1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel Press the control to move the 1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the steering wheel up and down or pull the lever. lever (1) up to lock the wheel in forward and rearward. place. 2. Move the steering wheel up Do not adjust the steering wheel or down. 2. Hold the steering wheel and while driving. pull the lever (2) toward you to 3. Release the lever to lock the move the steering wheel up or wheel in place. down. Release the lever (2) to lock the wheel into place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
116 Instruments and Controls Steering Wheel Controls Horn OFF : Turns the windshield wipers off. The infotainment system can be To sound the horn, press a on the 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8, operated by using the steering steering wheel. wheel controls. See “Steering Wheel then release. For several wipes, Controls” in the infotainment Windshield Wiper/Washer hold the band on 8 longer. manual. Clear ice and snow from the wiper Heated Steering Wheel blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 309. Heavy snow or ice can overload the The windshield wiper control is on wiper motor. An internal circuit the turn signal lever. breaker to the motor will stop the The windshield wipers are controlled motor until it cools down. by turning the band with z FRONT on it. { Warning 1 : Fast wipes. In freezing weather, do not use w : Slow wipes. the washer until the windshield is 3 warmed. Otherwise the washer ( : If equipped, press to turn the INT : If Rainsense is turned off, fluid can form ice on the heated steering wheel on or off. turn the z FRONT band up for windshield, blocking your vision. A light next to the button displays more frequent wipes or down for when the feature is turned on. less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is The steering wheel takes about turned on, see Rainsense later in three minutes to start heating. this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 117 Rainsense Move the band out of the 3 INT { Warning If equipped with Rainsense, a position to deactivate Rainsense. Before driving the vehicle, always sensor near the top center of the clear snow and ice from the hood, windshield detects the amount of windshield, roof, and rear of the water on the windshield and vehicle, including all lamps and controls the frequency of the windows. Reduced visibility from windshield wiper. snow and ice buildup could lead Keep this area of the windshield to a crash. clear of debris to allow for best system performance. z AUTO : Press to turn Wiper Parking 3 INT : Turn the z FRONT Rainsense on or off. When turned If the ignition is turned off while the band on the wiper lever to adjust the on and z FRONT is in one of the wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, sensitivity when Rainsense is Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions they will immediately stop. turned on. the wipers can be adjusted for more If z FRONT is then moved to or less sensitivity to moisture. When OFF before the driver door is turned off, the wipers operate as opened or within 10 minutes, the timed intermittent wipers and can be wipers will restart and move to the adjusted for more or less frequent base of the windshield. wipes. If the ignition is turned off while the z wipers are performing wipes due to . Turn the band up for more If AUTO is turned on when the windshield washing or Rainsense, sensitivity to moisture. ignition is turned on, or if the ignition the wipers continue to run until they Turn the band down to lower INT is in on and the z FRONT band reach the base of the windshield. . setting for less sensitivity to is in one of the sensitivity settings moisture. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
118 Instruments and Controls when z AUTO is turned on or off, Windshield Washer OFF : Turns the wiper off. a message may display indicating if L m : Push the paddle marked with INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a Rainsense was turned on or off. the windshield washer symbol at the delay between wipes. top of the turn signal lever to spray ON : Turns on the rear wiper. If the ignition is in on and z washer fluid and activate the wipers. = FRONT is not in one of the The wipers will continue until the REAR : Press this button on the z paddle is released or the maximum end of the lever to spray washer sensitivity settings when AUTO wash time is reached. When the fluid on the rear window. The wipers is turned on, a message may paddle is released, additional wipes will clear the rear window and either display indicating that the wiper may occur depending on how long stop or return to your preset speed. For more washer cycles, press and band must be in one of the the windshield washer had been 0 hold the button. sensitivity settings for Rainsense to activated. See Washer Fluid 302 for information on filling the The rear window wiper/washer will operate. windshield washer fluid reservoir. not operate if the liftgate or liftglass Wiper Arm Assembly Protection is open or ajar. If the liftgate or Rear Window Wiper/ liftglass is opened while the rear When using an automatic car wash, wiper is on, the wiper returns to the move the windshield wiper lever to Washer parked position and stops. OFF. This disables the automatic Rainsense windshield wipers. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly With Rainsense, if the transmission Protection is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle When using an automatic car wash, speed is very slow, the wipers will move the rear wiper control to OFF automatically stop at the base of the to disable the rear wiper. In some windshield. vehicles, if the transmission is in The wiper operations return to The rear wiper control is on the turn N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is normal when the transmission is no signal lever. very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park under the rear longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle To turn the rear wiper on, slide the spoiler. speed has increased. lever to a wiper position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 119 The wiper operations return to Compass Clock normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass Setting the Time and Date with speed has increased. display on the Driver Information Center Stack Controls Center (DIC). The compass receives Reverse Gear Wipes its heading and other information To set the time or date: If the rear wiper control is off, the from the Global Positioning 1. Select SETTINGS from the rear wiper will automatically operate System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/ Home Page, then select Time continuously when the shift lever is Electronic Stability Control (ESC), and Date. and vehicle speed information. in R (Reverse), and the front 2. Select the desired function. windshield wiper is performing low The compass system is designed to or high speed wipes. If the rear operate for a certain number of 3. Turn the MENU knob to wiper control is off, the shift lever is miles or degrees of turn before increase or decrease the value. in R (Reverse), and the front needing a signal from the GPS 4. Press the MENU knob to go to windshield wiper is performing satellites. When the compass the next value. After the last interval wipes, then the rear wiper display shows CAL, drive the value is selected, the system automatically performs interval vehicle for a short distance in an will update and return to the wipes. open area where it can receive a Settings menu. Press o BACK This feature can be turned on or off. GPS signal. The compass system to go to the last menu and See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. will automatically determine when a save the changes. GPS signal is restored and provide The windshield washer reservoir is a heading again. Auto Set requires an active OnStar used for the windshield and the rear or connected service plan. window. Check the fluid level in the If auto timing is set, the time reservoir if either washer is not displayed on the clock may not working. See Washer Fluid 0 302. update immediately when driving into a new time zone. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
120 Instruments and Controls To set the clock display: Auto Set requires an active OnStar Power Outlets or connected service plan. 1. Select SETTINGS from the Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct Home Page, then select Time If auto timing is set, the time Current and Date. displayed on the clock may not Accessory power outlets can be 2. Select Clock Display. update immediately when driving into a new time zone. used to plug in electrical equipment, 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off such as a cell phone, MP3 or On. To set the date: player, etc. 4. Press the MENU knob to 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home The vehicle may have up to five select. Page, then touch Time accessory power outlets: and Date. Press o BACK to go to the last Vehicles with a Center Console 2. Touch Set Date, then touch « menu and save the changes. . One in front of the cupholders on or to increase or decrease ª the center console Setting the Time and Date with month, day, or year. Infotainment Display Controls . One inside the center storage 3. Touch S to go back to the console To set the time: previous menu. . One on the rear of the center 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home To set the clock display: storage console Page, then touch Time and Date. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home . One in the third row seat on the Page, then touch Time driver side 2. Touch Set Time, then touch « and Date. . One in the rear cargo area on or ª to increase or decrease 2. Touch Clock Display, then the passenger side hours, minutes, and AM or PM. touch Off or On to turn the Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or clock display off or on. Vehicles with Bench Seats 24 hour clock. S . One on the center stack below 3. Touch to go back to the the climate control system 3. Touch S to go back to the previous menu. previous menu. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 121 . One in the storage area on the start. See Ignition Positions bench seat (Keyless Access) 0 202 or Caution . One on the rear of the center Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 204. Leaving electrical equipment armrest storage plugged in for an extended period . One in the third row seat area on . The power outlets in the third of time while the ignition is off will the driver side row seat area or in the rear drain the battery. Always unplug cargo area are powered at all electrical equipment when not in . One in the rear cargo area on times. The power outlets inside use and do not plug in equipment the passenger side the storage area, on the rear of that exceeds the maximum the console, or on the bench Lift the cover to access and replace 15 amp rating. when not in use. seat are only powered when the ignition is on or in ACC/ The accessory power outlets are ACCESSORY, or when RAP is Certain power accessory plugs may powered as follows: active. not be compatible with the . The power outlet near the accessory power outlet and could cupholders for vehicles with a { Warning overload vehicle or adapter fuses. center console or on the center If a problem is experienced, see stack for vehicles with bench Power is always supplied to the your dealer. seats, can be configured to outlet, if configured accordingly. When adding electrical equipment, operate using Retained Do not leave electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper Accessory Power (RAP) or plugged in when the vehicle is not installation instructions included with battery power modes. If these in use because the vehicle could the equipment. See Add-On power outlets are used while in catch fire and cause injury or Electrical Equipment 0 280. the battery power mode, this death. could cause interference between the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter and the vehicle, and the vehicle may not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
122 Instruments and Controls equipment requiring less than 150 microcomputer-controlled Caution watts is plugged into the outlet, and electric blankets and touch no system fault is detected. sensor lamps Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet can cause The indicator light does not come on . Medical equipment damage not covered by the when the ignition is off or if the vehicle warranty. The power equipment is not fully seated into Wireless Charging the outlet. outlets are designed for The vehicle may have wireless accessory power plugs only, such If equipment is connected using charging on top of the center as cell phone charge cords. more than 150 watts or a system console. See Center Console fault is detected, a protection circuit Storage 0 110. The system operates shuts off the power supply and the at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges Power Outlet 110/120-Volt indicator light turns off. To reset the Alternating Current one Qi compatible smartphone. The circuit, unplug the item and plug it power output of the system is If equipped with this power outlet, it back in or turn the ignition off and capable of charging at a rate up to can be used to plug in electrical then back to on. The power restarts 1 amp (5W), as requested by the equipment that uses a maximum when equipment using 150 watts or compatible smartphone. See Radio limit of 150 watts. less is plugged into the outlet and a Frequency Statement 0 405. system fault is not detected. For vehicles with a center console, the 110/120-volt power outlet is on The power outlet is not designed for { Warning the rear of the center console. the following, and may not work properly if they are plugged in: Wireless charging can affect the For vehicles with bench seats, the operation of an implanted 110/120-volt power outlet is on the . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as pacemaker or other medical center stack below the climate devices. If you have one, it is controls. compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools recommended to consult with An indicator light on the outlet turns your doctor before using the on to show it is in use. The light . Other equipment requiring an wireless charging system. comes on when the ignition is on, extremely stable power supply, such as GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 123 The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ 2. Place the smartphone face up ACCESSORY, or Retained Warning (Continued) against the alignment rib on the Accessory Power (RAP) must be charge pad. smartphone and allow the object active. The wireless charging To maximize the charge rate, feature may not correctly indicate to cool before removing it from the charging pad, to prevent ensure the smartphone is fully charging when the vehicle is in RAP. seated and centered in the See Retained Accessory Power burns. 0 holder with nothing under it. (RAP) 209. A thick smartphone case may The operating temperature is −20 °C prevent the wireless charger (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the from working, or may reduce charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to the charging performance. See 35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone. your dealer for additional information. { Warning 3. The } will appear on the V Remove all objects from the on the infotainment display. charging pad before charging This indicates that the smartphone is properly your compatible smartphone. positioned and charging. If a Objects, such as coins, keys, smartphone is placed on the rings, paper clips, or cards, between the smartphone and charging pad and } does not charging pad will become very To charge a compatible smartphone: display, remove the hot. On the rare occasion that the 1. Remove all objects from the smartphone from the pad, turn it 180 degrees, and wait charging system does not detect charging pad. The system may three seconds before placing/ an object, and the object gets not charge if there are any objects between the aligning the smartphone on the wedged between the smartphone pad again. and charger, remove the smartphone and charging pad. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
124 Instruments and Controls The smartphone may become OSS Notice Information Freescale-WCT library warm during charging. This is To obtain the source code that is Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale normal. In warmer contained in this product, please Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights temperatures, the speed of visit http://opensource.lge.com. In reserved. charging may be reduced. addition to the source code, all 1. Redistributions of source code Software Acknowledgements referred license terms, warranty must retain the above copyright disclaimers and copyright notices Certain Wireless Charging Module notice, this list of conditions are available for download. LG and the following disclaimer. product from LG Electronics, Inc. Electronics will also provide open ("LGE") contains the open source source code to you on CD-ROM for 2. Redistributions in binary form software detailed below. Refer to a charge covering the cost of must reproduce the above the indicated open source licenses performing such distribution (such copyright notice, this list of (as are included following this as the cost of media, shipping, and conditions and the following notice) for the terms and conditions handling) upon email request to disclaimer in the of their use. [email protected]. This offer is documentation and/or other valid for three (3) years from the materials provided with the date on which you purchased the distribution. product. 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 125 THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED TO, PROCUREMENT OF Warning Lights, BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, Gauges, and AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER Indicators NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY Warning lights and gauges can WARRANTIES OF OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN signal that something is wrong MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, before it becomes serious enough FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR TORT (INCLUDING to cause an expensive repair or ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) replacement. Paying attention to the SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF warning lights and gauges could OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, prevent injury. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE Some warning lights come on briefly INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. when the engine is started to EXEMPLARY, OR indicate they are working. When CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES one of the warning lights comes on (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
126 Instruments and Controls Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 127
Denali English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
128 Instruments and Controls Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the If there is an active call, mute the selected Driver Information phone or switch to handset There is an interactive display area Center (DIC) displays can be operation. in the center of the instrument viewed. See Driver Information cluster. Center (DIC) 0 144. Navigation . Audio Press V to select the Navigation . Phone app, then press p to enter the Navigation menu. If there is no . Navigation active route, you can resume the . Options last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Audio route, press V to cancel or resume Press V to select the Audio app, route guidance or turn the voice then press p to enter the Audio prompts on or off. menu. In the Audio menu browse for Options music, select from the favorites, V or change the audio source. Use w Press to select the Options app, Use the right steering wheel control then press p to enter the Options to open and scroll through the or x to change the station or go to different items and displays. the next or previous track. menu. Use w or x to scroll through items in the Options menu. Press o to access the cluster Phone Units : Press p while Units is applications. Use w or x to scroll Press V to select the Phone app, displayed to enter the Units menu. through the list of available then press to enter the Phone p Choose English or Metric units by applications. Not all applications will menu. In the Phone menu, if there is be available on all vehicles. no active phone call, view recent pressing V while the desired item is calls, or scroll through contacts. highlighted. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 129 Display Themes (Denali) : There exceed. To set the Speed Warning, Odometer are three instrument cluster display press p when Speed Warning is configurations to choose from: The odometer shows how far the displayed. Enable the speed Standard, Technology, and Media. vehicle has been driven, in either warning and then use w or x to kilometers or miles. The odometer Info Pages : Press p while Info displays on the Speed page of the adjust the value. Press V to set the Pages is displayed to enter the Info Driver Information Center (DIC). Pages menu and select the items to speed. Once the speed is set, this be displayed in the Info app. See feature can be turned off by Trip Odometer Driver Information Center (DIC) pressing V while viewing this page. The trip odometer shows how far 0 144. If the selected speed limit is the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset. Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation : exceeded, a pop-up warning is If equipped, this feature allows for displayed with a chime. The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information adjusting the angle of the HUD Software Information : Displays image. The vehicle must be in Center (DIC). See Driver open source software information. Information Center (DIC) 0 144. P (Park). Press p on the steering wheel controls while Head-up Speedometer Tachometer Display Rotation is highlighted to The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the engine enter Adjust Mode. Press w or x vehicle's speed in either kilometers speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per to adjust the angle of the HUD minute (rpm). hour (mph). display. Press V to confirm and save the setting. To cancel the setting, press o. Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display allows the driver to set a speed that they do not want to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
130 Instruments and Controls Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill English Standard Theme Shown, the tank. Metric Similar . The gauge moves a little while Metric Standard Theme When the ignition is on, the fuel turning a corner or speeding up. gauge indicates about how much . The gauge takes a few seconds fuel is left in the tank. to stabilize after the ignition is There is an arrow near the fuel turned on, and goes back to gauge pointing to the side of the empty when the ignition is vehicle the fuel door is on. turned off. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 131 soon as possible. An oil pressure Engine Coolant message may display. See Engine Oil 0 289. Temperature Gauge
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check English Standard Theme the oil level as soon as possible. The engine oil pressure gauge Add oil if required, but if the oil shows the engine oil pressure level is within the operating range Metric Standard Theme in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds and the oil pressure is still low, per square inch) when the engine is have the vehicle serviced. Always running. follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, outside temperature, and oil viscosity. A reading outside the normal operating range can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
132 Instruments and Controls Transmission Temperature Gauge
English Standard Theme English Standard Theme This gauge measures the This gauge appears when the temperature of the vehicle's engine vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and Metric Standard Theme coolant. shows the transmission fluid While driving under normal temperature. If the gauge is reading operating conditions, if the needle in the red area and/or a message moves into the red warning area, appears in the Driver Information the engine is too hot. Pull off the Center (DIC), the vehicle must be road, stop the vehicle, and turn off stopped and the cause checked. the engine as soon as possible. One possible cause is a low fluid level in the transmission. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 133 When the engine is running, this vehicle must be driven, turn off all Caution gauge shows the condition of the accessories, such as the radio and charging system. The gauge can air conditioner and unplug all Do not drive the vehicle while the transition from a higher to lower or a chargers and accessories. transmission fluid is overheating, lower to higher reading. This is Readings outside the normal or the transmission can be normal. If the vehicle is operating damaged. This could lead to operating range indicate a possible outside the normal operating range, problem in the electrical system. costly repairs that would not be the charging system light comes on. covered by the warranty. 0 Have the vehicle serviced as soon See Charging System Light 135 as possible. for more information. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in Voltmeter Gauge fuel economy mode. This is normal. Seat Belt Reminders Readings outside the normal Driver Seat Belt Reminder operating range can also occur Light when a large number of electrical There is a driver seat belt reminder accessories are operating in the light on the instrument cluster. vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the Standard Theme charging system to create maximum When the vehicle is started, this power. light flashes and a chime may come When the ignition is on, this gauge on to remind the driver to fasten indicates the battery voltage. The vehicle can only be driven for a their seat belt. Then the light stays short time with the readings outside on solid until the belt is buckled. the normal operating range. If the This cycle may continue several GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
134 Instruments and Controls times if the driver remains or passenger remains or becomes becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is vehicle is moving. moving. If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the comes on. light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on The front passenger seat belt Passenger Seat Belt Reminder for several seconds when the reminder light and chime may turn Light vehicle is started. If the light does on if an object is put on the seat not come on then, have it fixed There may be a passenger seat belt such as a briefcase, handbag, immediately. reminder light near the passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the Passenger Sensing System 0 80. reminder light and/or chime, remove { Warning the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt. If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be This light shows if there is an working properly. The airbags in electrical problem with the airbag the vehicle might not inflate in a system. The system check includes For vehicles equipped with the crash, or they could even inflate the airbag sensor(s), passenger passenger seat belt reminder light, without a crash. To help avoid sensing system (if equipped), the when the vehicle is started this light injury, have the vehicle serviced pretensioners, the airbag modules, flashes and a chime may come on right away. the wiring, and the crash sensing to remind passengers to fasten their and diagnostic module. For more seat belt. Then the light stays on information on the airbag system, If there is a problem with the airbag solid until the belt is buckled. This see Airbag System 0 73. system, a Driver Information Center cycle continues several times if the (DIC) message may also come on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 135 Passenger Airbag Status after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON Warning (Continued) Indicator or OFF, or the on or off symbol, to The vehicle has a passenger let you know the status of the front with the airbag system. To help sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others, Sensing System 0 80 for important have the vehicle serviced right If the word ON or the on symbol is away. See Airbag Readiness safety information. The passenger lit on the passenger airbag status airbag status indicator is in the Light 0 134 for more information, indicator, it means that the front including important safety overhead console. outboard passenger frontal airbag is information. allowed to inflate. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it Charging System Light means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. United States If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as { Warning a check to show the light is working. Canada and Mexico It should go out when the engine is When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever started. passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on will light ON and OFF, or the that something may be wrong while driving, there may be a symbols for on and off, for several problem with the electrical charging seconds as a system check. Then, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
136 Instruments and Controls system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Caution could drain the battery. Modifications to the engine, When this light comes on, or is transmission, exhaust, intake, flashing, the Driver Information or fuel system, or the use of Center (DIC) also displays a replacement tires that do not Malfunctions are often indicated by message. meet the original tire the system before any problem is If a short distance must be driven specifications, can cause this light noticeable. Being aware of the light with the light on, be sure to turn off and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to all accessories, such as the radio it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the and air conditioner. vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle s ability to pass Caution ’ Malfunction Indicator an Emissions Inspection/ Lamp (Check Engine If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications Light) 0 control system may not work as 283. This light is part of the vehicle’s well, the fuel economy may be emission control on-board lower, and the vehicle may not diagnostic system. If this light is on If the light is flashing : A run smoothly. This could lead to while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected that malfunction has been detected and costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control the vehicle may require service. The covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle light should come on to show that it emissions. Diagnosis and service is working when the ignition is in may be required. Service Mode. See Ignition To help prevent damage, reduce Positions (Keyless Access) 0 202 or vehicle speed and avoid hard Ignition Positions (Key Access) accelerations and uphill grades. 0 204. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 137 If towing a trailer, reduce the the atmosphere. A few driving amount of cargo being hauled as trips with the adapter removed soon as possible. may turn off the light. If the light continues to flash, find a . Poor fuel quality can cause safe place to park. Turn the vehicle inefficient engine operation and off and wait at least 10 seconds poor driveability, which may go before restarting the engine. If the away once the engine is warmed The DLC is under the instrument light is still flashing, follow the up. If this occurs, change the panel to the left of the steering previous guidelines and see your fuel brand. It may require at wheel. Connecting devices that are dealer for service as soon as least one full tank of the proper not used to perform an Emissions possible. fuel to turn the light off. See Inspection/Maintenance test or to Recommended Fuel (L83 5.3L service the vehicle may affect If the light is on steady : A 0 malfunction has been detected. V8 Engine) 254 or vehicle operation. See Add-On Recommended Fuel (L86 6.2L Electrical Equipment 0 280. See Diagnosis and service may be 0 required. V8 Engine) 254. your dealer if assistance is needed. Check the following: If the light remains on, see your The vehicle may not pass dealer. inspection if: . If fuel has been added to the vehicle using the capless fuel Emissions Inspection and . The light is on when the engine funnel adapter, make sure that it Maintenance Programs is running. has been removed. See “Filling If the vehicle requires an Emissions . The light does not come on the Tank with a Portable Gas Inspection/Maintenance test, the when the ignition is in Can” under Filling the Tank test equipment will likely connect to Service Mode. 0 256. The diagnostic system the vehicle's Data Link . Critical emission control systems can detect if the adapter has Connector (DLC). been left installed in the vehicle, have not been completely allowing fuel to evaporate into diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
138 Instruments and Controls before the system is ready for does not fully release. If it stays on Antilock Brake System inspection. This can happen if after the parking brake is fully the 12-volt battery has recently released, there is a brake problem. (ABS) Warning Light been replaced or run down, or if Have the brake system inspected the vehicle has been recently right away. serviced. If the light comes on while driving, See your dealer if the vehicle will pull off the road and stop carefully. not pass or cannot be made ready The brake pedal might be harder to for the test. push, or the brake pedal may go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, This warning light should come on Brake System Warning briefly when the vehicle is turned Light have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 363. on. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. { Warning If the light comes on while driving, The brake system might not be safely stop as soon as it is possible working properly if the brake and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again to reset the Metric English system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system system. This light should come on briefly warning light on can lead to a If the ABS warning light stays on, when the vehicle is turned on. If it crash. If the light is still on after or comes on again while driving, the does not come on then, have it fixed the vehicle has been pulled off vehicle needs service. A chime may so it will be ready to warn you if the road and carefully stopped, also sound when the light stays on. there is a problem. have the vehicle towed for If the ABS warning light is the only When the vehicle is on, the brake service. light on, the vehicle has regular system warning light also comes on brakes, but ABS is not functioning. when the parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 139 If both the ABS warning light and Tow/Haul Mode Light If available, this light is white if LKA the brake system warning light are is turned on, but not ready to assist. on, ABS is not functioning and there This light is green if LKA is turned is a problem with the regular brakes. on and is ready to assist. See your dealer for service. LKA may assist by gently turning See Brake System Warning Light the steering wheel if the vehicle 0 138. approaches a detected lane marking. The LKA light is amber Four-Wheel-Drive Light For vehicles with the Tow/Haul when assisting. Mode feature, this light comes on This light flashes amber as a Lane when the Tow/Haul Mode has been Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to activated. indicate that the lane marking has See Tow/Haul Mode 0 218. been crossed. LKA will not assist or alert if the turn Lane Keep Assist (LKA) signal is active in the direction of Light lane departure, or if LKA detects The four-wheel-drive light comes on that you are accelerating, braking, when the transfer case is shifted or actively steering. into four-wheel drive and the front 0 axle engages. LO or HI will also be See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 251. next to this light when the vehicle is in four-wheel low or four-wheel high. Some delay between the shifting and the light coming on is normal. After the vehicle is started, this light See Four-Wheel Drive 0 219. turns off and stays off if LKA has not been turned on or is unavailable. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
140 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Ahead Indicator Traction Off Light StabiliTrak OFF Light
If equipped, this indicator will This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while display green when a vehicle is starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not, detected ahead and amber when have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your you are following a vehicle ahead dealer. If the system is working dealer. much too closely. normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) turns off. StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability System 0 245. The traction off light comes on when Control (ESC) system is turned off. the Traction Control System (TCS) If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction has been turned off by pressing and Control System (TCS) is also off. releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, button. the system does not assist in This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC controlling the vehicle. Turn on the OFF light come on when StabiliTrak/ TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is systems, and the warning light turned off. turns off. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not See Traction Control/Electronic limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Stability Control 0 226. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 226. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 141 Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic 0 Caution (Continued) (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 226. Engine Coolant engine and it may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Temperature Warning Engine Overheating 0 300. Light The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated. This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If this happens, pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. If the light does not come on, have See Engine Overheating 0 300. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, This light comes on briefly while Tire Pressure Light the indicator light turns off. starting the vehicle. If the light is on and not flashing, the If it does not, have the vehicle TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ serviced by your dealer. If the ESC system have been disabled. system is working normally the A Driver Information Center (DIC) indicator light goes off. message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which Caution feature(s) is no longer functioning For vehicles with the Tire Pressure The engine coolant temperature and whether the vehicle requires Monitor System (TPMS), this light service. warning light indicates that the comes on briefly when the engine is If the light is on and flashing, the vehicle has overheated. Driving started. It provides information TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC with this light on can damage the about tire pressures and the TPMS. system is actively working. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
142 Instruments and Controls When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle the tires are significantly Caution underinflated. could be low on oil and might have Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See A Driver Information Center (DIC) your dealer. tire pressure message may also maintenance can damage the display. Stop as soon as possible, engine. Driving with the engine oil Low Fuel Warning Light and inflate the tires to the pressure low can also damage the engine. value shown on the Tire and The repairs would not be covered Loading Information label. See Tire by the vehicle warranty. Check Pressure 0 333. the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil When the Light Flashes First and level is within the operating range Then Is On Steady and the oil pressure is still low, If the light flashes for about a minute have the vehicle serviced. Always and then stays on, there may be a follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and problem with the TPMS. If the for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is problem is not corrected, the light turned on as a check to show it is will come on at every ignition cycle. working. See Tire Pressure Monitor It also comes on when the fuel tank Operation 0 336. is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced.
This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 143 Security Light High-Beam On Light Front Fog Lamp Light
The security light should come on This light comes on when the For vehicles with fog lamps, this briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. light comes on when the fog lamps does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam are on. serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 166. The light goes out when the fog system is working normally, the lamps are turned off. See Fog indicator light turns off. IntelliBeam Light Lamps 0 169. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a Lamps On Reminder problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) 0 36 or Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) 0 36. This light comes on when the IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is enabled. This light comes on when the See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
144 Instruments and Controls Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster The cruise control light is white This light comes on when a door is 0 126. The displays show the status when the cruise control is on and open or not securely latched. Before of many vehicle systems. The ready, and turns green when the driving, check that all doors are controls for the DIC are on the right cruise control is set and active. properly closed. steering wheel control. See Cruise Control 0 230. Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 232. w or x : Press to move up or down in a list. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 145 o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is The Average Fuel Economy display the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or shows the approximate average cluster. deselect that item. When an liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This V : Press to open a menu or select item is selected, a checkmark will appear next to it. number is calculated based on the a menu item. Press and hold to number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded reset values on certain screens. DIC Info Pages since the last time this menu item DIC Info Page Options The following is the list of all was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel The info pages on the DIC can be possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your economy that the vehicle has right turned on or off through the now, and will change as driving Options menu. particular vehicle. Some items may not be turned on by default but can conditions change. 1. Press o to access the cluster be turned on through the Options The Average Speed display shows applications. app. See “DIC Info Page Options” the average speed of the vehicle in earlier in this section. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles 2. Press w or x to scroll to the per hour (mph). This average is Options application. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or calculated based on the various 3. Press V to enter the miles per hour (mph). The vehicle vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value. Options menu. odometer is also shown on this page. V 4. Scroll to Info Pages and Press and hold while this display press p. Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel is active to reset the trip odometer, Economy, and Average Speed : the average fuel economy, and the 5. Press w or x to move Shows the current distance traveled, through the list of possible in either kilometers (km) or average speed. Or press p and information displays. miles (mi), since the trip odometer select reset in the menu. was last reset. Fuel Range and Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
146 Instruments and Controls can be driven without refueling. active and the timer is running. To It cannot be reset accurately until LOW will be displayed when the reset the timer to zero, press and the next oil change. To reset the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel engine oil life system, press and hold V while this display is active. range estimate is based on an hold V for several seconds while average of the vehicle's fuel This also shows the number of the Oil Life display is active. See economy over recent driving history liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used Engine Oil Life System 0 291. and the amount of fuel remaining in since the last reset of this the fuel tank. It also shows if the menu item. Tire Pressure : Shows the Active Fuel Management is active approximate pressures of all four and in V4 mode, or inactive and in Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in V8 mode. See Active Fuel either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds Management 0 211. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure The Instantaneous Fuel Economy current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is display shows the current fuel shown in amber. See Tire Pressure economy in either liters per When the remaining oil life is low, Monitor System 0 335 and 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Tire Pressure Monitor Operation per gallon (mpg). This number message will appear on the display. 0 336. The oil should be changed as soon reflects only the approximate fuel 0 Best Fuel Economy : Displays economy that the vehicle has right as possible. See Engine Oil 289. In addition to the engine oil life average fuel economy, the best fuel now and changes frequently as economy over the selected driving conditions change. system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is distance, and a bar graph showing Timer and Fuel Used : Can be recommended in the Maintenance instantaneous fuel economy. used as a timer. To start the timer, Schedule. See Maintenance Press p to change the selected press V while this display is active. Schedule 0 379. distance. Press and hold V while The display will show the amount of The Oil Life display must be reset this display is active to reset the time that has passed since the timer after each oil change. It will not was last reset. To stop the timer, reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil V Life display at any time other than press briefly while this display is when the oil has just been changed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 147 best fuel economy and average fuel active and in V4 mode, or inactive Following Distance : Used to economy. This display can also be and in V8 mode. See Active Fuel select the alert timing for the 0 reset by selecting reset in the menu. Management 211. Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See Engine Hours : Shows the total Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Top Consumers : Shows a list of 0 number of hours the engine has run. System 245. the features that are currently This display also shows the engine Blank Page : Shows no impacting the fuel economy, in order idle hours. information. from highest to lowest. If a feature is turned off, it will be removed from Trailer Brake : Displays on vehicles Transmission Fluid Temperature the list. with the Integrated Trailer Brake Gauge : Shows the temperature of Control (ITBC) system. the automatic transmission fluid in Economy Trend : Shows history of either degrees Celsius (°C) or the Average Fuel Economy from the TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer degrees Fahrenheit (°F). last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar gain setting. represents about 5 km (3 mi) of OUTPUT shows the power output to Head-Up Display (HUD) driving. During driving the bars will the trailer any time a trailer with shift to always reflect the most electric brakes is connected. Output recent distance on the right side. is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes { Warning Press and hold V to clear the graph may appear in the OUTPUT display If the HUD image is too bright or if a trailer is not connected. or press p to reset through too high in your field of view, it the menu. Speed Signs : Shows sign may take you more time to see information, which comes from a things you need to see when it is ECO Index : Provides feedback on roadway database in the onboard dark outside. Be sure to keep the the efficiency of current driving navigation. behavior. The bar graph shows a HUD image dim and placed low in value that is based on current fuel Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch your field of view. consumption compared to what is and roll information, road wheel expected from the vehicle with good angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) If equipped with HUD, some and bad driving habits. It also shows status. information concerning the if the Active Fuel Management is operation of the vehicle is projected GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
148 Instruments and Controls onto the windshield. The information . Low Fuel is projected through the HUD lens Some vehicle messages or alerts on the driver side of the instrument displayed in the HUD may be panel and focused out toward the cleared by using the steering wheel front of the vehicle. controls. See Vehicle Messages 0 151. Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid. HUD Display on the Windshield The HUD may display some of the The HUD control is to the left of the The HUD information can be following vehicle information and steering wheel. displayed in various languages. The vehicle messages or alerts: To adjust the HUD image: speedometer reading and other . Speed numerical values can be displayed 1. Adjust the driver seat. in either English or metric units. . Tachometer 2. Start the engine. The language selection is changed . Audio 3. Use the following settings to through the radio and the units of . Phone measurement is changed through adjust the HUD. the instrument cluster. See Vehicle . Navigation $ : Press or lift to center the HUD Personalization 0 152 and "Options" . Collision Alert image. The HUD image can only be under Instrument Cluster 0 126. adjusted up and down, not side . Adaptive Cruise Control and set to side. speed . Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 149 ! : Press to select the display Display Rotation is highlighted to view. Each press will change the enter Adjust Mode. Press w or x display view. to adjust the angle of the HUD D : Lift and hold to brighten the display. Press V to confirm and display. Press and hold to dim the save the setting. To cancel the display. Continue to hold to turn the setting, press . The vehicle must o English display off. be in P (Park). See Instrument The HUD image will automatically Cluster 0 126. Speed View : This displays digital speed in English or metric units, dim and brighten to compensate for HUD Views outside lighting. The HUD speed limit, vehicle ahead indicator, brightness control can also be There are four views in the HUD. Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep adjusted as needed. Some vehicle information and Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle messages or alerts may be and set speed. Some information The HUD image can temporarily displayed in any view. only appears on vehicles that have light up depending on the angle and these features, and when they are position of sunlight on the HUD active. display. This is normal. Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see. Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option Metric This feature allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image. Metric If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image. Press p on the steering wheel controls while Head-up GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
150 Instruments and Controls
English Metric Metric Audio/Phone View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radio station, media type, and incoming calls will be displayed. All HUD views may briefly display English English audio information when the steering Navigation View : This displays Performance View : This displays wheel controls are used to adjust digital speed, indicators from speed digital speed, indicators from speed the audio settings appearing in the view along with Turn-by-Turn view along with rpm reading, instrument cluster. Navigation information in some transmission positions, and gear Incoming phone calls may display in vehicles. The compass heading is shift indicator (if equipped). any HUD view. displayed when navigation routing is not active. Care of the HUD Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts Clean the inside of the windshield shown in the instrument cluster may as needed to remove any dirt or film also be displayed in any HUD view. that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 151 HUD Troubleshooting Vehicle Messages . Brakes . Steering If you cannot see the HUD image Messages displayed on the DIC when the ignition is on, check that: indicate the status of the vehicle or . Ride Control Systems . Nothing is covering the some action that may be needed to . Driver Assistance Systems HUD lens. correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after . Cruise Control . The HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright. another. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement The messages that do not require . The HUD is adjusted to the . Wiper/Washer Systems proper height. immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by . Doors and Windows . Polarized sunglasses are pressing V. The messages that . Seat Belts not worn. require immediate action cannot be . Airbag Systems . The windshield and HUD lens cleared until that action is are clean. performed. . Engine and Transmission If the HUD image is not correct, All messages should be taken . Tire Pressure contact your dealer. seriously; clearing the message . Battery The windshield is part of the HUD does not correct the problem. system. See Windshield If a SERVICE message appears, Engine Power Messages 0 Replacement 310. see your dealer. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Follow the instructions given in the This message displays when the messages. The system displays vehicle's propulsion power is messages regarding the following reduced. A reduction in propulsion topics: power can affect the vehicle's ability . Service Messages to accelerate. If this message is on, . Fluid Levels but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your . Vehicle Security destination. The performance may GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
152 Instruments and Controls be reduced the next time the vehicle Vehicle Personalization Menus is driven. The vehicle may be driven The following list of menu items may while this message is on, but Personalization be available: maximum acceleration and speed Use the audio system controls to may be reduced. Anytime this . Time and Date access the personalization menus message stays on, or displays for customizing vehicle features. . Rear Seat Reminder repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as The following are all possible . Language soon as possible. personalization features. Depending . Video Voice-Over on the vehicle, some may not be Under certain operating conditions, available. . Valet Mode propulsion will be disabled. Try . Teen Driver restarting after the vehicle has been Radio Audio System Controls off for 30 seconds. . Radio 1. Touch the desired feature to . Vehicle Vehicle Speed Messages display a list of available options. . Bluetooth SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/ 2. Select the desired feature . Apple CarPlay H (MPH) setting. . Android Auto This message shows that the 3. Press o BACK on the center . Voice vehicle speed has been limited to stack or touch S to return to the speed displayed. The limited the previous menu or exit. . Display speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, Turn the vehicle on to access the . Rear Camera such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, Settings menu, then select . Return to Factory Settings SETTINGS from the Home Page on suspension, Teen Driver if . Software Information equipped, or tires. the infotainment display. . Wi-Fi Detailed information for each menu follows. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 153 Time and Date Valet Mode . Bose AudioPilot Manually set the time and date. See This will lock the infotainment . Auto Volume 0 Clock 119. system and steering wheel controls. . Maximum Startup Volume It may also limit access to vehicle Rear Seat Reminder storage locations, if equipped. . Audio Cue Volume This allows for a chime and a To enable valet mode: Manage Favorites message when the rear door has been opened before or during 1. Enter a four-digit code on the This allows favorites to be edited. operation of the vehicle. keypad. See “Manage Favorites” in Settings under Radio in the 2. Select Enter to go to the “ ” “ ” Select Off or On. infotainment manual. confirmation screen. Language 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Number of Favorites Shown Select Language, then select from Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or Select to set the number of favorites the available language(s). unlock the system. Touch Back to to display. The selected language will display go back to the previous menu. Select the desired number or select on the system, and voice Auto and the infotainment system recognition (if equipped) will reflect Teen Driver will automatically adjust the number the selected language. See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” of favorites shown. in the infotainment manual. Video Voice-Over Audible Touch Feedback When activated, the Rear Seat Radio This allows Audible Touch Infotainment (RSI) system will read Select and the following may Feedback to be turned on or off. aloud menu titles, menu listings, display: Select Off or On. pop-ups, alerts, and file titles from audio and video media. . Manage Favorites Bose AudioPilot Select Off or On. . Number of Favorites Shown This allows Bose AudioPilot to be . Audible Touch Feedback turned on or off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
154 Instruments and Controls Select Off or On. . Collision/Detection Systems Auto Rear Defog Auto Volume . Comfort and Convenience This feature will automatically turn . Lighting on the rear window defogger when This feature adjusts the volume the vehicle is first started in cold based on vehicle speed and . Power Door Locks weather and turn off when the ambient noise. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start vehicle is warmed. Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Select Off or On. Medium, Medium-High, or High. Climate and Air Quality Collision/Detection Systems Maximum Startup Volume Select and the following may display: This feature sets the maximum Select and the following may display: startup volume. If the vehicle is . Auto Fan Speed started and the volume is greater . Auto Defog . Alert Type than this level, the volume is . Forward Collision System adjusted to this level. To set the . Auto Rear Defog maximum startup volume, touch + Auto Fan Speed . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier or − to increase or decrease. This feature will set the auto fan . Park Assist Audio Cue Volume speed. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert This feature sets the volume of Select Low, Medium, or High. . Lane Change Alert audio files played at system startup and shutdown. Auto Defog Alert Type Select On, then touch + or − to When set to On, the auto defog This feature will set crash alerts to increase or decrease the volume. comes on when the climate control beeps or seat vibrations. This sensor detects high interior setting affects all crash alerts Vehicle humidity. Air will be directed to the including Forward Collision Alert, Select and the following may windshield. Lane Departure Warning, and Park display: Select Off or On. Assist alerts. . Climate and Air Quality Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 155 Forward Collision System Rear Cross Traffic Alert Auto Power Assist Steps This setting controls the vehicle This allows the feature to be turned This allows the feature to be turned response when detecting a vehicle on or off. See Assistance Systems on or off. See Power Assist Steps ahead of you. The Off setting for Parking or Backing 0 242. 0 32. disables all FCA and AEB functions. Select Off or On. Select Off, On, or Extended. With the Alert and Brake setting, both FCA and AEB are available. Lane Change Alert Auto Memory Recall The Alert setting disables AEB. See This allows the feature to be turned This feature automatically recalls Automatic Emergency Braking 0 on or off. See Lane Change Alert the current driver’s previously stored (AEB) 248. (LCA) 0 250. 1 or 2 button positions when the Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Select Off or On. ignition is changed from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier Comfort and Convenience Seats 0 51. This feature will give a reminder that Select and the following may Select Off or On. Adaptive Cruise Control provides display: when it has brought the vehicle to a Easy Exit Options Auto Power Assist Steps complete stop behind another . This feature automatically recalls stopping vehicle, and then that . Auto Memory Recall the previously stored Exit button vehicle drives on. . Easy Exit Options position when exiting the vehicle. Select Off or On. See Memory Seats 0 51. . Chime Volume Park Assist Select Off or On. . Hands Free Liftgate Control This allows the feature to be turned Chime Volume on or off. See Assistance Systems . Reverse Tilt Mirror 0 This allows the selection of the for Parking or Backing 242. . Auto Mirror Folding chime volume level. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Touch + or − to adjust the volume. Attached. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
156 Instruments and Controls Hands Free Liftgate Control Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, The liftgate may be operated with a When on and the front wiper is on or 120 Seconds. kicking motion under the rear and wiping, the rear wiper will Power Door Locks bumper. See Liftgate 0 27. automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse). Select Power Door Locks and the Select Off, On-Open and Close, following may display: or On-Open Only. Select Off or On. . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Reverse Tilt Mirror Lighting . Auto Door Unlock When on, the driver and/or Select the Lighting menu and the . Delayed Door Lock passenger mirrors will tilt downward following may display: when the vehicle is shifted to Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . When on, this feature will keep the the ground near the rear wheels. . Exit Lighting driver door from locking when the See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 40. Vehicle Locator Lights door is open and the key is in the Select Off, On - Driver and This feature will flash the exterior ignition. If Off is selected, the Passenger, On - Driver, or On - lamps and allows some of the Delayed Door Lock menu will be Passenger. exterior lamps and most of the available. Auto Mirror Folding interior lamps to turn on briefly when Select Off or On. K on the Remote Keyless Entry When on, the outside mirrors will (RKE) transmitter is pressed to Auto Door Unlock automatically fold or unfold when locate the vehicle. This allows selection of which of the the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select On or Off. doors will automatically unlock when transmitter Q or K button is the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). pressed and held. See Folding Exit Lighting Mirrors 0 38. Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. This allows the selection of how Select Off or On. long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 157 Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback Passive Door Unlock When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of This allows the selection of what locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the doors will unlock when using the delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. button on the driver door to unlock switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights the vehicle. Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only. Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock Passive Door Lock Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors This allows passive locking to be display: will unlock when pressing K on the turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Keyless Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter. . Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key . Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door. Access) 0 13 or . Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If turned on, this feature will turn the 0 16. ventilated seats on when using . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats remote start on warm days. Select Off, On with Horn . Passive Door Unlock Chirp, or On. Select Off or On. . Passive Door Lock Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert This feature sounds an alert when If turned on, this feature will turn the the RKE transmitter is left in the Remote Unlock Light Feedback heated seats on when using remote vehicle. This menu also enables When on, the exterior lamps will start on cold days. Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. flash when unlocking the vehicle Select Off or On. Select Off or On. with the RKE transmitter. Select Off or Flash Lights. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
158 Instruments and Controls Bluetooth Voice Mail Numbers Android Auto Select and the following may This feature displays the voice mail Select and the following may display: number for all connected phones. display: To change the voice mail number, . Pair New Device . Android Auto select EDIT. Type a new number, . Device Management then select Save. . Manage Android Auto Devices . Ringtones Text Message Alerts Android Auto . Voice Mail Numbers This allows the feature to be turned This feature allows Android devices . Text Message Alerts on or off. to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. Pair New Device Select Off or On. Select Off or On. Select to pair a new device. See Apple CarPlay Manage Android Auto Devices “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” Select and the following may under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment display: Select to manage Android devices. manual. Android Auto must be on for this . Apple CarPlay Device Management feature to be accessed. . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select to connect to a different Voice Apple CarPlay phone source, disconnect a phone, Select and the following may or delete a phone. This feature allows Apple devices to display: be connected to the infotainment Ringtones . Confidence Threshold system through a USB port. Select to change the ring tone for . Prompt Length the specific phone. The phone does Select Off or On. . Audio Feedback Speed not need to be connected to change Manage Apple CarPlay Devices the ring tone. . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Select to manage Apple devices. Apple CarPlay must be on for this feature to be accessed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 159 Confidence Threshold Display Rear Camera This feature allows the adjustment Select and the following may Select and the following may of the sensitivity of the speech display: display: recognition system. . Mode . Guidance Lines Select Confirm More or . Calibrate Touchscreen . Rear Cross Traffic Alert Confirm Less. . Turn Display Off . Rear Park Assist Symbols Prompt Length Mode Guidance Lines This feature adjusts the voice prompt length. Select to change the display of the Select to turn Off or On. See infotainment system. Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Short or Long. 0 Select Auto, Day, or Night. Backing 242. Audio Feedback Speed Calibrate Touchscreen Rear Cross Traffic Alert This feature adjusts the audio Select to turn Off or On. feedback speed. Select to calibrate the touchscreen, then follow the prompts. Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Rear Park Assist Symbols Turn Display Off Select to turn Off or On. See Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Select to turn the display off. Touch Assistance Systems for Parking or This feature gives voice 0 anywhere on the infotainment Backing 242. command tips. display or press any infotainment Return to Factory Settings Select Off or On. controls on the center stack to turn the display on. Select and the following may display: . Restore Vehicle Settings . Clear All Private Data . Restore Radio Settings GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
160 Instruments and Controls Restore Vehicle Settings Wi-Fi Universal Remote This allows selection of restoring Select and the following may System vehicle settings. display: See Radio Frequency Statement Select Restore or Cancel. . Wi-Fi 0 405. Clear All Private Data . Manage Wi-Fi Networks This allows selection to clear all Wi-Fi Universal Remote System private information from the vehicle. This feature allows Wi-Fi networks Programming Select Delete or Cancel. to be turned off or on. Restore Radio Settings Select Off or On. This allows selection to restore Manage Wi-Fi Networks radio settings. Select to manage Wi-Fi networks. Select Restore or Cancel. Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to be accessed. Software Information Select to view or update the infotainment system current software information.
If equipped, these buttons are in the overhead console. This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices. These GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 161 instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quicker and hold both the hand-held devices. more accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote system with any garage door opener system buttons to be used to Programming the Universal operate the garage door. Do that does not have the stop and Remote System reverse feature. This includes any not release either button until garage door opener model For questions or programming help, the indicator light changes from manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call a slow to a rapid flash. Then 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed release both buttons. Read these instructions completely outside the U.S.A, Canada, Some garage door openers before programming the Universal or Puerto Rico, international rates Remote system. It may help to have may require substitution of will apply and may differ based on Step 2 with the procedure another person assist with the landline or mobile phone. programming process. under “Radio Signals for Some Programming involves Gate Operators” later in this Keep the original hand-held time-sensitive actions, and may time section. transmitter for use in other vehicles out causing the procedure to be 3. Press and hold the newly as well as for future programming. repeated. Erase the programming when programmed Universal Remote vehicle ownership is terminated. To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds while watching the indicator See “Erasing Universal Remote 1. Hold the end of the hand-held light and garage door System Buttons” later in this transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 activation. section. to 3 in) away from the To program a garage door opener, Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on park outside directly in line with and buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage facing the garage door opener in view. The hand-held door moves when the receiver. Clear all people and transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then objects near the garage door. manufacturer of the garage programming is complete. door opener receiver. There is no need to complete Steps 4–6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
162 Instruments and Controls . If the indicator light does press and hold the same not come on or the garage button a second time for door does not move, a three seconds then release it. second button press may Again, if the door does not be required. For a second move or the garage door lamp time, press and hold the does not flash, press and hold newly programmed button the same button a third time for for five seconds. If the light three seconds, then release it. stays on or the garage door The Universal Remote system Learn or Smart Button moves, programming is should now activate the complete. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door. locate the Learn or Smart . If the indicator light blinks Repeat the process for button inside the garage on the rapidly for two seconds, programming the two remaining garage door opener receiver. then changes to a solid light buttons. and the garage door does The name and color of the not move, continue with button may vary by Radio Signals for Some Gate programming Steps 4–6. manufacturer. Operators 5. Press and release the Learn or For questions or programming help, Smart button. Step 6 must be see www.homelink.com/gm or call completed within 30 seconds of 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed pressing this button. outside the U.S.A, Canada, 6. Inside the vehicle, press and or Puerto Rico, international rates hold the newly programmed will apply and may differ based on Universal Remote system landline or mobile phone. button for three seconds and Some radio-frequency laws and then release it. If the garage gate operators require transmitter door does not move or the signals to time out or quit after lamp on the garage door several seconds of transmission. opener receiver does not flash, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Instruments and Controls 163 This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote system to pick up Operation Universal Remote System the signal during programming. Button If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system replace Step 2 under “Programming System buttons: the Universal Remote System” with Press and hold the appropriate the following: 1. Press and hold any one of the Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The button. Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to hand-held transmitter button every flash after 20 seconds. Without two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed been successfully accepted by the System Buttons with Step 1 under Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.” light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase: “Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
164 Lighting Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 170 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 170 Reading Lamps ...... 171 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 164 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 166 Entry Lighting ...... 171 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting ...... 171 Changer ...... 166 Battery Load Management . . . 172 Flash-to-Pass ...... 167 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 172 Daytime Running Exterior Lighting Battery Lamps (DRL) ...... 167 Saver ...... 173 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 167 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 168 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 169 Fog Lamps ...... 169 The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. There are four positions: O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to O again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Lighting 165 For vehicles first sold in Canada, To keep the lamps on for more than Turning On and Enabling the off position will only work when 10 minutes, the ignition must be on IntelliBeam the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). or in ACC/ACCESSORY. To enable the IntelliBeam system, AUTO : Automatically turns on the IntelliBeam System activate the high/low-beam changer headlamps, parking lamps, on then off within two seconds while taillamps, instrument panel lights, If equipped, this system turns the the exterior lamp control is in AUTO vehicle's high-beam headlamps on roof marker lamps (if equipped), and or 2. license plate lamps. and off according to surrounding traffic conditions. Driving with IntelliBeam ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the The system turns the high-beam The system only activates the high headlamps. headlamps on when it is dark beams when driving over 40 km/h enough and there is no other traffic (25 mph). 2 : Turns on the headlamps with present. the parking lamps and instrument The blue high-beam on light panel lights. appears on the instrument cluster when the high beams are on. When the headlamps are turned on while the vehicle is on, the There is a sensor near the top headlamps turn off automatically center of the windshield that 10 minutes after the ignition is automatically controls the system. turned off. When the headlamps are Keep this area of the windshield turned on while the vehicle is off, This light comes on in the clear of debris to allow for best the headlamps will stay on for instrument cluster when the system performance. 10 minutes before turning off to IntelliBeam system is enabled. The high-beam headlamps remain prevent the battery from being on, under the automatic control, drained. Turn the headlamp control until one of the following situations off and then back to the headlamp occurs: on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. . The system detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
166 Lighting . The system detects a preceding . The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off vehicle's taillamps. missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder . The outside light is bright from view, or otherwise enough that high-beam undetected. A reminder chime sounds when the headlamps are not required. . The other vehicle's lamps are headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is . The vehicle's speed drops below covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. off, and a door is open. To disable 20 km/h (12 mph). the chime, turn the lamps off. . The IntelliBeam system can be . The other vehicle's lamps cannot disabled by the High/Low-Beam be detected due to dense Headlamp High/ Changer or the Flash-to-Pass exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer feature. If this happens, the spray, mist, or other airborne High/Low-Beam Changer must obstructions. Push the turn signal lever toward be activated on then off within . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, the instrument panel to change the two seconds to reactivate the cracked, or obstructed by headlamps from low to high beam. IntelliBeam system. The something that blocks the view Pull the turn signal lever toward you instrument cluster light will come of the light sensor. and release it to return to low-beam on to indicate the IntelliBeam is . The vehicle is loaded such that headlamps. reactivated. See Headlamp 0 the front end points upward, High/Low-Beam Changer 166 causing the light sensor to aim and 0 high and not detect headlamps Flash-to-Pass 167. and taillamps. The high beams may not turn off . The vehicle is being driven on automatically if the system cannot winding or hilly roads. detect another vehicle's lamps because of any of the following: The automatic high-beam When the high-beam headlamps are headlamps may need to be disabled on, this indicator light on the if any of the above conditions exist. instrument cluster will also be on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Lighting 167 Flash-to-Pass Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp control to O and then release. This feature lets you use the Lamps (DRL) For vehicles first sold in Canada, off high-beam headlamps to signal a DRL can make it easier for others to driver in front of you that you want will only work when the vehicle is see the front of the vehicle during parked. to pass. It works even if the the day. Fully functional DRL are headlamps are in the automatic required on all vehicles first sold in Automatic Headlamp position. Canada. System To use it, pull the turn signal lever The DRL system comes on when toward you, then release it. the following conditions are met: When the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough If the headlamps are in the . The ignition is on. automatic position or on low beam, outside, the headlamps come on the high-beam headlamps will turn . The exterior lamp control is automatically. on. Depending on the type of in AUTO. headlamp, they will either turn off . The transmission is not in after a short duration or stay on as P (Park). long as you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the . The light sensor determines it is instrument cluster will come on. daytime. Release the lever to return to When the DRL system is on, only normal operation. the DRL are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on. There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the When it begins to get dark, the sensor, otherwise the headlamps automatic headlamp system will come on when they are not switches from DRL to the needed. headlamps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
168 Lighting The system may also turn on the Lights On with Wipers Hazard Warning Flashers headlamps when driving through a If the windshield wipers are parking garage or tunnel. activated in daylight with the engine If the vehicle is started in a dark on, and the exterior lamp control is garage, the automatic headlamp in AUTO, the headlamps, parking system comes on immediately. If it lamps, and other exterior lamps is light outside when the vehicle come on. The transition time for the leaves the garage, there is a slight lamps coming on varies based on delay before the automatic wiper speed. When the wipers are headlamp system changes to the not operating, these lamps turn off. DRL. During that delay, the Move the exterior lamp control to O instrument cluster may not be as ; bright as usual. Make sure the or to disable this feature. instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination | : Press this button to make the Control 0 170. front and rear turn signal lamps When it is bright enough outside, flash on and off. Press again to turn the headlamps will turn off or may the flashers off. change to Daytime Running When the hazard warning flashers Lamps (DRL). are on, the vehicle's turn signals will The automatic headlamp system not work. turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Lighting 169 Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Fog Lamps Signals position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 315. Turn Signal On Chime An arrow on the instrument cluster If the turn signal is left on for more flashes in the direction of the turn or than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime lane change. sounds at each flash of the turn If equipped with fog lamps, the Move the turn signal lever all the signal. The message TURN button is on the exterior lamp way up or down to signal a turn. SIGNAL ON will also appear in the control, to the left of the steering Driver Information Center (DIC). To column. Raise or lower the lever for less turn the chime and message off, The ignition must be on for the fog than one second until the arrow move the turn signal lever to the off lamps to come on. starts to flash to signal a lane position. change. This causes the turn # : Press to turn the fog lamps on signals to automatically flash three or off. A light will come on in the times. It will flash six times if Tow/ instrument cluster. Haul Mode is active. Holding the When the fog lamps are turned on, turn signal lever for more than the parking lamps automatically one second will cause the turn turn on. signals to flash until the lever is released. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
170 Lighting When the headlamps are changed Interior Lighting Dome Lamps to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will Instrument Panel come on again. Illumination Control Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on with the fog lamps.
There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. This feature controls the brightness To change the dome lamp settings, of the instrument panel lights and is press the following: next to the exterior lamp control. OFF : Turns the lamps off, even D : Move the thumbwheel up or when a door is open. down to brighten or dim the lights. DOOR : The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened. ON : Turns all dome lamps on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Lighting 171 Reading Lamps Lighting Features Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a Press m or n next to each reading door is opened, the interior lamps lamp to turn it on or off. come on if the dome lamp control is in the DOOR position. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by changing the ignition There are reading lamps in the out of the OFF position, or by overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. To operate, the ignition pressing the RKE transmitter Q must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY button. or using Retained Accessory This feature can be changed. See Power (RAP). “Vehicle Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Exit Lighting Some exterior lamps and interior lamps come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
172 Lighting interior lamps remain on for a set moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in amount of time, then automatically If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being turn off. displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the lamp control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended This feature can be changed. See that the driver reduce the electrical Vehicle Personalization 0 152. (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. power that is needed for very high Battery Load electrical loads. Battery Power Protection Management A high electrical load occurs when This feature shuts off the dome and The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such reading lamps if they are left on for Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog more than 10 minutes when the estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, ignition is off. This will keep the and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, battery from running down. the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some accessories. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Lighting 173 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
174 Infotainment System Infotainment Introduction System Infotainment See the infotainment manual for Introduction information on the radio, audio Infotainment ...... 174 players, phone, navigation system, Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), and voice or speech recognition, if equipped. It also includes information on settings. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Climate Controls 175 Climate Controls Climate Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Systems 4. Fan Control 5. Defrost Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 6. Passenger Temperature Control System ...... 175 Control System Control Rear Climate Control With this system the heating, 7. SYNC (Synchronized System ...... 179 cooling, and ventilation in the Temperature) Air Vents vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Rear Window Defogger climate control settings can be Air Vents ...... 180 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control changed. See Climate and Air “ Lockout) Maintenance Quality” under Vehicle Passenger Compartment Air Personalization 0 152. 10. Rear Temperature Control Filter ...... 181 Service ...... 182 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control 12. Rear Fan Control 13. Front Climate Control Power Button 14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation) 15. Rear Climate Control Power Button 16. Air Recirculation 17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Driver Temperature Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
176 Climate Controls Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to 9 : Turn clockwise or cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Automatic Operation counterclockwise to increase or may be automatically selected in decrease the fan speed. Press The system automatically controls warm weather. AUTO to return to automatic the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come operation. conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. order to heat or cool the vehicle to The maximum auto fan speed can the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select be adjusted. See “Climate and Air recirculation; press it again to select Quality” under Vehicle When AUTO is lit, all four functions outside air. Personalization 0 152. operate automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the Do not cover the solar sensor on the Driver and Passenger setting is displayed. Functions not top of the instrument panel near the Temperature Control : The manually set will continue to be windshield. This sensor regulates temperature can be adjusted automatically controlled, even if the air temperature based on sun load. separately for the driver and AUTO indicator is not lit. See “Sensors” later in this section. passenger. To place the system in Manual Operation Turn the knob clockwise or automatic mode: counterclockwise to increase or O : Press to turn the climate control decrease the driver or passenger 1. Press AUTO. system on or off. When off is temperature setting. selected, the system will stop air 2. Set the driver and passenger from flowing into the cabin. If on is SYNC : Press to link the passenger temperature. selected, a button is pressed, or a and rear climate temperature To find your comfort setting, knob is turned, the climate control settings to the driver setting. The start with 22 °C (72 °F) and system will turn on and operate at SYNC indicator light will turn on. allow the system time to the current setting. When the passenger or rear climate stabilize. Then adjust the settings are adjusted, the SYNC temperature as needed for best indicator light turns off. comfort. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Climate Controls 177 Air Delivery Mode Control : Press compressor will run, unless the outside air supply, turn on the air Y, \, [ , or - to change the outside temperature is close to conditioner, and direct more air to direction of the airflow. An indicator freezing. the windshield. If the climate control system does not detect possible light comes on in the selected mode Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear. window fogging, it returns to normal button. operation. To turn Auto Defog off or 0 Changing the mode cancels the See Air Vents 180. on, see “Climate and Air Quality” automatic operation of the mode. A/C : Press to turn the air under Vehicle Personalization 0 Press AUTO to return to automatic conditioning system on or off. An 152. operation. indicator light comes on to show Rear Window Defogger Y that the air conditioning is enabled. : Air is directed to the instrument The rear window defogger uses a panel outlets. If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not run. The A/C warming grid to remove fog from the \ : Air is divided between the light will stay on even if the outside rear window. instrument panel and floor outlets. temperatures are below freezing. K : Press to turn the rear window [ : Air is directed to the floor @ : Press to turn on recirculation. defogger on or off. An indicator light outlets, with some to the windshield, An indicator light comes on. Air is on the button comes on to show that side window outlets, and second recirculated to quickly cool the the rear window defogger is on. row floor outlets. inside of the vehicle. It can also be The rear window defogger only - : This mode clears the windows used to help reduce outside air and works when the ignition is on. The of fog or moisture. Air is directed to odors that enter the vehicle. The air defogger turns off if the ignition is the windshield, floor outlets, and conditioning compressor also comes turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY. on when this mode is activated. side window vents. The rear window defogger can be 0 : Press to clear the windshield Auto Defog : The climate control set to automatic operation. When of fog or frost more quickly. Air is system uses a sensor to Auto Rear Defog is selected, the directed to the windshield and the automatically detect high humidity rear window defogger turns on side window vents. The system inside the vehicle. When high automatically when the vehicle is automatically forces outside air into humidity is detected, the climate first started in cold weather and the vehicle and the air conditioning control system may adjust to turns off when the vehicle is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
178 Climate Controls warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog automatic operation is active. If any Remote Start Climate Control on or off, see “Climate and Air of the climate control settings Operation Quality” under Vehicle except rear temperature are 0 If equipped with the remote start Personalization 152. manually adjusted, this cancels full feature, the climate control system automatic operation. will come on when the vehicle is Caution Fan Control : Press up or down to started remotely, depending on the increase or decrease the rear outside temperature. The rear Using a razor blade or sharp passenger area fan speed. window defogger and heated seats, object to clear the inside rear if equipped, may also come on. See window can damage the rear Air Delivery Mode Control : Press 0 up or down to change the direction Remote Vehicle Start 23 and window defogger. Repairs would Heated and Ventilated Front Seats not be covered by the vehicle of the rear passenger airflow. 0 Repeatedly press the switch until 54. warranty. Do not clear the inside the desired mode appears on the rear window with sharp objects. Sensors display. Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections. Heated Mirror : If equipped with Temperature Control : Press up or heated outside mirrors, the mirrors down to increase or decrease the heat to help clear fog or frost from airflow temperature into the rear the surface of the mirror when the passenger area. rear window defog button is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock control of the rear climate control Rear Climate Controls system from the rear seat passengers. When locked, the rear O : Press to turn the rear climate The solar sensor monitors the solar climate control can only be adjusted control system on or off. heat. Do not cover the solar sensor from the front seat. AUTO : Press AUTO to control the or the system will not work properly. rear passenger temperature, air delivery, and fan speed. AUTO appears in the display when GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Climate Controls 179 There is also an exterior Automatic Operation temperature sensor behind the front AUTO : Press AUTO to grille. This sensor reads the outside automatically control the air temperature and helps maintain temperature, air delivery, and fan the temperature inside the vehicle. speed for rear seat passengers. A is Any cover on the front of the indicated in the display when vehicle, including a snowplow, could automatic operation is active. cause a false reading in the displayed temperature. If any of the rear climate control settings are manually adjusted, full The climate control system uses the automatic operation is cancelled. information from these sensors to Press AUTO to return to full maintain comfort settings by automatic operation. adjusting the outlet temperature, fan 1. Fan Control speed, and air delivery mode. The 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The display only indicates climate system may also supply cooler air to control functions when the system is the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode in rear independent mode. sun. The recirculation mode will also Control) Manual Operation be used as needed to maintain cool 4. TEMP (Temperature Control) outlet temperatures. : Turn clockwise or 5. Heated Rear Seats (If 9 counterclockwise to increase or Equipped) Rear Climate Control decrease the fan speed. Turn System If the dual automatic climate control completely counterclockwise to turn system rear climate control lockout the fan/power off. The rear climate control system is feature is locked, the rear climate TEMP : Turn clockwise or located on the rear of the center control settings can only be counterclockwise to increase or console storage. The rear climate adjusted from the front seat. decrease the airflow temperature settings can be adjusted with this into the passenger area. If the system. SYNC button is pressed on the front GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
180 Climate Controls climate controls, the rear climate Air Vents Operation Tips temperature is linked to the driver . Clear away any ice, snow, Adjustable air vents are in the temperature setting. or leaves from the air inlets at center and on the side of the MODE : Press to change the the base of the windshield that instrument panel. direction of the airflow in the vehicle. could block the flow of air into Repeatedly press the button until the vehicle. the desired mode appears on the . Clear snow off the hood to display. Multiple presses will cycle improve visibility and help through the delivery selections. decrease moisture drawn into M or L : If equipped, press M or L the vehicle. to heat the left or right outboard seat . When you enter a vehicle in cold cushion. See Heated Rear Seats weather, press the fan up button 0 55. to the maximum fan level before driving. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of 1. Slider Knob the window. 2. Thumbwheel . Keep the air path under the front Move the slider knobs (1) to change seats clear of objects to help the direction of the airflow. circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. Use the thumbwheels (2) near the air vents to open or close off the . Use of non-GM approved hood airflow. deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Climate Controls 181 Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door damper string from the glove box door assembly. A pen or Passenger Compartment pencil may be inserted through Air Filter the end of the damper string to prevent the string from slipping The filter reduces the dust, pollen, inside the door assembly. and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 379. To find out what type of filter to use, 4. Release the two tabs holding see Maintenance Replacement the service door. Open the Parts 0 390. service door and remove the old filter. 5. Install the new air filter. 6. Close the service door and secure the tabs. 3. Remove the six screws and 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall remove the access plate. the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed.
1. Open the glove box completely. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
182 Climate Controls Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 379. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 183 Ignition Positions (Key Ride Control Systems Driving and Access) ...... 204 Traction Control/Electronic Operating Starting the Engine ...... 206 Stability Control ...... 226 Engine Heater ...... 207 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 228 Retained Accessory Magnetic Ride Control ...... 229 Driving Information Power (RAP) ...... 209 Locking Rear Axle ...... 229 Driving for Better Fuel Shifting Into Park ...... 209 Automatic Level Control ...... 229 Shifting out of Park ...... 210 Economy ...... 184 Cruise Control Distracted Driving ...... 184 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 211 Cruise Control ...... 230 Defensive Driving ...... 185 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 232 Drunk Driving ...... 185 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 211 Control of a Vehicle ...... 186 Extended Parking ...... 211 Driver Assistance Systems Braking ...... 186 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems . . . 240 Steering ...... 186 Engine Exhaust ...... 212 Assistance Systems for Off-Road Recovery ...... 187 Running the Vehicle While Parking or Backing ...... 242 Loss of Control ...... 187 Parked ...... 212 Assistance Systems for Off-Road Driving ...... 188 Driving ...... 245 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 193 Automatic Transmission Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 193 Automatic Transmission ...... 213 System ...... 245 Winter Driving ...... 194 Manual Mode ...... 216 Automatic Emergency If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 195 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 218 Braking (AEB) ...... 248 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 196 Side Blind Zone Drive Systems Starting and Operating Alert (SBZA) ...... 249 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 219 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 250 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 201 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 251 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Brakes Pedal ...... 201 Antilock Brake Fuel Ignition Positions (Keyless System (ABS) ...... 224 Top Tier Fuel ...... 254 Access) ...... 202 Parking Brake ...... 225 Recommended Fuel (L83 5.3L Brake Assist ...... 225 V8 Engine) ...... 254 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 225 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
184 Driving and Operating Recommended Fuel (L86 6.2L Driving Information . Combine several trips into a V8 Engine) ...... 254 single trip. Prohibited Fuels ...... 255 . Replace the vehicle's tires with Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 255 Driving for Better Fuel the same TPC Spec number Fuel Additives ...... 255 Economy molded into the tire's sidewall E85 or FlexFuel ...... 255 Driving habits can affect fuel near the size. Filling the Tank ...... 256 mileage. Here are some driving tips Filling a Portable Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled Container ...... 258 to get the best fuel economy maintenance. possible: Trailer Towing . Set the climate controls to the Distracted Driving General Towing desired temperature after the Information ...... 259 engine is started, or turn them Distraction comes in many forms Driving Characteristics and off when not required. and can take your focus from the Towing Tips ...... 259 task of driving. Exercise good Trailer Towing ...... 264 . Avoid fast starts and accelerate judgment and do not let other Towing Equipment ...... 270 smoothly. activities divert your attention away Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 278 . Brake gradually and avoid from the road. Many local abrupt stops. governments have enacted laws Conversions and Add-Ons regarding driver distraction. Become Add-On Electrical . Avoid idling the engine for long familiar with the local laws in Equipment ...... 280 periods of time. your area. . When road and weather To avoid distracted driving, keep conditions are appropriate, use your eyes on the road, keep your cruise control. hands on the steering wheel, and . Always follow posted speed focus your attention on driving. limits or drive more slowly when conditions require. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 185 . Do not use a phone in . Avoid stressful conversations . Allow enough following distance demanding driving situations. while driving, whether with a between you and the driver in Use a hands-free method to passenger or on a cell phone. front of you. place or receive necessary . Focus on the task of driving. phone calls. { Warning . Watch the road. Do not read, Drunk Driving take notes, or look up Taking your eyes off the road too information on phones or other long or too often could cause a Death and injury associated with electronic devices. crash resulting in injury or death. drinking and driving is a global Focus your attention on driving. tragedy. . Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential { Warning distractions. Refer to the infotainment manual for more information on using that . Become familiar with vehicle Drinking and then driving is very system and the navigation system, features before driving, such as dangerous. Your reflexes, if equipped, including pairing and programming favorite radio perceptions, attentiveness, and using a cell phone. stations and adjusting climate judgment can be affected by even control and seat settings. Defensive Driving a small amount of alcohol. You Program all trip information into can have a serious — or even any navigation device prior to Defensive driving means “always fatal — collision if you drive after driving. expect the unexpected.” The first drinking. . Wait until the vehicle is parked step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 62. Do not drink and drive or ride with to retrieve items that have fallen a driver who has been drinking. to the floor. . Assume that other road users Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend (pedestrians, bicyclists, and with a group, designate a driver to children. other drivers) are going to be who will not drink. careless and make mistakes. . Keep pets in an appropriate Anticipate what they might do carrier or restraint. and be ready. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
186 Driving and Operating Control of a Vehicle If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the are important factors in helping to brakes. Doing so could make the control a vehicle while driving. pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some Braking power brake assist but it will be Braking action involves perception used when the brake is applied. time and reaction time. Deciding to Once the power assist is used up, it push the brake pedal is perception can take longer to stop and the time. Actually doing it is brake pedal will be harder to push. reaction time. Steering Average driver reaction time is Electric Power Steering about three-quarters of a second. In Caution This vehicle has electric power that time, a vehicle moving at steering. It does not have power 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m To avoid damage to the steering steering fluid. Regular maintenance (66 ft), which could be a lot of is not required. distance in an emergency. system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects If power steering assist is lost due Helpful braking tips to keep in mind at speeds greater than 3 km/h to a system malfunction, the vehicle include: (1 mph). Use care when driving can be steered, but may require . Keep enough distance between over other objects such as lane increased effort. you and the vehicle in front dividers and speed bumps. See your dealer if there is a of you. Damage caused by misuse of the problem. vehicle is not covered by the . Avoid needless heavy braking. If the steering assist is used for an vehicle warranty. . Keep pace with traffic. extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 187 If the steering wheel is turned until it . Holding both sides of the 1. Ease off the accelerator and reaches the end of its travel, and is steering wheel allows you to turn then, if there is nothing in the held in that position for an extended 180 degrees without removing way, steer the vehicle so that it period of time, power steering assist a hand. straddles the edge of the may be reduced. . Antilock Brake System (ABS) pavement. Normal use of the power steering allows steering while braking. 2. Turn the steering wheel about assist should return when the one-eighth of a turn, until the system cools down. Off-Road Recovery right front tire contacts the See your dealer if there is a pavement edge. problem. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable Loss of Control speed. Skidding . Reduce speed before entering a curve. There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three . Maintain a reasonable steady control systems: speed through the curve. . Braking Skid — wheels are not . Wait until the vehicle is out of rolling. the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Steering or Cornering Skid — off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a Steering in Emergencies shoulder while driving. Follow curve causes tires to slip and . There are some situations when these tips: lose cornering force. steering around a problem may . Acceleration Skid — too much be more effective than braking. throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
188 Driving and Operating Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering, by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking, { Warning existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any When driving off-road, bouncing skids are always possible. sudden changes could cause and quick changes in direction the tires to slide. can easily throw you out of If the vehicle starts to slide, follow position. This could cause you to these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help lose control and crash. You and . Ease your foot off the avoid only the braking skid. your passengers should always accelerator pedal and steer the wear seat belts. way you want the vehicle to go. Off-Road Driving The vehicle may straighten out. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be Before Driving Off-Road Be ready for a second skid if it used for off-road driving. Vehicles occurs. without four-wheel drive and . Have all necessary maintenance . Slow down and adjust your vehicles not equipped with All and service work completed. driving according to weather Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, conditions. Stopping distance tires must not be driven off-road and check inflation pressure in can be longer and vehicle except on a level, solid surface. For all tires, including the spare, control can be affected when contact information about the if equipped. traction is reduced by water, original equipment tires, see the . Read all the information about snow, ice, gravel, or other warranty manual. four-wheel-drive vehicles in this material on the road. Learn to One of the best ways for successful manual. recognize warning clues — such off-road driving is to control the as enough water, ice, or packed speed. . Remove any underbody air snow on the road to make a deflector, if equipped. Re-attach mirrored surface — and slow the air deflector after off-road down when you have any doubt. driving. . Know the local laws that apply to off-road driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 189 To gain more ground clearance if Environmental Concerns needed, it may be necessary to Warning (Continued) . Always use established trails, remove the front fascia lower air roads, and areas that have been dam, if equipped. However, driving passengers can be struck set aside for public off-road without the air dam reduces fuel by flying objects. Secure the recreational driving and obey all economy. cargo properly. posted regulations. . Keep cargo in the cargo Caution area as far forward and as . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, low as possible. The trees, or grasses or disturb Operating the vehicle for heaviest things should be wildlife. extended periods without the front on the floor, forward of the . Do not park over things that fascia lower air dam installed can rear axle. burn. See Parking over Things cause improper airflow to the . Heavy loads on the roof That Burn 0 211. engine. Reattach the front fascia raise the vehicle's center of air dam after off-road driving. gravity, making it more likely Driving on Hills to roll over. You can be Driving safely on hills requires good Loading the Vehicle for seriously or fatally injured if judgment and an understanding of the vehicle rolls over. Put what the vehicle can and cannot do. Off-Road Driving heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof. { Warning { Warning Many hills are simply too steep . Unsecured cargo on the For more information about loading for any vehicle. Driving up hills load floor can be tossed the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits about when driving over 0 196 and can cause the vehicle to stall. rough terrain. You or your Tires 0 326. Driving down hills can cause loss of control. Driving across hills can (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
190 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)
cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause a crash. There transmission. You or someone steep hills. could be a drop-off, embankment, else could be injured. If leaving cliff, or even another vehicle. You the vehicle, set the parking brake Before driving on a hill, assess the could be seriously injured or and shift the transmission to steepness, traction, and killed. As you near the top of a P (Park). Shift the transfer case to obstructions. If the terrain ahead hill, slow down and stay alert. any position but N (Neutral). cannot be seen, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill before . Never go downhill forward or . When driving down a hill, keep driving further. backward with either the the vehicle headed straight When driving on hills: transmission or transfer case in down. Use a low gear because N (Neutral). The brakes could the engine will work with the . Use a low gear and keep a firm overheat and you could lose brakes to slow the vehicle and grip on the steering wheel. control. help keep the vehicle under . Maintain a slow speed. control. . When possible, drive straight up { Warning or down the hill. { Warning If the vehicle has the two-speed . Slow down when approaching automatic or electronic transfer Heavy braking when going down the top of the hill. case, shifting the transfer case to a hill can cause your brakes to . Use headlamps even during the N (Neutral) can cause your overheat and fade. This could day to make the vehicle more vehicle to roll even if the cause loss of control and you or visible. transmission is in P (Park). This is others could be injured or killed. because the N (Neutral) position Apply the brakes lightly when (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 191 . Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could Warning (Continued) N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a brake. The vehicle can roll rollover. descending a hill and use a low backward quickly and you . Surface conditions can be a gear to keep vehicle speed under could lose control. control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy . If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, If the vehicle stalls on a hill: lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips 1. Apply the brakes to stop the parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something vehicle, and then apply the straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut, parking brake. 3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over. 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the restart the engine. parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across . If driving uphill when the vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the vehicle stalls, shift to downhill wheels drop into a rut R (Reverse), release the 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt parking brake, and back even more. straight down. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the . If an incline must be driven . Never try to turn the vehicle vehicle would take if it rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to around. If the hill is steep slide, turn downhill. This should enough to stall the vehicle, . Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle it is steep enough to cause across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. it to roll over. A hill that can be driven straight . If you cannot make it up the up or down might be too steep to hill, back straight down drive across. Driving across an the hill. incline puts more weight on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
192 Driving and Operating Traction is reduced on hard packed { Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) control. Reduce vehicle speed when Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the downhill side when stopped and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not across an incline is dangerous. drive through rushing water. If the vehicle rolls over, you could { Warning be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution vehicle and stay well clear of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts. Use a low gear when driving in mud — the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, to avoid getting stuck. drive through it slowly. At faster speeds, water can get into the Traction changes when driving on { Warning engine and cause it to stall. Stalling sand. On loose sand, such as on can occur if the exhaust pipe is beaches or sand dunes, the tires Driving through rushing water can under water. Do not turn off the tend to sink into the sand. This be dangerous. Deep water can ignition when driving through water. affects steering, accelerating, and sweep your vehicle downstream If the exhaust pipe is under water, braking. Drive at a reduced speed and you and your passengers the engine will not start. When going and avoid sharp turns or abrupt could drown. If it is only shallow through water, the brakes get wet maneuvers. water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this (Continued) section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 193 After Off-Road Driving wet enough and you are going fast { Warning enough. When the vehicle is Remove any brush or debris that hydroplaning, it has little or no has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road. chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could slow down when the road is wet. have the brake linings cleaned and lose control of the vehicle. checked. These substances can After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet Check the body structure, driveline, wash, lightly apply the brake steering, suspension, wheels, tires, weather driving tips include: pedal until the brakes work and exhaust system for damage and . Allow extra following distance. normally. check the fuel lines and cooling . Pass with caution. system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping More frequent maintenance service equipment in good shape. is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the Schedule 0 379. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. occupants could drown. Do not Driving on Wet Roads . Have good tires with proper ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 326. Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types Hill and Mountain Roads of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through driving through large puddles and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water deep-standing or flowing water. mountains is different than driving can build up under the vehicle's on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
194 Driving and Operating . Keep the vehicle serviced and in freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid good shape. Warning (Continued) driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, loss of steering assist. Always tires, cooling system, and have the engine running and the For Slippery Road Driving: transmission. vehicle in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating . Shift to a lower gear when going too quickly causes the wheels to down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick. { Warning swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See center line. Traction Control/Electronic Using the brakes to slow the Stability Control 0 226. vehicle on a long downhill slope . Be alert on top of hills; can cause brake overheating, can something could be in your lane . The Antilock Brake System (e.g., stalled car, crash). reduce brake performance, and (ABS) improves vehicle stability could result in a loss of braking. . Pay attention to special road during hard stops, but the Shift the transmission to a lower signs (e.g., falling rocks area, brakes should be applied sooner gear to let the engine assist the winding roads, long grades, than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System brakes on a steep downhill slope. passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action. (ABS) 0 224. . Allow greater following distance Winter Driving and watch for slippery spots. Icy { Warning patches can occur on otherwise Driving on Snow or Ice clear roads in shaded areas. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) Snow or ice between the tires and The surface of a curve or an or with the ignition off is the road creates less traction or overpass can remain icy when dangerous. This can cause grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can the surrounding roads are clear. overheating of the brakes and occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Avoid sudden steering (Continued) maneuvers and braking while on ice. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 195 . Turn off cruise control. If it takes time for help to arrive, Warning (Continued) when running the engine, push the Blizzard Conditions accelerator pedal slightly so the If the vehicle is stuck in snow: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and engine runs faster than the idle signal for help. Stay with the vehicle . Clear snow from the base of speed. This keeps the battery unless there is help nearby. the vehicle, especially any charged to restart the vehicle and to If possible, use Roadside blocking the exhaust pipe. signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to Assistance. See Roadside . Open a window about 5 cm 0 save fuel. Assistance Program 400. To get (2 in) on the vehicle side help and keep everyone in the that is away from the wind, vehicle safe: to bring in fresh air. If the Vehicle Is Stuck . Turn on the hazard warning . Fully open the air outlets on Slowly and cautiously spin the flashers. or under the instrument wheels to free the vehicle when . Tie a red cloth to an outside panel. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. mirror. . Adjust the climate control If stuck too severely for the traction system to circulate the air system to free the vehicle, turn the { Warning inside the vehicle and set traction system off and use the the fan speed to the highest rocking method. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust setting. See “Climate Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 under the vehicle. This may Control Systems.” 226. cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, 0 { Warning carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 212. cannot be seen or smelled. It can If the vehicle's tires spin at high cause unconsciousness and even To save fuel, run the engine for speed, they can explode, and you death. short periods to warm the vehicle or others could be injured. The (Continued) and then shut the engine off and vehicle can overheat, causing an partially close the window. Moving (Continued) about to keep warm also helps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
196 Driving and Operating Rocking the Vehicle to Get Warning (Continued) it Out engine compartment fire or other Turn the steering wheel left and damage. Spin the wheels as little right to clear the area around the as possible and avoid going front wheels. Turn off any traction above 56 km/h (35 mph). system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels Recovery Hooks as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the { Warning wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator Never pull on recovery hooks pedal while shifting, and press from the side. The hooks could Caution lightly on the accelerator pedal break and you and others could Never use recovery hooks to tow when the transmission is in gear. be injured. When using recovery the vehicle. The vehicle could be Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions hooks, always pull the vehicle damaged, and the repairs would causes a rocking motion that could from the front. not be covered by the vehicle free the vehicle. If that does not get warranty. the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the There are recovery hooks at the vehicle does need to be towed out, front of the vehicle. Use them if the see Towing the Vehicle 0 363. vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled some place to continue Vehicle Load Limits driving. It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 197 vehicle capacity weight and Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended includes the weight of all Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). occupants, cargo, and all For more information on tires nonfactory-installed options. and inflation see Tires 0 326 Two labels on the vehicle may and Tire Pressure 0 333. show how much weight it was There is also important loading designed to carry, the Tire and information on the vehicle Loading Information label and Certification/Tire label. It may the Certification/Tire label. show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross { Warning Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for Do not load the vehicle any the front and rear axles. See heavier than the Gross “Certification/Tire Label” later in Vehicle Weight Rating Label Example this section. (GVWR), or either the A vehicle specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct maximum front or rear Gross Loading Information label is Load Limit– Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The This can cause systems to (B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of break and change the way the information label shows the occupants and cargo should vehicle handles. This could number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or cause loss of control and a positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle s crash. Overloading can also ’ vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds. damage the tires, and shorten 2. Determine the combined The Tire and Loading the life of the vehicle. weight of the driver and Information label also shows the passengers that will be size of the original equipment riding in your vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
198 Driving and Operating 3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight weight of the driver and manual to determine how @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available 136 kg (300 lbs) XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg 4. The resulting figure equals (700 lbs) the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 264 for cargo and luggage load important information on towing a capacity. For example, if the trailer, towing safety rules, and "XXX" amount equals trailering tips. 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined Example 2 weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for That weight may not safely Example 2 = 453 kg exceed the available cargo Example 1 (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight and luggage load capacity 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for calculated in Step 4. @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = Example 1 = 453 kg 136 kg (750 lbs) 6. If your vehicle will be towing (1,000 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight = a trailer, load from your 113 kg (250 lbs) trailer will be transferred to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 199 weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all the vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also may show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread your load equally on both sides 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg of the centerline. (1,000 lbs) The Certification/Tire label may 2. Subtract Occupant Weight also include information about @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = A vehicle specific Certification/ the Front Axle Reserve 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the Capacity. 3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label 0 kg (0 lbs) may shows the size of the { Warning Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to Do not load the vehicle any specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity heavier than the Gross vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called Vehicle Weight Rating seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
200 Driving and Operating Using heavier suspension Warning (Continued) components to get added Warning (Continued) maximum front or rear Gross durability might not change the . When you carry Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the This can cause systems to to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it break and change the way the right way. whenever you can. vehicle handles. This could { Warning . Do not leave a seat cause loss of control and a folded down unless you crash. Overloading can also Things you put inside the need to. reduce stopping distance, vehicle can strike and injure damage the tires, and shorten people in a sudden stop or the life of the vehicle. There is also important loading turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading Your area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” Caution spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 0 188. Overloading the vehicle may . Never stack heavier cause damage. Repairs would not things, like suitcases, be covered by the vehicle inside the vehicle so that warranty. Do not overload the some of them are above vehicle. the tops of the seats. . Do not leave an The label will help decide how unsecured child restraint much cargo and installed in the vehicle. equipment the truck can carry. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 201
Starting and Caution (Continued) Operating premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake Caution linings. The vehicle does not need an . Do not tow a trailer during elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 264 for the trailer towing perform better in the long run if capabilities of the vehicle you follow these guidelines: and more information. . Keep the vehicle speed at The switch used to adjust the Following break-in, engine speed 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for pedals is to the left of the steering the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually wheel. increased. . Do not drive at any one Press the switch to the left to move constant speed, fast or slow, the pedals closer to your body. for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and Press the switch to the right to move Do not make full-throttle Brake Pedal the pedals away. starts. Avoid downshifting to Before you start driving, fully press brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the the brake pedal to confirm the throttle and brake pedals can be adjustment is right for you. . Avoid making hard stops for changed. the first 322 km (200 mi) or The vehicle may have a memory so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted function, which lets pedal settings brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park). be saved and recalled. See Memory broken in. Hard stops with Seats 0 51. new linings can mean (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
202 Driving and Operating Ignition Positions Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Do not turn the engine off when the System Operation (Keyless Access) vehicle is moving. This will cause a (Keyless Access) 0 16. loss of power assist in the brake To shift out of P (Park), the ignition and steering systems and disable must be on or in service mode, and the airbags. the brake pedal must be applied. The vehicle may have an electric Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ steering column lock. The lock is OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When activated when the ignition is turned the vehicle is stopped, press off and either front door is opened. ENGINE START/STOP once to turn A sound may be heard as the lock the engine off. actuates or releases. The steering column lock may not release with If the vehicle is in P (Park), the the wheels turned off center. If this ignition will turn off, and Retained happens, the vehicle may not start. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain Move the steering wheel from left to active. See Retained Accessory right while attempting to start the Vehicles equipped with Keyless Power (RAP) 0 209. vehicle. If this does not work, the Access have pushbutton starting. If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the vehicle needs service. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ignition will return to ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an transmitter must be in the vehicle for ACCESSORY and display the emergency: the system to operate. If the message SHIFT TO PARK in the pushbutton start is not working, the Driver Information Center (DIC). 1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle may be near a strong radio When the vehicle is shifted into pressure. Do not pump the antenna signal causing interference P (Park), the ignition system will brakes repeatedly. This may to the Keyless Access system. See turn off. deplete power assist, requiring Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) increased brake pedal force. System Operation (Key Access) 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). 0 13 or This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 203 to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Service Mode brakes and steer the vehicle to Indicator Light) : This mode allows This power mode is available for a safe location. some electrical accessories to be service and diagnostics, and to 3. Come to a complete stop, shift used when the engine is off. verify the proper operation of the to P (Park), and turn the With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may ignition off. On vehicles with an button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection automatic transmission, the pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and shift lever must be in P (Park) system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied, to turn the ignition off. The ignition will switch from ACC/ pressing and holding the button for 4. Set the parking brake. See ACCESSORY to off after more than five seconds will place Parking Brake 0 225. five minutes to prevent battery the vehicle in Service Mode. The rundown. instruments and audio systems will operate as they do when the ignition { Warning ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator is on, but the vehicle will not be able Light) : This mode is for driving and to be driven. The engine will not Turning off the vehicle while starting. With the ignition off, and start in Service Mode. Press the moving may cause loss of power the brake pedal applied, pressing button again to turn the ignition off. assist in the brake and steering the button once will turn the ignition systems and disable the airbags. on. Once engine cranking begins, While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 206. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/ STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
204 Driving and Operating Ignition Positions (Key 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ 4. Push the key all the way in the OFF) : This position turns off the steering column (1), then turn Access) vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the the key to LOCK/OFF (2). transmission, and the steering 5. Remove the key. column, if equipped with a locking steering column. 6. Release the brake pedal. See your dealer if the key can be removed in any other position. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 209. A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If equipped with a locking steering 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF column, the steering can bind with 1. ACC/ACCESSORY the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key rotation out 2. ON/RUN To turn off the vehicle: of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move 3. START 1. Make sure that the vehicle is the steering wheel from right to left The ignition switch has four stopped. while turning the key to ACC/ positions. ACCESSORY. If this does not work, 2. Shift to P (Park). then the vehicle needs service. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition 3. Continue to hold the brake must be in ON/RUN and the brake pedal, then set the parking pedal must be applied. brake. See Parking Brake 0 225. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 205 5. Shift to P (Park). vehicle must be pushed or towed. { Warning 6. Push the key all the way in See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 209. Turning off the vehicle while toward the steering column (1), moving may cause loss of power then turn the ignition to From ON/RUN, push the key all the assist in the brake and steering LOCK/OFF (2). way in toward the steering column, systems and disable the airbags. 7. Set the parking brake. See then turn the key to ACC/ While driving, turn off the vehicle Parking Brake 0 225. ACCESSORY. only in an emergency. 8. Remove the key. If the key is left in ACC/ ACCESSORY with the engine off, 9. Release the brake pedal. the battery could drain and the In an emergency, if the vehicle vehicle may not start. cannot be pulled over and must be turned off while driving: Caution A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the 1. Push the key all the way in Use the correct key, make sure it key is in the ignition. toward the steering column, is all the way in — or pushed all then turn the key to ACC/ the way in toward the steering 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be ACCESSORY. column when turning off the used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some 2. Brake using firm and steady vehicle — and turn it only with instrument cluster warning and pressure. Do not pump the your hand. indicator lights. This position can brakes repeatedly. This may also be used for service and deplete power assist, requiring 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This diagnostics, and to verify the proper increased brake pedal force. position allows features such as the operation of the malfunction 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). infotainment system to operate indicator lamp as may be required This can be done while the while the vehicle is off. It also for emission inspection purposes. vehicle is moving. Continue unlocks the steering column, The switch stays in this position braking and steer the vehicle to if equipped with a locking steering when the engine is running. The a safe location. column. Use this position if the transmission is also unlocked in this 4. Come to a complete stop. position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
206 Driving and Operating If the key is left in ON/RUN with the Information Center (DIC), hold engine off, the battery could drain Caution the ignition switch in the and the vehicle may not start. The START position to continue transmission can be shifted in this If you add electrical parts or engine cranking. position. accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any Caution 3 (START) : This is the position that resulting damage would not be starts the engine. When the engine covered by the vehicle warranty. starts, release the key. The ignition Cranking the engine for long See Add-On Electrical Equipment periods of time, by returning the returns to ON/RUN for driving. 0 280. ignition to the START position Starting the Engine immediately after cranking has Starting Procedure (Key ended, can overheat and damage Move the shift lever to P (Park) or Access) the cranking motor, and drain the N (Neutral). The engine will not start battery. Wait at least 15 seconds in any other position. To restart the 1. With your foot off the between each try, to let the accelerator pedal, turn the engine when the vehicle is already cranking motor cool down. moving, use N (Neutral) only. ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let go of the Caution key. The idle speed will go 2. If the engine does not start down as the engine gets warm. after five to 10 seconds, Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Do not race the engine especially in very cold weather vehicle is moving. If you do, you immediately after starting it. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could could damage the transmission. Operate the engine and be flooded with too much Shift to P (Park) only when the transmission gently to allow the gasoline. Try pushing the vehicle is stopped. oil to warm up and lubricate all accelerator pedal all the way to moving parts. the floor and holding it there while holding the key in START When the low fuel warning for up to 15 seconds. Wait at lamp is on and the FUEL least 15 seconds between each LEVEL LOW message is try, to allow the cranking motor displayed in the Driver GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 207 to cool down. When the engine battery is low, the Driver cool down. When the engine starts, let go of the key and Information Center (DIC) will starts, let go of the button, and accelerator. If the vehicle starts display a message. the accelerator. If the vehicle briefly but then stops again, do starts briefly but then stops the same thing. This clears the Caution again, do the same thing. This extra gasoline from the engine. clears the extra gasoline from Do not race the engine Cranking the engine for long the engine. Do not race the immediately after starting it. periods of time, by trying to start engine immediately after Operate the engine and the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine transmission gently until the oil cranking has ended, can overheat and transmission gently until warms up and lubricates all and damage the cranking motor, the oil warms up and lubricates moving parts. and drain the battery. Wait at all moving parts. least 15 seconds between each Starting Procedure (Keyless Engine Heater Access) try, to let the cranking motor cool down. 1. With the Keyless Access { Warning system, the RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle. Press 2. If the engine does not start Do not plug in the engine block ENGINE START/STOP with the after five to 10 seconds, heater while the vehicle is parked brake pedal applied. When the especially in very cold weather in a garage or under a carport. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could engine begins cranking, let go Property damage or personal be flooded with too much of the button. injury may result. Always park the gasoline. Try pushing the The idle speed will go down as accelerator pedal all the way to vehicle in a clear open area away the engine gets warm. Do not the floor and holding it there as from buildings or structures. race the engine immediately you press ENGINE START/ after starting it. STOP, for up to a maximum of If equipped, the engine heater can If the RKE transmitter is not in 15 seconds. Wait at least provide easier starting and better the vehicle, if there is 15 seconds between each try, fuel economy during engine interference, or if the RKE to allow the cranking motor to warm-up in cold weather conditions GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
208 Driving and Operating at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be { Warning Warning (Continued) plugged in at least four hours before starting. There may be an internal Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire, thermostat in the plug end of the or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric cord, which will prevent engine the cord and may result in shock, and injury. heater operation at temperatures overheating and fire. . Do not operate the vehicle above −18 °C (0 °F). . Plug the cord into a with the heater cord permanently attached to the To Use the Engine Heater three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater 1. Turn off the engine. by a ground fault detection cord and thermostat damage could occur. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the function. An ungrounded electrical cord. The cord is by outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the the left front fender, next to the electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle engine compartment fuse . Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never block. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the heater cord. Check the heater cord for extension cord if needed. damage. If it is damaged, do Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle, not use it. See your dealer for recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach a replacement. Inspect the cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and cord for damage yearly. condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. damaged heater or Keep the cord away from 3. Plug the cord into a normal, extension cord, could make any moving parts. grounded 110-volt AC outlet. (Continued) 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 209 away from moving engine . Audio System 1. Hold the brake pedal down, parts. If you do not, it could be . OnStar System then set the parking brake. See damaged. Parking Brake 0 225. The length of time the heater should Shifting Into Park 2. Move the shift lever into the remain plugged in depends on P (Park) position by pulling the several factors. Ask a dealer in the { Warning shift lever toward you and area where you will be parking the moving it up as far as it will go. vehicle for the best advice on this. It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case is in the vehicle if the shift lever is not a drive gear – not in Retained Accessory fully in P (Park) with the parking N (Neutral). Power (RAP) brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Push the ignition key in, When the ignition is turned from on roll. If you have left the engine towards the steering column to off, the following features (if running, the vehicle can move and then turn the ignition off. suddenly. You or others could be equipped) will continue to function 5. Remove the key and take it for up to 10 minutes, or until the injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on with you. If you can leave the driver door is opened. These vehicle with the ignition key in fairly level ground, use the steps features will also work when the your hand, the vehicle is in that follow. If the vehicle has a ignition is in RUN or ACC/ P (Park). ACCESSORY: four-wheel-drive transfer case with an N (Neutral) position, and Leaving the Vehicle with the . Infotainment System the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Engine Running . Power Windows (during RAP the vehicle will be free to roll, this functionality will be lost even if the shift lever is in { Warning when any door is opened) P (Park). Be sure the transfer . Sunroof (during RAP this case is in a drive gear. If towing a It can be dangerous to leave the functionality will be lost when trailer, see Driving Characteristics vehicle with the engine running. any door is opened) and Towing Tips 0 259. The vehicle could move suddenly . Auxiliary Power Outlet (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
210 Driving and Operating P (Park) without first pulling it toward Shifting out of Park Warning (Continued) you. If you can, it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into This vehicle is equipped with an if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park). electronic shift lock release system. P (Park) with the parking brake The shift lock release system is firmly set. Torque Lock designed to prevent movement of If you have four-wheel drive and If you are parking on a hill and you the shift lever out of P (Park), unless the ignition is on and the brake the transfer case is in N (Neutral), do not shift the transmission into pedal is applied. the vehicle will be free to roll, P (Park) properly, the weight of the even if the shift lever is in vehicle may put too much force on The shift lock release is always P (Park). So be sure the transfer the parking pawl in the functional except in the case of an case is in a drive gear – not in transmission. You may find it difficult uncharged or low voltage (less than N (Neutral). to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). 9 volt) battery. This is called torque lock. To If the vehicle has an uncharged And, if you leave the vehicle with prevent torque lock, set the parking battery or a battery with low voltage, the engine running, it could brake and then shift into P (Park) try charging or jump starting the overheat and even catch fire. You properly before you leave the battery. See Jump Starting - North or others could be injured. Do not driver seat. America 0 360. leave the vehicle with the engine When you are ready to drive, move To shift out of P (Park): running unless you have to. the shift lever out of P (Park) before you release the parking brake. 1. Apply the brake pedal. If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, you may 2. Move the shift lever to the the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push desired position. vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of parking brake is firmly set before If you still are unable to shift out of the pressure from the parking pawl P (Park): you leave it. After you move the shift in the transmission. You will then be lever into P (Park), hold the regular able to pull the shift lever out of 1. Ease the pressure on the shift brake pedal down. Then, see if you P (Park). lever. can move the shift lever away from GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 211 2. While holding down the brake When less power is required, such If the vehicle is left parked and pedal, push the shift lever all as cruising at a constant vehicle running with the RKE transmitter the way into P (Park). speed, the system will operate in inside the vehicle, it will continue to 3. Move the shift lever to the the half cylinder mode, allowing the run for up to an hour. desired position. vehicle to achieve better fuel The vehicle could turn off sooner if it economy. When greater power If you are still having a problem is parked on a hill, due to lack of demands are required, such as available fuel. shifting, then have the vehicle accelerating from a stop, passing, serviced soon. or merging onto a freeway, the The timer will reset if the vehicle is system will maintain full-cylinder taken out of P (Park) while it is Parking over Things operation. running. That Burn If the vehicle has an Active Fuel Management indicator, see Driver { Warning Information Center (DIC) 0 144 for more information on using this Things that can burn could touch display. hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park Extended Parking over papers, leaves, dry grass, It is best not to park with the vehicle or other things that can burn. running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is Active Fuel Management adequate ventilation. See Shifting Into Park 0 209 and Vehicles with V8 engines may have 0 Active Fuel Management. This Engine Exhaust 212. system allows the engine to operate If the vehicle is left parked and on either all or half of its cylinders, running with the RKE transmitter depending on the driving conditions. outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to half an hour. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
212 Driving and Operating Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { Warning It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or 0 even death. See Shifting Into Park 209 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 212. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 259. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 213 Automatic shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park { Warning Transmission 0 209. If you have four-wheel drive, the This vehicle has an electronic shift vehicle will be free to roll even { Warning — lever position indicator within the if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if instrument cluster. This display It is dangerous to get out of the the transfer case is in N (Neutral). comes on when the ignition is on or So, be sure the transfer case is in in service mode. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive There are several different positions firmly set. The vehicle can roll. High or Four-Wheel Drive High or for the shift lever. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in Do not leave the vehicle when the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park engine is running. If you have left 0 209. the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the R: Use this gear to back up. vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, Caution always set the parking brake and See “Range Selection Mode” under Shifting to R (Reverse) while the move the shift lever to P (Park). Manual Mode 0 216. vehicle is moving forward could See Shifting Into Park 0 209 and damage the transmission. The P: This position locks the drive Driving Characteristics and repairs would not be covered by wheels. Use P (Park) when starting Towing Tips 0 259. the engine because the vehicle the vehicle warranty. Shift to cannot move easily. When parked R (Reverse) only after the vehicle on a hill, especially when the is stopped. vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the effort to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
214 Driving and Operating To rock the vehicle back and forth to Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution when towing a trailer, carrying a damaging the transmission, see If heavy load, driving on steep hills, the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195. Shifting out of P (Park) or or driving off-road. Shift the N (Neutral) with the engine transmission to a lower gear N: In this position, the engine does running at high speed may not connect with the wheels. To selection if the transmission shifts damage the transmission. The too often. restart the engine when the vehicle repairs would not be covered by is already moving, use the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Downshifting the transmission in N (Neutral) only. slippery road conditions could result engine is not running at high in skidding. See Skidding under speed when shifting the vehicle. “ ” { Warning Loss of Control 0 187. The vehicle has a shift stabilization Shifting into a drive gear while the feature that adjusts the transmission engine is running at high speed is Caution shifting to the current driving dangerous. Unless your foot is conditions in order to reduce rapid firmly on the brake pedal, the A transmission hot message may upshifts and downshifts. This shift vehicle could move very rapidly. display if the automatic stabilization feature is designed to You could lose control and hit transmission fluid is too hot. determine, before making an people or objects. Do not shift Driving under this condition can upshift, if the engine is able to into a drive gear while the engine damage the vehicle. Stop and idle maintain vehicle speed by analyzing is running at high speed. the engine to cool the automatic things such as vehicle speed, transmission fluid. This message throttle position, and vehicle load. clears when the transmission fluid If the shift stabilization feature has cooled sufficiently. determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and D: This position is for normal instead holds the current gear. driving. If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 215 In some cases, this could appear to L: This position allows selection of The first time the system engages be a delayed shift, however the a range of gears appropriate for for each ignition cycle, a DIC transmission is operating normally. current driving conditions. message will be displayed. If equipped, see “Range Selection The transmission uses adaptive 0 To disable or enable Normal Mode shift controls. The adaptive shift Mode” under Manual Mode 216. Grade Braking within the current control process continually ignition cycle, press and hold the compares key shift parameters to Caution Tow/Haul button for five seconds. pre-programmed ideal shifts stored When the button is released, the in the transmission’s computer. The Spinning the tires or holding the requested mode change is made. transmission constantly makes vehicle in one place on a hill A DIC message displays. using only the accelerator pedal adjustments to improve vehicle For other forms of grade braking, performance according to how the may damage the transmission. 0 The repair will not be covered by see Tow/Haul Mode 218 and vehicle is being used, such as with Cruise Control 0 230. a heavy load or when the the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle temperature changes. During this is stuck, do not spin the tires. Kickdown Mode adaptive shift control process, When stopping on a hill, use the The accelerator pedal provides an shifting might feel different as the brakes to hold the vehicle in additional downshift after pressing transmission determines the best place. through the kickdown feature. settings. It requires extra pedal pressure near When temperatures are very cold, Normal Mode Grade Braking the end of its travel to engage. the transmission's gear shifting could be delayed providing more This mode is enabled when the stable shifts until the engine warms vehicle is started, but is not enabled up. Shifts could be more noticeable in Range Selection Mode. It assists with a cold transmission. This in maintaining desired vehicle difference in shifting is normal. speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
216 Driving and Operating Manual Mode When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a Range Selection Mode number displays next to the L, indicating the current transmission range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in L (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions If equipped, Range Selection Mode change, the transmission can helps control the vehicle's automatically shift to lower gears. transmission and vehicle speed For example, when 5 (Fifth) is while driving downhill or towing a selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) trailer by letting you select a desired gears are automatically shifted by range of gears. the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/minus To use this feature: button on the shift lever is used to 1. Move the shift lever to change to the range. L (Manual Mode). When the shift lever is moved from 2. Press the plus/minus buttons D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a on the shift lever to select the downshift may occur. The gear that desired range of gears for the transmission is operating in current driving conditions. when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) Hold the plus/minus buttons on the determines if a downshift occurs. shift lever to select the highest or See the following chart. lowest range available for the current vehicle speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 217 6 Speed Transmission Gear before shifting from 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1 D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
Low Traction Mode Low Traction Mode assists in vehicle acceleration when road conditions are slippery, such as with ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using Range Selection Mode. This will limit torque to the wheels and help to prevent the tires from spinning. 10 Speed Transmission Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to 10th 9th 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st L (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L7 L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1 L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul not engaged Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1 L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul engaged GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
218 Driving and Operating Grade Braking is not available when Tow/Haul Mode The selector button is on the end of Range Selection Mode is active. the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul See Tow/Haul Mode 0 218. Mode on and off by pressing the While using Range Selection Mode, button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is cruise control and the Tow/Haul enabled, a light on the instrument Mode can be used. cluster will come on. See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 139 and Caution Hill and Mountain Roads 0 193. Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Spinning the tires or holding the Towing Equipment 0 270. vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking may damage the transmission. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is The repair will not be covered by only enabled while the Tow/Haul the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the Mode is selected and the vehicle is is stuck, do not spin the tires. transmission shift pattern to reduce not in the Range Selection Mode. When stopping on a hill, use the shift cycling. This provides See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed brakes to hold the vehicle in increased performance, vehicle previously and Manual Mode 0 216. place. control, and enhanced transmission Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking and engine cooling when driving assists in maintaining desired down steep hills or mountain vehicle speeds when driving on grades, towing, or hauling heavy downhill grades by using the engine loads. and transmission to slow the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 219 To disable or enable Tow/Haul Drive Systems Grade Braking within the current { Warning ignition cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for five seconds. Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle When the button is released, the If equipped, four-wheel drive requested mode change is made. engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is A DIC message is displayed. traction. in P (Park). You or someone else 0 could be seriously injured. Be See Towing Equipment 270. sure to set the parking brake Caution For other forms of grade braking, before placing the transfer case in 0 see Automatic Transmission 213 Do not drive on clean, dry N (Neutral). See Parking Brake and 0 225. Cruise Control 0 230. pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended period of time. These conditions may cause premature wear on the Caution vehicle’s powertrain. Extended high-speed operation in Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 4 n may damage or shorten the m or 4 n may: life of the drivetrain. . Cause a vibration to be felt in the steering system. Engagement noise and bump when . Cause tires to wear faster. shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from N (Neutral), with the engine running, . Make the transfer case harder to is normal. shift, and cause it to run noisier. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
220 Driving and Operating Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction If the indicator mark on the switch AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Control and StabiliTrak/Electronic does not match up with the light Drive) : Use when road surface Stability Control off. See Traction then that likely means the switch traction conditions are variable. Control/Electronic Stability Control was moved when the ignition When driving in AUTO, the front 0 226. was off. axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to the front and rear Two Speed Automatic The indicator mark on the switch must line up with the indicator light wheels automatically based on Transfer Case before a shift can be commanded. driving conditions. This setting To command a shift rotate the provides slightly lower fuel economy transfer case switch to the new than 2 m. desired position. The light will blink Do not use AUTO mode, meaning that the shift is in progress. if equipped, to park on a steep When the shift is completed the new grade with poor traction such as ice, position will be illuminated. If the snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO transfer case cannot complete a mode only the rear wheels will hold shift command, it will go back to its the vehicle from sliding when last chosen setting. parked. If parking on a steep grade, The settings are: use 4 m to keep all four wheels N (Neutral) : Use only when the engaged. vehicle needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 364 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use If equipped, use the transfer case this position when extra traction is knob next to the steering wheel to or Towing the Vehicle 0 363. needed, such as when driving on shift into and out of four-wheel drive. snowy or icy roads, when All of the lights will blink on then off 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use off-roading, or when plowing snow. momentarily when the ignition for driving on most streets and 4 (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This turned on. The light that remains on highways. The front axle is not n will indicate the state of the engaged. This setting provides the setting engages the front axle and transfer case. best fuel economy. delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 221 when driving off-road in deep sand, 1. The ignition must be on and to 4 m to display the indicator. With deep mud, or deep snow, and while the vehicle must be stopped or the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h climbing or descending steep hills. moving less than (3 mph), and the transmission in 5 km/h (3 mph) with the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction transmission in N (Neutral). It is Control and StabiliTrak/ESC off. best for the vehicle to be Shifting Out of 4 n moving See Traction Control/Electronic 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). To shift: Stability Control 0 226. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop (3 mph) with the transmission Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO flashing before shifting the in N (Neutral) and the ignition position at any speed, except from 4 transmission into gear. on. It is best for the vehicle to n. The indicator light will flash while be moving shifting and will remain on when the Caution 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). shift is completed. 2. Turn the knob to 4 , AUTO, Shifting the transmission into gear m Shifting Into 2 m before the requested mode or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, indicator light has stopped or 2 m indicator light to stop Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, flashing could damage the flashing before shifting the except when shifting from 4 n. The transfer case. transmission into gear. indicator light will flash while shifting and will remain on when the shift is If the transmission is in gear and/or Caution completed. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), Shifting the transmission into gear Shifting Into 4 n the 4 n indicator light will flash for before the requested mode 30 seconds and not complete the indicator light has stopped When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle shift. After 30 seconds the transfer speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). flashing could damage the case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob transfer case. To shift: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
222 Driving and Operating If the transmission is in gear and/or 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition on with the moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), release the knob to the 4 n engine off. the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to will flash for 30 seconds but will not will come on when the transfer N (Neutral). complete the shift. With the vehicle case shift to N (Neutral) is moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the desired setting. and the transmission in N (Neutral), 7. With the engine running, verify attempt the shift again. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the Shifting Into N (Neutral) N (Neutral) light will go out. transmission to R (Reverse), To shift into N (Neutral): then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake. 1. Park the vehicle on a level D (Drive). There should be no 6. Start the engine and shift the surface. movement of the vehicle while transmission to the 2. Set the parking brake and shifting the transmission. desired gear. press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the pedal. See Parking Brake ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. 0 225. 9. Place the transmission shift 3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See ignition on. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 4. Shift the transmission to 364. N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition off. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral) 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift out of N (Neutral): clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal. N (Neutral) light starts blinking. This will take at least GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 223 Single Speed Automatic If the indicator mark on the switch AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Transfer Case does not match up with the light Drive) : Use when road surface then that likely means the switch traction conditions are variable. was moved when the ignition When driving in AUTO, the front was off. axle is engaged, and the vehicle's The indicator mark on the switch power is sent to the front and rear must line up with the indicator light wheels automatically based on before a shift can be commanded. driving conditions. This setting To command a shift rotate the provides slightly lower fuel economy transfer case switch to the new than 2 m. desired position. The light will blink Do not use AUTO mode to park on meaning that the shift is in progress. a steep grade with poor traction When the shift is completed the new such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel. position will be illuminated. If the In AUTO mode only rear wheels will transfer case can not complete a hold the vehicle from sliding when Use the transfer case knob, next to shift command, it will go back to its parked. If parking on a steep grade, last chosen setting. the steering wheel, to shift into and use 4 m to keep all four wheels out of four-wheel drive for extra The settings are: engaged. traction. 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use All of the lights will blink on then off 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving on most streets and this position when extra traction is momentarily when the ignition is highways. The front axle is not turned on. The light that remains on needed, such as when driving on engaged. This setting provides the snowy or icy roads, when will indicate the state of the best fuel economy. transfer case. off-roading, or when plowing snow. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
224 Driving and Operating Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO Brakes ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO pedal and does not always position. This can be done at any Antilock Brake decrease stopping distance. If you speed. The indicator light will flash System (ABS) get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to while shifting. It will remain on when The Antilock Brake System (ABS) apply the brakes if that vehicle the shift is completed. helps prevent a braking skid and suddenly slows or stops. Always maintain steering while Shifting Into 2 m leave enough room ahead to stop, braking hard. even with ABS. Turn the knob to the 2 m position. ABS performs a system check when This can be done at any speed. The the vehicle is first driven. Using ABS indicator light will flash while A momentary motor or clicking noise Do not pump the brakes. Just hold shifting. It will remain on when the may be heard while this test is going the brake pedal down firmly. shift is completed. on, and the brake pedal may move Hearing or feeling ABS operate is slightly. This is normal. normal. Braking in Emergencies ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking.
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 138. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 225 Parking Brake (ABS) if the brake pedal is not Caution pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake Driving with the parking brake on pedal pulsation, and/or pedal can overheat the brake system movement during this time may and cause premature wear or occur. Continue to apply the brake damage to brake system parts. pedal as the driving situation Make sure that the parking brake dictates. Brake Assist disengages is fully released and the brake when the brake pedal is released. warning light is off before driving. Hill Start Assist (HSA) To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal down, then { Warning push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel Do not rely on the HSA feature. Set the parking brake by holding the the pedal release. Slowly pull your HSA does not replace the need to regular brake pedal down, then foot up off the parking brake pedal. pay attention and drive safely. pushing down the parking brake If the parking brake is not released You may not hear or feel alerts or pedal. when you begin to drive, a DIC warnings provided by this system. If the ignition is on, the brake message will appear and a chime Failure to use proper care when system warning light will come on. will sound warning you that the driving may result in injury, death, See Brake System Warning Light parking brake is still on. or vehicle damage. See 0 138. Defensive Driving 0 185. Brake Assist Brake Assist detects rapid brake When the vehicle is stopped on a pedal applications due to grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) emergency braking situations and temporarily prevents the vehicle provides additional braking to from rolling in an unintended activate the Antilock Brake System direction during the transition from GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
226 Driving and Operating brake pedal release to accelerator Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control pedal apply. The brakes release (TSC) is also on automatically when when the accelerator pedal is the vehicle is started. See Trailer applied or automatically release Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 278. after a few seconds. The brakes Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and may also release under other Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins conditions. Do not rely on HSA to to limit wheel spin, cruise control will hold the vehicle. System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be HSA is available when the vehicle is The vehicle has a Traction Control turned back on when road facing uphill in a forward gear, System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow. or when facing downhill in electronic stability control system. Both systems come on R (Reverse). The vehicle must These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is come to a complete stop on a grade and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The for HSA to activate. control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while conditions. they are operating or while TCS activates if it senses that any performing diagnostic checks. This of the drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle. happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 195 the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section. braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 227 When the transfer case is in indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability and is not assisting the driver in is on the instrument panel to the left system is automatically disabled, g maintaining control. The vehicle is of the steering wheel. comes on, and the appropriate safe to drive, but driving should be message will appear on the DIC. adjusted accordingly. Caution Both traction control and StabiliTrak If d comes on and stays on: are automatically disabled in this Do not repeatedly brake or condition. 1. Stop the vehicle. accelerate heavily when TCS is 2. Turn the engine off and wait off. The vehicle driveline could be 15 seconds. damaged. 3. Start the engine. To turn off only TCS, press and d Drive the vehicle. If comes on release g. The traction off light i and stays on, the vehicle may need displays in the instrument cluster. more time to diagnose the problem. The appropriate message will The indicator light for both systems If the condition persists, see your display in the DIC. To turn TCS on is in the instrument cluster. This dealer. light will: again, press and release g. The Turning the Systems Off traction off light i displayed in the . Flash when TCS is limiting and On wheel spin. instrument cluster will turn off. . Flash when StabiliTrak is If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g activated. is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. . Turn on and stay on when either system is not working. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, If either system fails to turn on or to press and hold g until the traction activate, a message displays in the off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF Driver Information Center (DIC), and light g come on and stay on in the d comes on and stays on to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
228 Driving and Operating instrument cluster, then release. The Hill Descent If HDC is to be used for more than appropriate message will display in three minutes or on grades steeper the DIC. Control (HDC) than 25%, the transfer case should To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on If equipped, Hill Descent Control be put into Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (HDC) sets and maintains vehicle n) to reduce the possibility of brake again, press and release g. The speed while driving down steep overheating. traction off light i and the grades in a forward or reverse gear. Noise from the hydraulic brake StabiliTrak OFF light g in the The HDC switch is on the center control module is normal when HDC instrument cluster turn off. stack, below the climate controls. is active. StabiliTrak will automatically turn on Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. When HDC is activated, the initial if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h Vehicle speed must be below HDC speed is set to the current (35 mph). Traction control will 50 km/h (31 mph). driving speed. It can be increased or remain off. decreased by pressing +RES or The vehicle has a Trailer Sway SET- on the steering wheel, or by Control (TSC) feature and a Hill applying the accelerator or brake Start Assist (HSA) feature. See pedal. This adjusted speed Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 278 or becomes the new set speed. Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 225. HDC will remain enabled between Adding accessories can affect the 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); When enabled, the HDC light vehicle performance. See however, vehicle speed cannot be displays on the instrument cluster. Accessories and Modifications set or maintained in this range. HDC 0 283. A blinking HDC light indicates the will automatically disable if the system is actively applying the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h brakes to maintain vehicle speed. (50 mph) or above 60 km/h HDC can maintain vehicle speeds (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and 5 must be pressed again to 19 mph) on grades greater than or re-enable HDC. HDC may disable equal to 10%. after an extended period of use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 229 If this happens, HDC will require Automatic Level Control If a weight-distributing hitch is being time to cool down. The length of used, it is recommended to allow time HDC remains active depends The Automatic Level Control (ALC) the shocks to inflate, thereby on road conditions, grade, set rear suspension is available on leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting speed, vehicle loading, and outside light-duty vehicles and comes as a the hitch. temperature. part of the Magnetic Ride Control suspension, if equipped. ALC may When enabled, if the vehicle speed also be available as a stand alone is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and feature. below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC message will display. This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better Magnetic Ride Control leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of If equipped, this vehicle may have a passenger and loading conditions. semi-active damping system called An air compressor connected to the Magnetic Ride Control. With this rear shocks will raise or lower the feature, improved vehicle ride and rear of the vehicle to maintain handling is provided under a variety proper vehicle height. The system is of passenger and loading activated when the ignition key is conditions. turned on and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter. The Locking Rear Axle system may exhaust (lower vehicle height) for up to 10 minutes after the Vehicles with a locking rear axle can ignition key has been turned off. give more traction on snow, mud, You may hear the air compressor ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a operating when the height is being standard axle most of the time, but adjusted. when traction is low, this feature will allow the rear wheel with the most traction to move the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
230 Driving and Operating Cruise Control and Grade Braking systems. See 5 : Press to turn the system on or “Grade Braking” underTow/Haul off. A white indicator comes on in Mode 0 218. the instrument cluster when the { Warning This vehicle has StabiliTrak and cruise is turned on. Cruise control can be dangerous when the system begins to limit SET− : Press briefly to set the where you cannot drive safely at wheel spin, the cruise control will speed and activate cruise control. a steady speed. Do not use automatically disengage. See If cruise control is already active, cruise control on winding roads or Traction Control/Electronic Stability use to decrease vehicle speed. 0 in heavy traffic. Control 226. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is +RES : If there is a set speed in Cruise control can be dangerous activated, cruise control is memory, press to resume that on slippery roads. On such roads, disengaged. See Forward Collision speed or press and hold to fast changes in tire traction can Alert (FCA) System 0 245. When accelerate. If cruise control is cause excessive wheel slip, and road conditions allow the cruise already active, use to increase you could lose control. Do not use control to be safely used again, it vehicle speed. cruise control on slippery roads. can be turned back on. * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. With cruise control a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be Setting Cruise Control maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or control does not work at speeds +RES could get pressed and go into below about 40 km/h (25 mph). cruise when not desired. Keep the 5 If the brakes are applied, the cruise cruise button off when cruise is control disengages. not being used. For an explanation of how cruise 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise control interacts with the Range system on. Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode, 2. Get up to the desired speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 231 3. Press and release SET−. The Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small desired set speed briefly Cruise Control increments, briefly press SET–. appears in the instrument If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes cluster. already activated: about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. 4. Remove your foot from the . Press and hold +RES until the The speedometer reading can be accelerator. displayed in either English or metric vehicle accelerates to the 0 The cruise control indicator on the desired speed, then release it. units. See Instrument Cluster 126. instrument cluster turns green after The increment value used depends . To increase vehicle speed in on the units displayed. cruise control has been set to the small increments, briefly press desired speed. See Instrument Passing Another Vehicle While 0 +RES. For each press, the Cluster 126. vehicle goes about 1 km/h Using Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. Use the accelerator pedal to If the cruise control is set at a The speedometer reading can be increase the vehicle speed. When desired speed and then the brakes displayed in either English or metric you take your foot off the pedal, the * units. See Instrument Cluster 0 126. vehicle will slow down to the or is applied, the cruise control is previous set cruise speed. While disengaged without erasing the set The increment value used depends on the units displayed. pressing the accelerator pedal or speed from memory. shortly following the release to Once the vehicle speed reaches Reducing Speed While Using override cruise control, briefly about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, Cruise Control pressing SET– will result in cruise briefly press +RES. The vehicle If the cruise control system is control set to the current vehicle returns to the previous set speed. already activated: speed. . Press and hold SET– until the Using Cruise Control on Hills desired lower speed is reached, How well the cruise control works then release it. on hills depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
232 Driving and Operating may be necessary to maintain . Press *. If a vehicle is detected in your path, vehicle speed. When going ACC can speed up the vehicle or downhill, Cruise Grade Braking . Shift the transmission to apply limited, moderate braking to helps maintain the driver selected N (Neutral). maintain the selected following gap. speed. . To turn off cruise control, To disengage ACC, apply the brake. Cruise Grade Braking is enabled press 5. If the Traction Control System (TCS) when the vehicle is started and or electronic stability control system cruise control is active. It is not Erasing Speed Memory activates while ACC is engaged, enabled in Range Selection Mode. The cruise control set speed is ACC may automatically disengage. It assists in maintaining driver See Traction Control/Electronic erased from memory if 5 is pressed Stability Control 0 226. When road selected speed when driving on or if the ignition is turned off. downhill grades by using the engine conditions allow ACC to be safely used, the ACC can be turned and transmission to slow the Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle. back on. If equipped with Adaptive Cruise To disable and enable Cruise Grade ACC will not engage if the TCS or Control (ACC), it allows for selecting Braking for the current ignition key electronic stability control system is the cruise control set speed and cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul disabled. following gap. Read this entire button for five seconds. A DIC section before using this system. message displays. { Warning ACC uses a camera and radar For other forms of Grade Braking, sensors to detect other vehicles. ACC has limited braking ability 0 see Automatic Transmission 213 See Radio Frequency Statement and may not have time to slow and 0 405. The following gap is the the vehicle down enough to avoid 0 Tow/Haul Mode 218. following time (or distance) between a collision with another vehicle your vehicle and a vehicle detected Ending Cruise Control you are following. This can occur directly ahead in your path, moving when vehicles suddenly slow or There are four ways to end cruise in the same direction. If no vehicle stop ahead, or enter your lane. control: is detected in your path, ACC works (Continued) . Step lightly on the brake pedal. like regular cruise control. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 233 5 : Press to turn the system on or Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) off. The indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is Also see “Alerting the Driver” in . Visibility is low, such as in this section. Complete attention is fog, rain, or snow turned on. always required while driving and conditions. ACC +RES : Press briefly to resume the you should be ready to take performance is limited under previous set speed or hold to action and apply the brakes. See these conditions. accelerate. If ACC is already Defensive Driving 0 185. . On slippery roads where engaged, use to increase vehicle fast changes in tire traction speed. can cause excessive SET– : Press briefly to set the wheel slip. speed and activate ACC. If cruise { Warning control is already engaged, use to ACC will not detect or brake for decrease vehicle speed. children, pedestrians, animals, * : Press to disengage ACC or other objects. without erasing the selected set speed. Do not use ACC when: 3 : Press to select a following gap . On winding and hilly roads time (or distance) setting for ACC of or when the sensors are Far, Medium, or Near. blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect The speedometer reading can be a vehicle ahead. Keep the displayed in either English or metric entire front of the vehicle units. See Instrument Cluster 0 126. clean. The increment value used depends (Continued) on the units displayed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
234 Driving and Operating Switching Between ACC and Setting Adaptive Cruise Control Regular Cruise Control If J is on when not in use, it could If equipped, to switch between ACC get pressed and go into ACC when and regular cruise control, press * not desired. Keep J off when and hold . A Driver Information cruise is not being used. Center (DIC) message displays. See Vehicle Messages 0 151. Select the set speed desired for The ACC indicator displays on the cruise. This is the vehicle speed Driver Information Center (DIC) in when no vehicle is detected in the instrument cluster and Head-Up its path. display (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is active, the indicator turns ACC will not set or resume at a green. speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). Be mindful of speed limits, To set ACC: ACC Indicator Regular Cruise surrounding traffic speeds, and Control Indicator 1. Press 5. weather conditions when selecting the set speed. When ACC is engaged, a green 2. Get up to the desired speed. Resuming a Set Speed \ indicator will be lit on the 3. Press and release SET– . instrument cluster and the following If the ACC is set at a desired speed gap will be displayed. When the 4. Remove your foot from the and then the brakes are applied, regular cruise control is engaged, a accelerator. ACC is disengaged without erasing green J indicator will be lit on the After ACC is set, it may immediately the set speed from memory. instrument cluster; the following gap apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead To begin using ACC again, press will not display. is detected closer than the selected +RES on the steering wheel. The following gap. When the vehicle is turned on, the vehicle returns to the previous set cruise control mode will be set to ACC can also be set while the speed. the last mode used before the vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and vehicle was turned off. the brake pedal is applied. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 235 Increasing Speed While ACC is at vehicle speed goes to next . Press and hold SET– until the a Set Speed 5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on desired lower speed is reached, Do one of the following: the speedometer. then release it. . Use the accelerator to get to the When it is determined that there is . To decrease the vehicle speed in no vehicle ahead or the vehicle small increments, briefly press higher speed. Press SET– . Release the control and the ahead is beyond the selected SET−. For each press, the accelerator pedal. The vehicle following gap, then the vehicle vehicle speed goes to the next will now cruise at the higher speed will increase to the set speed. 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on speed. The set speed can also be the speedometer. When the accelerator pedal is increased while the vehicle is . To decrease speed in larger pressed, ACC will not brake stopped. increments, press and briefly because it is overridden. The . If stopped with the brake hold SET−. For each press, the ACC indicator will turn blue on applied, press RES+ until the vehicle speed goes to the next the instrument panel and heads desired set speed is displayed. 5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on up display, if equipped. the speedometer. . Pressing RES+ when there is no . Press and hold +RES until the longer a vehicle ahead or the The set speed can also be desired set speed appears on vehicle ahead is pulling away decreased while the vehicle is the display, then release it. and the brake is not applied will stopped. . To increase vehicle speed in cause the ACC to resume. . If stopped with the brake small increments, briefly press applied, press or hold SET− until Reducing Speed While ACC is at a the desired set speed is +RES. For each press, the Set Speed vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h displayed. Do one of the following: (1 mph) faster mark on the Selecting the Follow Distance Gap speedometer. . Use the brake to get to the desired lower speed. Release When a slower moving vehicle is . To increase speed in larger detected ahead within the selected the brake and press SET– . The increments, press and briefly following gap, ACC will adjust the hold +RES. For each press, the vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
236 Driving and Operating vehicle's speed and attempt to or Near) for the Forward Collision or both sides of the Safety Alert maintain the follow distance gap Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Seat will pulse five times. See selected. Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 245. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Press 3 on the steering wheel to Alerting the Driver 0 adjust the following gap. When See Defensive Driving 185. pressed, the current gap setting Approaching and Following a displays briefly on the instrument Vehicle cluster and HUD, if equipped. Subsequent presses cycle the 3 button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The gap setting Without Head-Up Display will be maintained until it is changed. Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, The vehicle ahead indicator is in the or Near), the following distance will instrument cluster and HUD, vary based on vehicle speed. The if equipped. faster the vehicle speed, the further With Head-Up Display The vehicle ahead indicator only back your vehicle will follow a displays when a vehicle is detected vehicle detected ahead. Consider If ACC is engaged, driver action in your vehicle’s path moving in the traffic and weather conditions when may be required when ACC cannot same direction. selecting the following gap. The apply sufficient braking because of range of selectable gaps may not be approaching a vehicle too rapidly. If this indicator is not displaying, appropriate for all drivers and ACC will not respond to or brake to driving conditions. When this condition occurs, six red vehicles ahead. lights or the collision alert symbol on Changing the gap setting the HUD, if equipped, will flash on ACC automatically slows the vehicle automatically changes the alert the windshield, and either eight down and adjusts vehicle speed to timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, beeps will sound from the front, follow the vehicle in front at the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 237 selected follow gap. The vehicle objects. A DIC message may speed increases or decreases to Warning (Continued) display to indicate that ACC is follow the vehicle in front of you, but temporarily unavailable. will not exceed the set speed. It may attention is always required while driving and you should be ready A message will appear on the DIC apply limited braking, if necessary. indicating that cruise is disengaging. When braking is active, the brake to take action and apply the lights will come on. The automatic brakes. The ACC indicator will turn white braking may feel or sound different when ACC is no longer active. than if the brakes were applied ACC Automatically Disengages Notification to Resume ACC manually. This is normal. ACC may automatically disengage ACC will maintain a following gap Stationary or Very Slow-Moving and you will need to manually apply behind a detected vehicle and slow Objects the brakes to slow the vehicle if: your vehicle to a stop behind the . Your vehicle speed goes below detected vehicle. { Warning the minimum speed of 16 km/h If the stopped vehicle ahead has (10 mph). ACC may not detect and react to driven away and ACC has not stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The sensors are blocked. resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to ahead of you. For example, the . The Traction Control System check traffic ahead before system may not brake for a (TCS) or electronic stability proceeding. In addition, the left and vehicle it has never detected control system has activated or right sides of the Safety Alert Seat moving. This can occur in been disabled. will pulse three times, or three stop-and-go traffic or when a . There is a fault in the system. beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” vehicle suddenly appears due to and Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier in The radar falsely reports a “ ” a vehicle ahead changing lanes. . Collision/Detection Systems under blockage when driving in a “ ” Your vehicle may not stop and Vehicle Personalization 0 152. could cause a crash. Use caution desert or remote area with no when using ACC. Your complete other vehicles or roadside (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
238 Driving and Operating When the vehicle ahead drives Curves in the Road away, press +RES or the Warning (Continued) accelerator pedal to resume cruise { Warning control. stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in P (Park) and turn off A DIC warning message may On curves, ACC may not detect a the ignition before leaving the vehicle ahead in your lane. You display indicating to shift to P (Park) vehicle. before exiting the vehicle. See could be startled if the vehicle Vehicle Messages 0 151. accelerates up to the set speed, ACC Override especially when following a { Warning If using the accelerator pedal while vehicle exiting or entering exit ACC is active, the ACC indicator ramps. You could lose control of If ACC has stopped the vehicle, turns blue on the instrument cluster the vehicle or crash. Do not use and if ACC is disengaged, turned and in the HUD (if equipped) to ACC while driving on an entrance off, or canceled, the vehicle will indicate that automatic braking will or exit ramp. Always be ready to no longer be held at a stop. The not occur. ACC will resume use the brakes if necessary. vehicle can move. When ACC is operation when the accelerator holding the vehicle at a stop, pedal is not being pressed. always be prepared to manually { Warning apply the brakes. { Warning On curves, ACC may respond to The ACC will not automatically a vehicle in another lane, or may apply the brakes if your foot is not have time to react to a vehicle { Warning resting on the accelerator pedal. in your lane. You could crash into You could crash into a vehicle Leaving the vehicle without a vehicle ahead of you, or lose ahead of you. placing it in P (Park) can be control of your vehicle. Give extra dangerous. Do not leave the attention in curves and be ready vehicle while it is being held at a (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 239 Other Vehicle Lane Changes Warning (Continued)
to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is sharp. not in your lane and apply the brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The alert and/or braking that is brakes may need to be manually considered unnecessary. It could applied. respond to vehicles in different Do Not Use ACC on Hills and lanes, signs, guardrails, and other When Towing a Trailer stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service. When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
240 Driving and Operating Do not use ACC when driving on Cleaning the Sensing System Driver Assistance steep hills or when towing a trailer. The radar sensor on the front of the ACC will not detect a vehicle in the vehicle can become blocked by Systems lane while driving on steep hills. The snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area This vehicle may have features that driver will often need to take over needs to be cleaned for ACC to work together to help avoid crashes acceleration and braking on steep operate properly. or reduce crash damage while hills, especially when towing a driving, backing, and parking. Read trailer. If the brakes are applied, the For cleaning instructions, see this entire section before using ACC disengages. “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 367. these systems. Disengaging ACC System operation may also be { Warning There are three ways to limited under snow, heavy rain, disengage ACC: or road spray conditions. Do not rely on the Driver . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Assistance Systems. These . Press *. systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving . Press 5. safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by Erasing Speed Memory these systems. Failure to use The cruise control set speed is proper care when driving may erased from memory if 5 is pressed result in injury, death, or vehicle or if the ignition is turned off. damage. See Defensive Driving 0 185. Under many conditions, these systems will not: (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 241 Information Center (DIC) messages Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. . Detect children, Complete attention is always pedestrians, bicyclists, required while driving, and you or animals. should be ready to take action . Detect vehicles or objects and apply the brakes and/or steer outside the area monitored the vehicle to avoid crashes. by the system. . Work at all driving speeds. Audible or Safety Alert Seat . Warn you or provide you Some driver assistance features with enough time to avoid a alert the driver of obstacles by crash. beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see “Comfort . Work under poor visibility or and Convenience” under Vehicle bad weather conditions. Personalization 0 152. . Work if the detection sensor If equipped with the Safety Alert is not cleaned or is covered Seat, the driver seat cushion may by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. provide a vibrating pulse alert . Work if the detection sensor instead of beeping. To change this, is covered up, such as with see “Collision/Detection Systems” a sticker, magnet, or metal under Vehicle Personalization plate. 0 152. . Work if the area surrounding Cleaning the detection sensor is damaged or not properly Depending on vehicle options, keep repaired. these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance (Continued) feature performance. Driver GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
242 Driving and Operating . Front and rear bumpers and the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) area below the bumpers When the vehicle is shifted into . Front grille and headlamps R (Reverse), the RVC displays an . Front camera lens in the front image of the area behind the vehicle grille or near the front emblem in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the . Front side and rear side panels vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) . Outside of the windshield in front after a short delay. To return to the of the rearview mirror previous screen sooner, press any button on the infotainment system, 1. View Displayed by the . Side camera lens on the bottom shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle Camera of the outside mirrors speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper . Rear side corner bumpers mph). The rear vision camera is Displayed images may be farther or above the license plate. . Rear Vision Camera above the closer than they appear. The area license plate displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the Assistance Systems for bumper or under the bumper do not Parking or Backing display. A warning triangle may display to If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera show that RPA has detected an (RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), object. This triangle changes from Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround amber to red and increases in size Vision, Front Vision Camera, and the closer the object. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Surround Vision Always check around the vehicle If equipped, Surround Vision when parking or backing. displays an image of the area 1. View Displayed by the surrounding the vehicle, along with Camera the front or rear camera views in the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 243 infotainment display. The front 1. Views Displayed by the Front Vision Camera camera is in the grille or near the Surround Vision Cameras front emblem, the side cameras are 2. Area Not Shown on the bottom of the outside rearview mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate.
{ Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that are out of 1. Views Displayed by the position may not display surround Surround Vision Cameras If equipped, a view of the area in view correctly. Always check 2. Area Not Shown front of the vehicle shows in the around the vehicle when parking infotainment display. The view or backing. displays after shifting from R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by touching CAMERA on the infotainment display, and when the vehicle is moving forward slower than 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped, the front view camera also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
244 Driving and Operating weather. Blocked sensors will not { Warning detect objects and can also cause false detections. Keep the sensors The camera(s) do not display clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and children, pedestrians, bicyclists, slush; and clean sensors after a car crossing traffic, animals, or any wash in freezing temperatures. other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the { Warning bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different The Park Assist system does not from actual distances. Do not detect children, pedestrians, drive or park the vehicle using bicyclists, animals, or objects only these camera(s). Always located below the bumper or that The instrument cluster may have a check behind and around the are too close or too far from the park assist display with bars that vehicle before driving. Failure to vehicle. It is not available at show “distance to object” and object use proper care may result in speeds greater than 8 km/h location information for RPA, and on injury, death, or vehicle damage. (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, some vehicles, FPA. As the object or vehicle damage, even with gets closer, more bars light up and Park Assist Park Assist, always check the the bars change color from yellow to area around the vehicle and amber to red. With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, check all mirrors before moving as the vehicle moves at speeds of When an object is first detected in forward or backing. less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the the rear, one beep will be heard sensors on the bumpers may detect from the rear, or both sides of the objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and Safety Alert Seat will pulse two 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle times. When an object is very close within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, the ground and below bumper level. or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), These detection distances may be a continuous beep will sound from shorter during warmer or humid the front or rear depending on GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 245 object location, or both sides of the Turning the Features On or Off some models, select the guidance Safety Alert Seat will pulse five lines button on the infotainment times. Beeps for FPA are higher The X button to the left of the display to turn them on or off. pitched than for RPA. steering wheel is used to turn on or off the Front and Rear Park Assist. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Assistance Systems for The indicator light in the button Driving If equipped, when the vehicle is comes on when the features are on shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA and turns off when the features If equipped, when driving the displays a red warning triangle with have been disabled. vehicle in a forward gear, Forward a left or right pointing arrow to warn Front and Rear Park Assist can be Collision Alert (FCA), Lane of traffic coming from the left or set to Off, On, or On with Towbar Departure Warning (LDW), Lane right. This system detects objects through vehicle personalization. See Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from “Park Assist” under Vehicle Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert the left or right side of the vehicle. Personalization 0 152. If Park Assist (LCA), and/or Automatic Emergency When an object is detected, either is turned off through vehicle Braking (AEB) can help to avoid a three beeps sound from the left or personalization, the Park Assist crash or reduce crash damage. right or three Safety Alert Seat button will be disabled. To turn the pulses occur on the left or right side, Park Assist on again, select On in Forward Collision Alert depending on the direction of the vehicle personalization. The On with (FCA) System detected vehicle. Towbar setting allows for Park If equipped, the FCA system may Use caution while backing up when Assist to work properly with an help to avoid or reduce the harm towing a trailer, as the RCTA attached trailer hitch. Turn off Park caused by front-end crashes. When detection zones that extend out Assist when towing a trailer. approaching a vehicle ahead too from the back of the vehicle do not To turn the RPA symbols, guidance quickly, FCA provides a red flashing move further back when a trailer is lines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alert on alert on the windshield and rapidly towed. or off, see “Rear Camera” and beeps or pulses the driver seat. “Collision/Detection Systems” under FCA also lights an amber visual Vehicle Personalization 0 152. On alert if following another vehicle much too closely. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
246 Driving and Operating FCA detects vehicles within a FCA can be disabled with either the distance of approximately 60 m FCA steering wheel control or, { Warning (197 ft) and operates at speeds if equipped, through vehicle FCA does not provide a warning above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle personalization. See “Collision/ has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Detection Systems” under Vehicle to help avoid a crash, unless it it can detect vehicles to distances of Personalization 0 152. detects a vehicle. FCA may not approximately 110 m (360 ft) and detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA operates at all speeds. See Detecting the Vehicle Ahead sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, Adaptive Cruise Control 0 232. or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a { Warning vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit FCA is a warning system and visibility such as fog, rain, does not apply the brakes. When or snow, or if the headlamps or approaching a slower-moving or windshield are not cleaned or in stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, FCA warnings will not occur unless proper condition. Keep the or when following a vehicle too the FCA system detects a vehicle windshield, headlamps, and FCA closely, FCA may not provide a ahead. When a vehicle is detected, sensors clean and in good repair. warning with enough time to help the vehicle ahead indicator will avoid a crash. It also may not display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit Collision Alert provide any warning at all. FCA ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; does not warn of pedestrians, or if a vehicle ahead is partially animals, signs, guardrails, blocked by pedestrians or other bridges, construction barrels, objects. FCA will not detect another or other objects. Be ready to take vehicle ahead until it is completely action and apply the brakes. See in the driving lane. Defensive Driving 0 185. With Head-Up Display GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 247 Tailgating Alert the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timing may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Without Head-Up Display changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC When your vehicle approaches The vehicle-ahead indicator will another detected vehicle too rapidly, following gap setting (Far, Medium, display amber when you are or Near). the red FCA display will flash on the following a vehicle ahead much too windshield. Also, eight rapid closely. Unnecessary Alerts high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Selecting the Alert Timing FCA may provide unnecessary Alert Seat will pulse five times. alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles The Collision Alert control is on the in other lanes, objects that are not When this Collision Alert occurs, the 3 brake system may prepare for driver steering wheel. Press [ / to vehicles, or shadows. These alerts braking to occur more rapidly which set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, are normal operation and the can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The vehicle does not need service. first button press shows the current Continue to apply the brake pedal Cleaning the System as needed. Cruise control may be setting on the DIC. Additional button disengaged when the Collision Alert presses will change this setting. The If the FCA system does not seem to occurs. chosen setting will remain until it is operate properly, this may correct changed and will affect the timing of the issue: both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing . Clean the outside of the of both alerts will vary based on windshield in front of the vehicle speed. The faster the rearview mirror. vehicle speed, the farther away the . Clean the entire front of the alert will occur. Consider traffic and vehicle. weather conditions when selecting GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
248 Driving and Operating . Clean the headlamps. vehicle ahead indicator being lit. Warning (Continued) For cleaning instructions, see See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 245. “Washing the Vehicle” under . Detect all vehicles, Exterior Care 0 367. The system works when driving in a especially vehicles with a System operation may also be forward gear between 8 km/h trailer, tractors, muddy limited under snow, heavy rain, (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), vehicles, etc. or road spray conditions. or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h . Detect a vehicle when (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to weather limits visibility, such Automatic Emergency approximately 60 m (197 ft). as in fog, rain, or snow. Braking (AEB) . Detect a vehicle ahead if it If the vehicle has Forward Collision { Warning is partially blocked by Alert (FCA), it also has AEB, which pedestrians or other objects. includes Intelligent Brake AEB is an emergency crash Complete attention is always Assist (IBA). When the system preparation feature and is not required while driving, and you detects a vehicle ahead in your path designed to avoid crashes. Do should be ready to take action that is traveling in the same not rely on AEB to brake the and apply the brakes and/or steer direction that you may be about to vehicle. AEB will not brake the vehicle to avoid crashes. crash into, it can provide a boost to outside of its operating speed braking or automatically brake the range and only responds to vehicle. This can help avoid or detected vehicles. AEB may slow the vehicle to a lessen the severity of crashes when complete stop to try to avoid a AEB may not: driving in a forward gear. Depending potential crash. The vehicle will only on the situation, the vehicle may . Detect a vehicle ahead on hold at a stop briefly. A firm press of automatically brake moderately or winding or hilly roads. the accelerator pedal will also release AEB. hard. This automatic emergency (Continued) braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 249 . Heavy rain or snow is interfering { Warning { Warning with object detection. AEB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking . There is a problem with the vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the Control (ESC) system. undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take The AEB system does not need turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and service. signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. objects. To override AEB, firmly Side Blind Zone press the accelerator pedal, if it is AEB and IBA can be disabled Alert (SBZA) safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See If equipped, the SBZA system is a Collision/Detection Systems under “ ” lane-changing aid that assists Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) drivers with avoiding crashes that IBA may activate when the brake occur with moving vehicles in the pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning side blind zone (or spot) areas. When the vehicle is in a forward a boost to braking based on the Using AEB or IBA while towing a speed of approach and distance to gear, the left or right side mirror trailer could cause you to lose a vehicle ahead. display will light up if a moving control of the vehicle and crash. vehicle is detected in that blind Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the zone. If the turn signal is activated pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when and a vehicle is also detected on normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer. the same side, the display will flash continue to be applied as needed. as an extra warning not to change IBA will automatically disengage lanes. Since this system is part of only when the brake pedal is A system unavailable message may display if: the Lane Change Alert (LCA) released. system, read the entire LCA section . The front of the vehicle or before using this feature. windshield is not clean. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
250 Driving and Operating Lane Change Alert (LCA) LCA Detection Zones How the System Works If equipped, the LCA system is a The LCA symbol lights up in the lane-changing aid that assists outside mirrors when the system drivers with avoiding lane change detects a moving vehicle in the next crashes that occur with moving lane over that is in the side blind vehicles in the side blind zone (or zone or rapidly approaching that spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol approaching these areas from indicates it may be unsafe to behind. The LCA warning display change lanes. Before making a lane will light up in the corresponding change, check the LCA display, outside mirror and will flash if the check mirrors, glance over your turn signal is on. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals. 2. LCA Detection Zone { Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from LCA does not alert the driver to both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m vehicles outside of the system (11 ft). The height of the zone is detection zones, pedestrians, approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) bicyclists, or animals. It may not and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Outside Right Outside provide alerts when changing Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Mirror Display Mirror Display lanes under all driving conditions. warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both Failure to use proper care when outside mirror LCA displays will changing lanes may result in back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the injury, death, or vehicle damage. system is operating. When the Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left always check mirrors, glance over or right outside mirror display will your shoulder, and use the turn light up if a moving vehicle is signals. detected in the next lane over in that GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 251 blind zone or rapidly approaching that extend back from the side of If the DIC still displays the system that zone. If the turn signal is the vehicle do not move further back unavailable message after cleaning activated in the same direction as a when a trailer is towed. Use caution both sides of the vehicle toward the detected vehicle, this display will while changing lanes when towing a rear corners of the vehicle, see your flash as an extra warning not to trailer. LCA may alert to objects dealer. change lanes. attached to the vehicle, such as a If the LCA displays do not light up LCA can be disabled through trailer, bicycle, or object extending when moving vehicles are in the vehicle personalization. When you out to either side of the vehicle. side blind zone or are rapidly disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert Attached objects may also interfere approaching this zone and the with the detection of vehicles. This is also disabled. See “Collision/ system is clean, the system may is normal system operation; the Detection Systems” under Vehicle need service. Take the vehicle to Personalization 0 152. If LCA is vehicle does not need service. your dealer. disabled by the driver, the LCA LCA may not always alert the driver mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over, Radio Frequency Information especially in wet conditions or when See Radio Frequency Statement When the System Does Not driving on sharp curves. The system 0 405. Seem to Work Properly does not need to be serviced. The The LCA system requires some system may light up due to Lane Keep Assist (LKA) driving for the system to calibrate to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and If equipped, LKA may help avoid maximum performance. This other non-moving objects. This is crashes due to unintentional lane calibration may occur more quickly if normal system operation; the departures. This system uses a the vehicle is driving on a straight vehicle does not need service. camera to detect lane markings highway road with traffic and LCA may not operate when the LCA between 60 km/h (37 mph) and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, sensors in the left or right corners of 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by barriers). the rear bumper are covered with gently turning the steering wheel if LCA displays may not come on mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in the vehicle approaches a detected when passing a vehicle quickly, for heavy rainstorms. For cleaning lane marking. It may also provide a a stopped vehicle, or when towing a instructions, see "Washing the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 trailer. The LCA detection zones Vehicle" under Exterior Care 367. alert if the vehicle crosses a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
252 Driving and Operating detected lane marking. LKA can be overridden by turning the steering Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) wheel. This system is not intended to keep the vehicle centered in the headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions or on lane. LKA will not assist and alert if dirt, snow, or ice; if they are roads with unclear lane markings, the turn signal is active in the not in proper condition; or if such as construction zones. direction of lane departure, or if it the sun shines directly into detects that you are accelerating, the camera. braking or actively steering. . Detect road edges. { Warning . Detect lanes on winding or { Warning hilly roads. Using LKA while towing a trailer or on slippery roads could cause If LKA only detects lane markings The LKA system does not loss of control of the vehicle and on one side of the road, it will continuously steer the vehicle. a crash. Turn the system off. It may not keep the vehicle in the only assist or provide an LDW lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected How the System Works lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA LKA uses a camera sensor installed and LDW, you must steer the on the windshield ahead of the The LKA and LDW systems vehicle. Always keep your may not: rearview mirror to detect lane attention on the road and markings. It may provide brief . Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position steering assist if it detects an steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle unintended lane departure. It may lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could further provide an audible alert or . Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the driver seat may pulse indicating that poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and a lane marking has been crossed. conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 253 To turn LKA on and off, press A Take Steering A camera blocked message may to the left of the steering wheel. The LKA system does not display if the camera is blocked. If equipped, the indicator light on the continuously steer the vehicle. Some driver assistance systems button comes on when LKA is on If LKA does not detect active driver may have reduced performance or and turns off when LKA is disabled. steering, an alert, chime, or DIC not work at all. Cleaning the outside message may be provided. Steer of the windshield behind the When on, A is white, if equipped, the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may rearview mirror may correct the indicating that the system is not become temporarily unavailable issue. The LKA system does not ready to assist. A is green if LKA after repeated take steering alerts. need service. is ready to assist and alert if the LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts vehicle crosses detected markings When the System Does Not may occur due to tar marks, on one or both sides of the lane. Seem to Work Properly shadows, cracks in the road, LKA may assist by gently turning The system performance may be temporary or construction lane the steering wheel if the vehicle affected by: markings, or other road approaches a detected lane imperfections. This is normal system . Close vehicles ahead. marking. A is amber when operation; the vehicle does not need assisting. It may also provide a . Sudden lighting changes, such service. Turn LKA off if these Lane Departure Warning (LDW) as when driving through tunnels. conditions continue. alert by flashing A amber if the . Banked roads. vehicle crosses a detected lane . Roads with poor lane markings, marking. Additionally, there may be such as two-lane roads or in three beeps, or the driver seat may construction zones. pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane If the LKA system is not functioning departure direction. properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
254 Driving and Operating Fuel Recommended Fuel Recommended Fuel (L83 5.3L V8 Engine) (L86 6.2L V8 Engine) Top Tier Fuel GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on Premium unleaded gasoline TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can meeting ASTM specification D4814 and applicable countries. be used. If the vehicle does not with a posted octane rating of 93 — have a yellow sticker, do not use (R+M)/2 — is highly recommended gasoline with ethanol levels greater for best performance and fuel than 15% by volume. See E85 or economy. Unleaded gasoline with FlexFuel 0 255. an octane rated as low as 87 can be Use regular unleaded gasoline used. Using unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 rated below 93 octane, however, will lead to reduced acceleration and with a posted octane rating of 87 — fuel economy. If knocking occurs, (R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating use a gasoline rated at 93 octane of less than 87, as this may cause as soon as possible, otherwise, the engine knock and will lower fuel engine could be damaged. If heavy economy. knocking is heard when using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the engine needs service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 255 Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or Fuel Additives FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with Caution (Continued) ethanol levels greater than 15% by TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is volume. . Fuel containing metals such highly recommended for use with as methylcyclopentadienyl your vehicle. If your country does Prohibited Fuels manganese tricarbonyl not have TOP TIER Detergent (MMT), which can damage Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel the emissions control System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to Caution system and spark plugs. the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km Do not use fuels with any of the . Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. following conditions; doing so TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and may damage the vehicle and void recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel ACDelco Fuel System Treatment its warranty: economy and performance, Plus−Gasoline will help keep your . For vehicles that are not and may decrease the life of vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free FlexFuel, fuel labeled the emissions catalyst. and performing optimally. greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level E85 or FlexFuel ethanol blends (16 50% Fuels in Foreign – Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. Countries on the fuel door can use either . Fuel with any amount of The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post unleaded gasoline or fuel containing methanol, methylal, fuel octane ratings in anti-knock up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other ferrocene, and aniline. index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a vehicles should use only the These fuels can corrode foreign country, see Prohibited unleaded gasoline as described in metal fuel system parts or Fuels 0 255. Recommended Fuel (L83 5.3L damage plastic and rubber V8 Engine) 0 254 or parts. Recommended Fuel (L86 6.2L (Continued) V8 Engine) 0 254. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
256 Driving and Operating The use of E85 or FlexFuel is Because E85 or FlexFuel has less encouraged when the vehicle is energy per liter (gallon) than Caution designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel gasoline, the vehicle will need to be is made from renewable sources. refilled more often. See Filling the Do not use fuel containing Tank 0 256. methanol. It can corrode metal To help locate fuel stations that parts in the fuel system and also carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. The only GM approved aftermarket damage plastic and rubber parts. Department of Energy has an additive is ACDelco Fuel System That damage would not be alternative fuel website. See Treatment Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the covered under the vehicle www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ instructions on the bottle for proper warranty. stations. use. This product is available at E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM your GM dealer. Specification D 5798 or CAN/ To help keep the engine running efficiently, fill the tank with gasoline, CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use Caution the fuel if the ethanol content is up to E15, after filling the tank with greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that Some additives are not E85 one or two times. do not meet ASTM or CGSB compatible with E85 or FlexFuel specifications can affect driveability and can harm the vehicle's fuel Filling the Tank and could cause the malfunction system. Use only additives An arrow on the fuel gauge indicator lamp to come on. approved by GM for E85 or indicates which side of the vehicle FlexFuel vehicles. Damage The starting characteristics of E85 the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge caused by unapproved additives or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for 0 130. use when temperatures fall below would not be covered by the −18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add vehicle warranty. { Warning gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 257
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Follow these guidelines to help . Before touching the fill avoid injuries to you and others: nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static . Read and follow all the electricity from your body. instructions on the fuel pump island. . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too . Turn off the engine when quickly. This spray can refueling. happen if the tank is nearly . Keep sparks, flames, and full, and is more likely in hot smoking materials away weather. Insert the fill nozzle from fuel. slowly and wait for any hiss To open the fuel door, push and noise to stop before release the rearward center edge of . Do not leave the fuel pump the door. unattended. beginning to flow fuel. The capless refueling system does . Avoid using electronic not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and devices while refueling. latch the fill nozzle, then begin . Do not re-enter the vehicle fueling. while pumping fuel. . Keep children away from { Warning the fuel pump and never let Overfilling the fuel tank by more children pump fuel. than three clicks of a standard fill (Continued) nozzle may cause: (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
258 Driving and Operating Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel Warning (Continued) Fuel Container adapter and return it to the storage location. . Vehicle performance issues, If the vehicle runs out of fuel and including engine stalling and must be filled from a portable fuel damage to the fuel system. container: Filling a Portable Fuel Container . Fuel spills. . Under certain conditions, { Warning fuel fires. Never fill a portable fuel container Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait while it is in the vehicle. Static five seconds after you have finished electricity discharge from the pumping before removing the fill 1. Locate the capless funnel container can ignite the fuel nozzle. Clean fuel from painted adapter. vapor. You or others could be surfaces as soon as possible. See 2. Insert and latch the funnel into badly burned and the vehicle 0 Exterior Care 367. Push the fuel the capless fuel system. could be damaged. To help avoid door closed until it latches. injury to you and others: { Warning . Dispense fuel only into { Warning approved containers. Attempting to refuel from a . Do not fill a container while If a fire starts while you are portable fuel container without refueling, do not remove the fill it is inside a vehicle, in a using the funnel adapter may vehicle's trunk, in a pickup nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by cause fuel spillage and damage shutting off the pump or by bed, or on any surface other the capless fuel system. This than the ground. notifying the station attendant. could cause a fire. You or others (Continued) Leave the area immediately. could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 259
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) . Bring the fill nozzle in General Towing trailer brakes are inadequate for contact with the inside of Information the load, the vehicle may not stop the fill opening before as expected. You and others operating the nozzle. Only use towing equipment that has could be seriously injured. The Maintain contact until filling been designed for the vehicle. vehicle may also be damaged, is complete. Contact your dealer or trailering and the repairs would not be dealer for assistance with preparing . Keep sparks, flames, and covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the smoking materials away Pull a trailer only if all the steps in entire section before towing a trailer. from fuel. this section have been followed. To tow a disabled vehicle, see . Do not use electronic Ask your dealer for advice and Towing the Vehicle 0 363. To tow devices while pumping fuel. information about towing a trailer the vehicle behind another vehicle with the vehicle. such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 364. Driving with a Trailer Driving Characteristics Trailering is different than just and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, { Warning durability, and fuel economy. You can lose control when towing Successful, safe trailering takes a trailer if the correct equipment is correct equipment, and it has to be not used or the vehicle is not used properly. driven properly. For example, The following information has many if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips (Continued) and safety rules. Many of these are GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
260 Driving and Operating important for your safety and that of . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) your passengers. Read this section Tow/Haul Mode is recommended If equipped with Lane Change Alert carefully before pulling a trailer. for heavier trailers. See Tow/ 0 (LCA), the LCA detection zones that When towing a trailer: Haul Mode 218. If the extend back from the side of the transmission downshifts too vehicle do not move further back . Become familiar with and follow often, a lower gear may be all state and local laws that when a trailer is towed. Use caution selected using Manual Mode. while changing lanes when towing a apply to trailer towing. These See Manual Mode 0 216. requirements vary from state to trailer. state. If equipped, the following driver If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic assistance features should be Alert (RCTA), use caution while . State laws may require the use turned off when towing a trailer: of extended side view mirrors. backing up when towing a trailer, as Even if not required, you should . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) the RCTA detection zones that install extended side view . Super Cruise Control extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back mirrors if your visibility is limited . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) or restricted while towing. when a trailer is towed. . Park Assist . Do not tow a trailer during the { Warning first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) use to prevent damage to the . Reverse Automatic When towing a trailer, exhaust engine, axle, or other parts. Braking (RAB) gases may collect at the rear of . It is recommended to perform If equipped, the following driver the vehicle and enter if the the first oil change before heavy assistance features should be liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most towing. turned to alert or off when towing a window is open. . During the first 800 km (500 mi) trailer: When towing a trailer: of trailer towing, do not drive . Automatic Emergency (Continued) over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do Braking (AEB) not make starts at full throttle. . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 261 The trailer structure, the tires, and Following Distance Warning (Continued) the brakes must be all be rated to Stay at least twice as far behind the carry the intended cargo. vehicle ahead as you would when . Do not drive with the Inadequate trailer equipment can driving without a trailer. This can liftgate, trunk/hatch, cause the combination to operate in help to avoid heavy braking and or rear-most window open. an unexpected or unsafe manner. sudden turns. . Fully open the air outlets on Before driving, inspect all trailer or under the instrument hitch parts and attachments, safety Passing panel. chains, electrical connectors, lamps, More passing distance is needed . Also adjust the climate tires, and mirrors. See Towing Equipment 0 270. If the trailer has when towing a trailer. The control system to a setting combination of the vehicle and that brings in only outside electric brakes, start the combination moving and then trailer will not accelerate as quickly air. See “Climate Control manually apply the trailer brake and is much longer than the vehicle Systems” in the Index. controller to check the trailer brakes alone. It is necessary to go much For more information about work. During the trip, occasionally farther beyond the passed vehicle carbon monoxide, see Engine check that the cargo and trailer are before returning to the lane. Pass Exhaust 0 212. secure and that the lamps and any on level roadways. Avoid passing trailer brakes are working. on hills if possible. Towing a trailer requires experience. Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up The combination of the vehicle and System Hold the bottom of the steering trailer is longer and not as wheel with one hand. To move the When towing, the stability control responsive as the vehicle itself. Get trailer to the left, move that hand to system might be heard. The system used to the handling and braking of the left. To move the trailer to the reacts to vehicle movement caused the combination by driving on a right, move that hand to the right. by the trailer, which mainly occurs level road surface before driving on Always back up slowly and, during cornering. This is normal public roads. if possible, have someone when towing heavier trailers. guide you. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
262 Driving and Operating Making Turns The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). When parking your vehicle and your Shift the transmission to a lower trailer on a hill: Caution gear if the transmission shifts too 1. Press the brake pedal, but do often under heavy loads and/or hilly not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Turn more slowly and make wider conditions. the wheels into the curb if arcs when towing a trailer to When towing at higher altitudes, facing downhill or into traffic if prevent damage to your vehicle. engine coolant will boil at a lower facing uphill. Making very sharp turns could temperature than at lower altitudes. 2. Have someone place chocks cause the trailer to contact the If the engine is turned off under the trailer wheels. vehicle. immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. When the wheel chocks are in vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the Make wider turns than normal when engine overheating. To avoid this, brake pedal to allow the chocks towing, so trailer will not go over soft let the engine run, preferably on to absorb the load of the trailer. shoulders, over curbs, or strike road level ground, with the transmission signs, trees, or other objects. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then in P (Park) for a few minutes before Always signal turns well in advance. apply the parking brake and turning the engine off. If the Do not steer or brake suddenly. shift into P (Park). overheat warning comes on, see Driving on Grades Engine Overheating 0 300. 5. Release the brake pedal. Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill gear before starting down a long or 1. Apply and hold the brake steep downhill grade. If the { Warning pedal. transmission is not shifted down, the . Start the engine. brakes may overheat and result in To prevent serious injury or death, reduced braking efficiency. always park your vehicle and . Shift into a gear. trailer on a level surface when . Release the parking brake. possible. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 263 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is leave the electrical trailer connector clear of the chocks. Warning (Continued) attached to maintain trailer brake functionality while on the boat ramp. 4. Stop and have someone pick can be especially slippery at up and store the chocks. low tide when part of the To back the trailer into the water: Launching and Retrieving ramp was previously 1. If equipped, place the vehicle submerged at high tide. Do in four-wheel-drive high. a Boat not back onto the ramp to 2. Slowly back down the boat Backing the Trailer into the Water launch the boat if you are not sure the vehicle can ramp until the boat is floating, but no further than necessary. { Warning maintain traction. . Do not move the vehicle if 3. Press and hold the brake . Have all passengers get out someone is in the path of pedal, but do not shift into of the vehicle before the trailer. Some parts of the P (Park) yet. backing onto the sloped part trailer might be underwater 4. Have someone place chocks of the ramp. Lower the and not visible to people under the front wheels of the driver and passenger side who are assisting in vehicle. windows before backing launching the boat. onto the ramp. This will 5. Gradually release the brake provide a means of escape pedal to allow the chocks to in the unlikely event the Disconnect the wiring to the trailer absorb the load of the trailer. before backing the trailer into the vehicle slides into the water. 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then water to prevent damage to the apply the parking brake and . If the boat launch surface is electrical circuits on the trailer. shift into P (Park). slippery, have the driver Reconnect the wiring to the trailer remain in the vehicle with after removing the trailer from the 7. Release the brake pedal. the brake pedal applied water. If the trailer has electric Pulling the Trailer from the Water while the boat is being brakes that can function when the launched. The boat launch trailer is submerged, it might help to 1. Press and hold the brake (Continued) pedal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
264 Driving and Operating 2. Start the engine and shift into Trailer Towing a gear. Caution (Continued) 3. Release the parking brake. and apply the brake pedal. Seek Caution 4. Let up on the brake pedal. help to have the vehicle towed up the ramp. Towing a trailer improperly can 5. Drive slowly until the tires are damage the vehicle and result in clear of the chocks. costly repairs not covered by the 6. Stop and have someone pick Maintenance when Trailer vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer up and store the chocks. Towing correctly, follow the directions in this section and see your dealer 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the The vehicle needs service more water. often when used to tow trailers. See for important information about Maintenance Schedule 0 379. It is towing a trailer with the vehicle. 8. Once the vehicle and trailer especially important to check the have been driven from the automatic transmission fluid, engine Trailer Weight sloped part of the boat ramp, oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling the vehicle can be shifted from system, and brake system before four-wheel-drive high. Shift into and during each trip. { Warning the drive mode that is appropriate for the road Check periodically that all nuts and Never exceed the towing capacity conditions. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. for your vehicle. Engine Cooling when Trailer Caution Towing Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road If the vehicle tires begin to spin The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating grades, outside temperature, and the vehicle begins to slide dimensions of the front of the trailer, toward the water, remove your conditions. See Engine Overheating 0 300. and how frequently the vehicle is foot from the accelerator pedal used to tow a trailer. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 265 Trailering Weight Ratings The only way to be sure the weight GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR is not exceeding any of these for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating When towing a trailer, the combined ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle Chart following. weight of the vehicle, vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded contents, trailer, and trailer contents To check that the weight of the for the trip, getting individual must be below all of the maximum vehicle and trailer are within the weights for each of these items. weight ratings for the vehicle, GCWR for the vehicle, follow these including: steps: { Warning . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight . Start with the "curb weight" from Rating You and others could be seriously the trailering information label . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight injured or killed if the trailer is too . Add the weight of the trailer Rating heavy or the trailer brakes are loaded with cargo and ready for inadequate for the load. The the trip . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating vehicle may be damaged, and the . Add the weight of all passengers . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight repairs would not be covered by Rating-Rear the vehicle warranty. . Add the weight of all cargo in the vehicle . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Only tow a trailer if all the steps in Rating this section have been followed. . Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load See Weight-Distributing Hitch Ask your dealer for advice and “ equalizer bars, or sway bars Adjustment” under Towing information about towing a trailer. Equipment 0 270 to determine if . Add the weight of any accessories or aftermarket equalizer bars are required to obtain Gross Combined Weight the maximum trailer weight rating. equipment added to the vehicle Rating (GCWR) See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing The resulting weight cannot exceed Equipment 0 270 to determine if GCWR is the total allowable weight the GCWR value shown on the brakes are required based on your of the completely loaded vehicle Trailering Information Label. trailer's weight. and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
266 Driving and Operating The gross combined weight can Gross Vehicle Weight Maximum Trailer Weight also be confirmed by weighing the Rating (GVWR) The maximum trailer weight rating is vehicle and trailer on a public scale. calculated assuming only the driver The vehicle and trailer should be For information about the vehicle's is in the tow vehicle and it has all loaded for the trip with passengers maximum load capacity, see Vehicle 0 the required trailering equipment. and cargo. Load Limits 196. When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, The weight of additional optional the trailer tongue weight must be equipment, passengers, and cargo included as part of the weight the in the tow vehicle must be vehicle is carrying. subtracted from the maximum trailer weight. Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 267
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*
Yukon Denali 2WD 3.23 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon Denali 4WD 3.23 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali 2WD 3.23 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali 4WD 3.23 3 583 kg (7,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*
Yukon 2WD 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon AWD 3.42 3 719 kg (8,200 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL 2WD 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL AWD 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
268 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*
Yukon 2WD 3.08 2 948kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon AWD 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon XL 2WD 3.08 2 858kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon XL AWD 3.08 2 721 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while still maintaining the correct trailer load balance. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 269
Maximum Tongue The trailer load balance percentage Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight is calculated as: weight (1) divided by weight (2) times 100. 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) After loading the trailer, separately 1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue and calculate the trailer load balance percentage to see if the The trailer tongue weight contributes weights and distribution are to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). appropriate for your vehicle. If the GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT trailer weight is too high, it may be of your vehicle, any passengers, possible to trasfer some of the cargo, equipment and the trailer cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, tongue weight is too high or too low, passengers, cargo, and equipment it may be possible to rearrange reduce the maximum allowable some of the cargo inside of the tongue weight the vehicle can carry, trailer. which also reduces the maximum Do not exceed the maximum allowable trailer weight. allowable tongue weight for your Trailer Load Balance vehicle. Use the shortest hitch The trailer tongue weight (1) should extension available to position the The correct trailer load balance be 10–15% of the total loaded trailer hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This must be maintained to ensure trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer will help reduce the effect of the stability. Incorrect load balance is a types, such as boat trailers, fall trailer tongue weight on the trailer leading cause of trailer sway. outside of this range. Always refer hitch and the rear axle. to the trailer owner’s manual for the If a cargo carrier is used in the recommended trailer tongue weight trailer hitch receiver, choose a for each trailer. Never exceed the carrier that positions the load as maximum loads for your vehicle, close to the vehicle as possible. hitch and trailer. Make sure the total weight, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
270 Driving and Operating including the carrier, is no more than Towing Equipment half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or Hitches 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Always use the correct hitch Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating equipment for your vehicle. (GAWR-RR) Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the The GAWR-RR is the total weight trailer and the hitch. that can be supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed Proper hitch equipment for your the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with vehicle helps maintain control of the the tow vehicle and trailer fully vehicle-trailer combination. Many loaded for the trip including the trailers can be towed using a Ask your dealer for trailering weight-carrying hitch which has a weight of the trailer tongue. If using information or assistance. a weight-distributing hitch, do not coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a exceed the GAWR-RR before tow eye latched to a pintle hook. applying the weight distribution Other trailers may require a spring bars. weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer tongue weight between your vehicle and trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating” under Trailer Towing 0 264 for weight limits with various hitch types. Never attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches. Only use frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to the bumper. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/24/19
Driving and Operating 271 Hitch Cover To reinstall hitch cover: Weight-Distributing Hitch 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree Adjustment angle to the vehicle and push A weight-distributing hitch may be the upper tabs into the slots in useful with some trailers. Use the the bumper. following guidelines to determine if a 2. Push the bottom of the cover weight-distributing hitch should forward until the lower tabs line be used. up with the lower slots. 3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners forward (1). 4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs (2). To remove hitch cover, if equipped: Consider using mechanical sway 1. Remove the two fasteners on controls with any trailer. Ask a the lower tabs (2). trailering professional about sway 2. Pull the lower edge of the controls or refer to the trailer cover to about a 45 degree manufacturer's recommendations angle. and instructions. 3. Pull the cover upward to disengage the upper attachments (1). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
272 Driving and Operating
Weight-Distributing Hitch Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution 1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer manufacturer’s recommendation 1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
bars until the front fender height Safety Chains distance (2) is approximately half Always attach chains between the way between the first and second vehicle and the trailer, and attach measurements. the chains to the holes on the trailer If equipped with Automatic Level hitch platform. Instructions about Control 0 229, it is recommended to safety chains may be provided by allow the shocks to inflate, leveling the hitch manufacturer or by the the vehicle prior to adjusting the trailer manufacturer. hitch. Cross the safety chains under the Tires tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road . Do not tow a trailer while using a if it becomes separated from the compact spare tire on the 1. Front of Vehicle hitch. Always leave just enough vehicle. slack so the combination can turn. 2. Body to Ground Distance . Tires must be properly inflated to Never allow safety chains to drag on When using a weight-distributing support loads while towing a the ground. hitch, measure the front fender trailer. See Tires 0 326 for height above the front axle instructions on proper tire distance (2) before and after inflation. connecting trailer. Adjust the spring GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 273 Trailer Brakes seven-pin universal heavy-duty Electric Brake Control Wiring trailer connector available through Loaded trailers over 900 kg Provisions your dealer. (2,000 lb) must be equipped with These wiring provisions are brake systems and with brakes for Use only a round, seven-wire included with the vehicle as part of each axle. Trailer braking equipment connector with flat blade terminals the trailer wiring package. These conforming to Canadian Standards meeting SAE J2863 specifications provisions are for an electric brake Association (CSA) requirement for proper electrical connectivity. controller. CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is The seven-wire harness contains The harness should be installed by recommended. the following trailer circuits: your dealer or a qualified service State or local regulations may . Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn center. require trailers to have their own Signal Refer to the aftermarket electric braking system if the loaded weight trailer brake controller owner's of the trailer exceeds certain . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn manual to determine wire color minimums that can vary from state Signal coding of the electric trailer brake to state. Read and follow the . Grey/Brown: Taillamps controller. The wire colors on the instructions for the trailer brakes so brake controller may be different they are installed, adjusted, and . White: Ground from the vehicle. maintained properly. Never attempt . White/Green: Back-up Lamps to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic . Red/Green: Battery Feed Trailer Lamps brake system. If you do, both the vehicle anti-lock brakes and the . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Always check all trailer lamps are trailer brakes may not function, working at the beginning of each To help charge a remote trip, and periodically on longer trips. which could result in a crash. (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/ Trailer Wiring Harness Haul Mode button at the end of the Turn Signals When Towing a shift lever. If the trailer is too light for Trailer The seven-pin trailer connector is Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the When properly connected, the trailer mounted in the bumper. This headlamps to help charge the turn signals should will illuminate to connector can be plugged into a battery. indicate the vehicle is turning, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
274 Driving and Operating changing lanes, or stopping. When Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul available power output to the trailer towing a trailer, the arrows on the Mode when lightly loaded or not brakes can be adjusted to a wide instrument cluster will illuminate towing will not cause damage; range of trailering situations. even if the trailer is not properly however, it is not recommended and The ITBC system is integrated with connected or the bulbs are may result in unpleasant engine and the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, burned out. transmission driving characteristics and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering and reduced fuel economy. Tow/Haul Mode conditions that cause the vehicle’s anti-lock brake or StabiliTrak For instructions on how to enter Integrated Trailer Brake Control System systems to activate, power sent to Tow/Haul mode, see Tow/Haul the trailer's brakes will be 0 Mode 218. The vehicle may have an Integrated automatically adjusted to minimize Tow/Haul assists when pulling a Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system trailer wheel lock-up. This does not heavy trailer or a large or for use with electric trailer brakes or imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. heavy load. most electric over hydraulic trailer brake systems. These instructions If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be apply to both types of electric trailer brake, or StabiliTrak systems are most effective when the vehicle and brakes. not functioning properly, the ITBC trailer combined weight is at least system may not function fully or at 75% of the vehicle's Gross all. Make sure all of these systems Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). are fully operational to allow the See “Maximum Trailer Weight” ITBC system to function properly. 0 under Trailer Towing 264. The ITBC system is powered Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when through the vehicle's electrical towing a heavy trailer or carrying a system. Turning the ignition off will large or heavy load: This symbol is on the Trailer Brake also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional only . through rolling terrain Control Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The power output to when the ignition is in ON/RUN. . in stop-and-go traffic the trailer brakes is proportional to . in busy parking lots the amount of vehicle braking. This GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 275 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply . Activate the Manual Trailer { Warning Lever Brake Apply Lever 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment Connecting a trailer that has an TRAILER GAIN: Buttons air brake system may result in Press a Trailer Gain button to recall reduced or complete loss of trailer The ITBC control panel is on the the current Trailer Gain setting. braking, including increased instrument panel to the left of the Each press and release of the gain stopping distance or trailer steering column. The control panel buttons will then change the Trailer instability which could result in allows adjustment to the amount of Gain setting. Press the Trailer serious injury, death, or property output, referred to as Trailer Gain, Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press and damage. Only use the ITBC available to the trailer brakes and hold to continuously adjust the allows manual application of the system with electric or electric Trailer Gain. To turn the output to trailer brakes. Use the ITBC control the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain over hydraulic trailer brake panel and the DIC trailer brake systems. setting to 0.0. This setting can be display page to adjust and display adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a power output to the trailer brakes. trailer connected or disconnected. Trailer Brake Control Panel Trailer Brake DIC Display Page TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays The ITBC display page indicates: anytime a trailer with electric brakes is connected. Output to the trailer . Trailer Gain setting brakes is based on the amount of . Output to the trailer brakes vehicle braking present and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is . Trailer connection displayed from 0 to 100% for each . System operational status. gain setting. To display: The Trailer Output will indicate “--- . Scroll through the DIC menu ---” on the Trailer Brake Display pages Page whenever the following occur: . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) . No trailer is connected. button GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
276 Driving and Operating . A trailer without electric brakes Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Note is connected, no DIC message Trailer Gain should be set for a Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds will display specific trailering condition and it lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to . A trailer with electric brakes has must be readjusted anytime vehicle 25 mph) may result in an incorrect become disconnected, a CHECK loading, trailer loading, or road gain setting. TRAILER WIRING message surface conditions change. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using displays on the DIC the Trailer Gain adjustment . There is a fault present in the { Warning buttons, to just below the point wiring to the trailer brakes, a of trailer wheel lock-up, CHECK TRAILER WIRING Trailer brakes that are indicated by trailer wheel message displays on the DIC over-gained or under-gained may squeal or tire smoke when a not stop the vehicle and the trailer trailer wheel locks. . The ITBC system is not working as intended and can result in a Note due to a fault, a SERVICE crash. Always follow the TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur instructions to set the Trailer Gain message displays in the DIC if towing a heavily loaded trailer. In for the proper trailer stopping this case, adjust the Trailer Gain to Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever performance. the highest allowable setting for the Slide this lever left to apply the towing condition. trailer’s electric brakes independent To adjust Trailer Gain for each 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time of the vehicle’s brakes. Use this towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading, lever to adjust Trailer Gain to 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer or road surface conditions achieve the proper power output to attached on a level road change or if trailer wheel the trailer brakes. The trailer's and surface representative of the lock-up is noticed at any time the vehicle's brake lamps will come towing condition and free of while towing. on when either vehicle brakes or traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h manual trailer brakes are applied (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply and properly connected. the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 277 Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages message will also turn off if it is trailer wiring harness to the TRAILER CONNECTED: This acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle, the electrical fault is on message will briefly display when a harness is reconnected. the trailer side. trailer with electric brakes is first . There is an electrical fault in the SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE connected to the vehicle. This wiring to the trailer brakes. This SYSTEM: This message will display message will automatically turn off message will continue as long when there is a problem with the in about 10 seconds. This message as there is an electrical fault in ITBC system. If this message can be acknowledged before it the trailer wiring. This message continues over multiple ignition automatically turns off. will also turn off if it is cycles, there is a problem with the CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This acknowledged. ITBC system. Have the vehicle message will display if: To determine whether the electrical serviced. . The ITBC system first fault is on the vehicle side or trailer If either the CHECK TRAILER determines connection to a side of the trailer wiring harness WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER trailer with electric brakes and connection: BRAKE SYSTEM message displays then the trailer harness becomes 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring while driving, the ITBC system may disconnected the vehicle. harness from the vehicle. not be fully functional or may not function at all. When traffic If the disconnect occurs while 2. Turn the ignition off. conditions allow, carefully pull the the vehicle is stationary, this 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the vehicle over to the side of the road message will automatically turn ignition back to RUN. and turn the ignition off. Check the off in about 30 seconds. This wiring connection to the trailer and message will also turn off if it is 4. If the CHECK TRAILER turn the ignition back on. If either of acknowledged or if the trailer WIRING message reappears, these messages continues, either harness is reconnected. the electrical fault is on the the vehicle or trailer needs service. vehicle side. If the disconnect occurs while A GM dealer may be able to the vehicle is moving, this If the CHECK TRAILER diagnose and repair problems with message will continue until the WIRING message only the trailer. However, any diagnosis ignition is turned off. This reappears when connecting the and repair of the trailer is not covered under the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
278 Driving and Operating Contact your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer repairs and Warning (Continued) trailer warranty information. If the trailer begins to sway, Trailer Sway reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from Control (TSC) the accelerator. Then pull over to If TSC is enabled, the Traction check the trailer and vehicle to Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak help correct possible causes, Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. warning light will flash on the Trailer sway is unintended instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle including an improperly or side-to-side motion of a trailer while speed by gradually removing your overloaded trailer, unrestrained towing. If the vehicle is towing a foot from the accelerator. If trailer cargo, improper trailer hitch trailer and the TSC detects that sway continues, StabiliTrak can configuration, or improperly sway is increasing, the vehicle reduce engine torque to help slow inflated or incorrect vehicle or brakes are selectively applied at the vehicle. TSC will not function if trailer tires. See Towing each wheel, to help reduce StabiliTrak is turned off. See Equipment 0 270 for trailer ratings excessive trailer sway. If equipped Traction Control/Electronic Stability and hitch setup with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control 0 226. recommendations. Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an electric brake system, StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer { Warning Aftermarket Electronic Trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash Sway Control Devices and in serious injury or death, Some trailers may come equipped even if the vehicle is equipped with an electronic device designed with TSC. to reduce or control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment (Continued) manufacturers also offer similar devices that connect to the wiring between the trailer and the vehicle. These devices may interfere with GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Driving and Operating 279 the vehicle’s trailer brake systems Trailer Tires or other systems, including Warning (Continued) Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from integrated anti-sway systems, vehicle tires. Trailer tires are if equipped. Messages related to your vehicle and any designed with stiff sidewalls to help trailer connections or trailer brakes optional equipment installed prevent sway and to support heavy could appear on the DIC. The on your vehicle. loads. These features can make it effects of these aftermarket devices . Before driving, check the difficult to determine if the trailer tire on vehicle handling or trailer brake trailer brakes are working pressures are low only based on a performance is not known. properly, if equipped. Drive visual inspection. the vehicle with the trailer { Warning attached on a level road Always check all trailer tire surface that is free of traffic pressures before each trip when the Use of aftermarket electronic at about 32-40 km/h tires are cool. Low trailer tire trailer sway control devices could (20-25 mph) and fully apply pressure is a leading cause of trailer result in reduced trailer brake the manual trailer brake tire blow-outs. performance, loss of trailer apply lever. Also, check the Trailer tires deteriorate over time. brakes, or other malfunctions, and trailer brake lamps and The trailer tire sidewall will show the result in a crash. You or others other lamps are functioning week and year the tire was could be seriously injured or correctly. manufactured. Many trailer tire killed. Before using one of these . If the trailer brakes are not manufacturers recommend devices: operating properly at any replacing tires more than six time, or if a DIC message years old. . Ask the device or trailer indicates problems with the manufacturer if the device Overloading is another leading trailer connections or trailer has been thoroughly tested cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never brakes, carefully pull the for compatibility with the load your trailer with more weight vehicle over to the side of make, model, and year of than the tires are designed to the road when traffic (Continued) support. The load rating is located conditions allow. on the trailer tire sidewall. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
280 Driving and Operating Always know the maximum speed Conversions and rating for the trailer tires before Caution driving. This may be significantly Add-Ons lower than the vehicle tire speed Some electrical equipment can rating. The speed rating may be on Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed components to not work and rating is not shown, the default Equipment would not be covered by the trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h vehicle warranty. Always check (65 mph). { Warning with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 136 . A device connected to the DLC The vehicle has an airbag system. — such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped 0 systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 84 and operation and cause a crash. Adding Equipment to the 0 Such devices may also access Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 84. information stored in the vehicle’s systems. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 281 Brake Fluid ...... 304 Electrical System Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 305 Electrical System Overload . . . 314 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 305 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 315 General Information Front Axle ...... 306 Engine Compartment Fuse Rear Axle ...... 306 Block ...... 315 General Information ...... 282 Noise Control System ...... 306 Instrument Panel Fuse Block California Proposition Starter Switch Check ...... 308 (Right) ...... 320 65 Warning ...... 282 Automatic Transmission Shift Instrument Panel Fuse California Perchlorate Lock Control Function Block (Left) ...... 323 Materials Requirements . . . . . 283 Check ...... 308 Rear Compartment Fuse Accessories and Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 325 Modifications ...... 283 Check ...... 308 Vehicle Checks Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Doing Your Own Mechanism Check ...... 309 Tires ...... 326 Service Work ...... 283 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 309 All-Season Tires ...... 327 Hood ...... 284 Glass Replacement ...... 310 Winter Tires ...... 328 Engine Compartment Windshield Replacement . . . . . 310 Low-Profile Tires ...... 328 All-Terrain Tires ...... 328 Overview ...... 286 Gas Strut(s) ...... 310 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 329 Engine Oil ...... 289 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations ...... 330 Engine Oil Life System ...... 291 Headlamp Aiming ...... 312 Tire Terminology and Automatic Transmission Fluid Definitions ...... 331 (6-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 292 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure ...... 333 Automatic Transmission Fluid Bulb Replacement ...... 312 Tire Pressure for High-Speed (10-Speed Transmission) . . . 295 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Operation ...... 334 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 296 Lighting ...... 312 Tire Pressure Monitor Cooling System ...... 297 LED Lighting ...... 312 System ...... 335 Engine Overheating ...... 300 Fog Lamps ...... 312 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Fan ...... 302 Back-Up Lamps ...... 313 Operation ...... 336 Washer Fluid ...... 302 License Plate Lamp ...... 314 Tire Inspection ...... 340 Brakes ...... 303 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
282 Vehicle Care Tire Rotation ...... 340 General Information California Proposition When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 341 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Buying New Tires ...... 342 your dealer. You will receive Different Size Tires and genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning Wheels ...... 344 and supported service people. Uniform Tire Quality Most motor vehicles, including Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its Grading ...... 344 these marks: Wheel Alignment and Tire service parts and fluids, contain Balance ...... 346 and/or emit chemicals known to Wheel Replacement ...... 346 the State of California to cause Tire Chains ...... 347 cancer and birth defects or other If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 347 reproductive harm. Engine Tire Changing ...... 349 exhaust, many parts and Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 359 systems, many fluids, and some Jump Starting component wear by-products Jump Starting - North contain and/or emit these America ...... 360 chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Towing the Vehicle passenger-vehicle. Towing the Vehicle ...... 363 Recreational Vehicle 0 Towing ...... 364 See Battery - North America 305 and Appearance Care Jump Starting - North America Exterior Care ...... 367 0 360 and the back cover. Interior Care ...... 372 Floor Mats ...... 375 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 283 California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components Service Work initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the and lithium batteries contained in installation or use of non-GM { Warning electronic keys, may contain certified parts, including control perchlorate materials. Perchlorate module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on Material – special handling may not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service hazardouswaste/perchlorate. remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures Accessories and and consult the service manual GM Accessories are designed to Modifications complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any service work. Adding non-dealer accessories or systems on the vehicle. See your making modifications to the vehicle dealer to accessorize the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service safety, including such things as installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service airbags, braking, stability, ride and Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more handling, emissions systems, Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84. about how to service the vehicle aerodynamics, durability, and than this manual can. To order the electronic systems like antilock proper service manual, see brakes, traction control, and stability Publication Ordering Information control. These accessories or 0 405. modifications could even cause This vehicle has an airbag system. malfunction or damage not covered Before attempting to do your own by the vehicle warranty. service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
284 Vehicle Care If equipped with remote vehicle Hood To open the hood: start, open the hood before 1. Pull the hood release lever with performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle { Warning the i symbol. It is on the lower left side of the instrument accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Turn the vehicle off before Start 0 23. panel. opening the hood. If the engine is Keep a record with all parts receipts running with the hood open, you and list the mileage and the date of or others could be injured. any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 391.
Caution { Warning
Even small amounts of Components under the hood can contamination can cause damage get hot from running the engine. to vehicle systems. Do not allow To help avoid the risk of burning contaminants to contact the fluids, unprotected skin, never touch reservoir caps, or dipsticks. these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front Clear any snow from the hood center of the hood. Push the before opening. secondary hood release lever to the right to release. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 285 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, the spring system will { Warning automatically lift the hood and hold it in the fully open Do not drive the vehicle if the position. hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block To close the hood: your vision, and cause a crash. 1. Before closing the hood, be You or others could be injured. sure all filler caps are on Always close the hood completely properly, and all tools are before driving. removed. 2. Pull the hood down until the The Driver Information Center (DIC) spring system is no longer will display a message if the hood is holding up the hood. not fully closed, and the vehicle is 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to moving. Stop and turn off the make sure the hood is latched vehicle, check the hood for completely. Repeat this obstructions, and close the hood process with additional force if again. Check to see if the message necessary. still appears on the DIC. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
286 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview
5.3L V8 Engine GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 287 1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Jump Starting - North America “Checking Engine Oil” under 0 360. Engine Oil 0 289. 2. Battery - North America 0 305. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid Pressure Cap. See Cooling 0 System 0 297. 302. 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 296. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 304. 5. Automatic Transmission 12. Engine Compartment Fuse Dipstick. See “How to Check Block 0 315. Automatic Transmission Fluid” under Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-Speed Transmission) 0 292 or Automatic Transmission Fluid (10-Speed Transmission) 0 295. 6. Remote Negative (–) Location (Out of View). See Jump Starting - North America 0 360. 7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 297. 8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 289. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
288 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 Engine GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 289 1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 11. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil Jump Starting - North America Block 0 315. If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW 0 360. ADD OIL message displays when 2. Battery - North America 0 305. Engine Oil the engine oil level may be too low. 3. Coolant Surge Tank and To ensure proper engine Check the oil level before filling to Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful the recommended level. If the oil is System 0 297. attention must be paid to engine oil. not low and this message remains Following these simple, but on, see your dealer. 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 296. important steps will help protect Check the engine oil level regularly, 5. Remote Negative (–) Location your investment: every 650 km (400 mi), especially (Out of View). See Jump Use engine oil approved to the prior to a long trip. The engine oil 0 . Starting - North America 360. proper specification and of the dipstick handle is a loop. See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of proper viscosity grade. See Engine Compartment Overview View). See Cooling System “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 0 286 for the location. 0 297. in this section. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When . Check the engine oil level { Warning to Add Engine Oil under regularly and maintain the ” The engine oil dipstick handle Engine Oil 0 289. proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil and When to Add may be hot; it could burn you. 8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See ” “ Engine Oil” in this section. Use a towel or glove to touch the “Checking Engine Oil” under dipstick handle. Engine Oil 0 289. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil 9. Windshield Washer Fluid Life System 0 291. Follow these guidelines: Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil . To get an accurate reading, park 0 302. properly. See “What to Do with the vehicle on level ground. Used Oil” in this section. Check the engine oil level after 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See the engine has been off for at 0 Brake Fluid 304. least two hours. Checking the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
290 Vehicle Care engine oil level on steep grades If the oil is below the cross-hatched See Engine Compartment Overview or too soon after engine shutoff area at the tip of the dipstick and 0 286 for the location of the engine can result in incorrect readings. the engine has been off for at least oil fill cap. Accuracy improves when 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the Add enough oil to put the level checking a cold engine prior to recommended oil and then recheck somewhere in the proper operating starting. Remove the dipstick the level. See “Selecting the Right range. Push the dipstick all the way and check the level. Engine Oil” later in this section for back in when through. . If unable to wait two hours, the an explanation of what kind of oil to engine must be off for at least use. For engine oil crankcase Selecting the Right Engine Oil capacity, see Capacities and 15 minutes if the engine is Selecting the right engine oil Specifications 0 393. warm, or at least 30 minutes if depends on both the proper oil the engine is not warm. Pull out specification and viscosity grade. the dipstick, wipe it with a clean Caution See Recommended Fluids and paper towel or cloth, then push it Lubricants 0 388. back in all the way. Remove it Do not add too much oil. Oil again, keeping the tip down, and levels above or below the Specification check the level. acceptable operating range Use full synthetic engine oils that shown on the dipstick are harmful meet the dexos1 specification. When to Add Engine Oil to the engine. If the oil level is above the operating range (i.e., Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the the engine has so much oil that dexos1 specification are marked the oil level gets above the with the dexos1 approved logo. See cross-hatched area that shows www.gmdexos.com. the proper operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 291 Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or Do not add anything to the oil. The bodies of water. Recycle it by taking recommended oils meeting the it to a place that collects used oil. dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection. Engine Oil Life System Caution Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil Failure to use the recommended recommended and could cause This vehicle has a computer system engine oil or equivalent can result engine damage not covered by the that indicates when to change the in engine damage not covered by vehicle warranty. engine oil and filter. This is based the vehicle warranty. What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine Used engine oil contains certain Viscosity Grade temperature, and miles driven. elements that can be unhealthy for Based on driving conditions, the Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade your skin and could even cause mileage at which an oil change is engine oil. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on indicated can vary considerably. For When selecting an oil of the your skin for very long. Clean your the oil life system to work properly, appropriate viscosity grade, it is skin and nails with soap and water, the system must be reset every time recommended to select an oil of the or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil is changed. correct specification. See properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the When the system has calculated “Specification” earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the that oil life has been diminished, a use and disposal of oil products. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on to indicate that Used oil can be a threat to the an oil change is necessary. Change environment. If you change your the oil as soon as possible within own oil, be sure to drain all the oil the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is from the filter before disposal. Never possible that, if driving under the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
292 Vehicle Care best conditions, the oil life system 1. Display the REMAINING OIL Automatic Transmission may indicate that an oil change is LIFE on the DIC. See Driver not necessary for up to a year. The Information Center (DIC) 0 144. Fluid (6-Speed engine oil and filter must be V Transmission) changed at least once a year and, 2. Press and hold . The oil life at this time, the system must be will change to 100%. When to Check and Change reset. Your dealer has trained The oil life system can also be reset Automatic Transmission Fluid service people who will perform this as follows: It is usually not necessary to check work and reset the system. It is also 1. Display the REMAINING OIL the transmission fluid level. The only important to check the oil regularly reason for fluid loss is a over the course of an oil drain LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 144. transmission leak or overheated interval and keep it at the proper transmission. If a small leak is level. 2. Fully press the accelerator suspected, then use the following If the system is ever reset pedal slowly three times within checking procedures to check the accidentally, the oil must be five seconds. fluid level. However, if there is a changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) 3. Display the REMAINING OIL large leak, then it may be necessary since the last oil change. LIFE on the DIC. If the display to have the vehicle towed to a Remember to reset the oil life shows 100%, the system is dealer service department and have system whenever the oil is changed. reset. it repaired before driving the vehicle further. How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Life System message comes back on when the vehicle is started and/or the Caution Reset the system whenever the REMAINING OIL LIFE is near 0%, engine oil is changed so that the Use of the incorrect automatic the engine oil life system has not transmission fluid may damage system can calculate the next been reset. Repeat the procedure. engine oil change. Always reset the the vehicle, and the damage may engine oil life to 100% after every oil not be covered by the vehicle change. It will not reset itself. To warranty. Always use the correct reset the engine oil life system: (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 293 Information Center (DIC). See Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 144. automatic transmission fluid. See transmission to overheat. Be sure Recommended Fluids and to get an accurate reading if 6. Using the transmission fluid Lubricants 0 388. checking the transmission fluid. temperature reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, transmission fluid temperature scheduled maintenance intervals prepare the vehicle: reading is not within the listed in Maintenance Schedule required temperature ranges, 0 1. Start the engine and park the 379. Be sure to use the vehicle on a level surface. allow the vehicle to cool, transmission fluid listed in Keep the engine running. or operate the vehicle until the Recommended Fluids and appropriate transmission fluid Lubricants 0 388. 2. Apply the parking brake and temperature is reached. place the shift lever in P (Park). How to Check Automatic Cold Check Procedure Transmission Fluid 3. With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift lever Use this procedure only as a through each gear range, reference to determine if the Caution pausing for about transmission has enough fluid to be three seconds in each range. operated safely until a hot check Too much or too little fluid can Then, move the shift lever back procedure can be made. The hot damage the transmission. Too to P (Park). check procedure is the most much can mean that some of the accurate method to check the fluid 4. Allow the engine to idle (500 fluid could come out and fall on – level. Perform the hot check 800 rpm) for at least hot engine parts or exhaust procedure at the first opportunity. one minute. Slowly release the system parts, starting a fire. Too Use this cold check procedure to brake pedal. little fluid could cause the check fluid level when the (Continued) 5. Keep the engine running and transmission temperature is check the transmission fluid between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and temperature on the Driver 90 °F). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
294 Vehicle Care Hot Check Procedure Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F and 200 °F). 1. Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the 5. If the fluid level is below the The hot check is the most accurate engine compartment, on the COLD check band, add only method to check the fluid level. The passenger side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to hot check should be performed at bring the level into the COLD the first opportunity in order to verify See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much 0 the cold check. The fluid level rises Overview 286. fluid, generally less than 0.5 L as fluid temperature increases, so it 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out (1 pt). Do not overfill. is important to ensure the the dipstick and wipe it with a 6. Perform a hot check at the first transmission temperature is within clean rag or paper towel. opportunity after the range. 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it transmission reaches a normal back in all the way; wait operating temperature between three seconds, and then pull it 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to back out again. 200 °F). 4. Check both sides of the 7. If the fluid level is in the dipstick and read the lower acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way, level. Repeat the check 1. Locate the transmission then flip the handle down to procedure to verify the reading. dipstick at the rear of the lock the dipstick in place. engine compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 286. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 295 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out add only enough fluid to bring transmission leak or overheated the dipstick and wipe it with a the level into the HOT band. transmission. This vehicle is not clean rag or paper towel. It does not take much fluid, equipped with a transmission fluid 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). level dipstick. There is a special back in all the way; wait Do not overfill. procedure for checking and three seconds, and then pull it 6. If the fluid level is in the changing the transmission fluid in back out again. acceptable range, push the these vehicles. Because this dipstick back in all the way, procedure is difficult, this should be 4. Check both sides of the done at the dealer. Contact the dipstick and read the lower then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. dealer for additional information or level. Repeat the check the procedure can be found in the procedure to verify the reading. Consistency of Readings service manual. See Publication Ordering Information 0 405. Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedure described previously. Consistency (repeatable Caution readings) is important to maintaining proper fluid level. If readings are still Use of the incorrect automatic inconsistent, contact the dealer. transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may 5. Safe operating level is within Automatic Transmission not be covered by the vehicle the HOT cross hatch band on Fluid (10-Speed warranty. Always use the correct the dipstick. If the fluid level is automatic transmission fluid. See not within the HOT band, and Transmission) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 388. the transmission temperature is When to Check and Change between 71 °C and 93 °C Automatic Transmission Fluid (160 °F and 200 °F), add or Change the fluid and filter at the drain fluid as necessary to It is usually not necessary to check scheduled maintenance intervals bring the level into the HOT the transmission fluid level. The only listed in Maintenance Schedule band. If the fluid level is low, reason for fluid loss is a 0 379. Be sure to use the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
296 Vehicle Care transmission fluid listed in dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by Recommended Fluids and cleaner/filter for damage, and loosening the air duct Lubricants 0 388. replace if damaged. Do not clean clamp (3). the engine air cleaner/filter or 3. Disconnect the electrical Engine Air Cleaner/Filter components with water or connector (2) and the compressed air. See Engine Compartment Overview connector harness from the 0 286 for the location of the engine To inspect or replace the engine air cover. air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter: 4. Remove the four screws (1) on When to Inspect the Engine Air top of the cover of the housing and lift up the cover. Cleaner/Filter 5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ For intervals on changing and filter from the housing. Take inspecting the engine air cleaner/ care to dislodge as little dirt as filter, see Maintenance Schedule possible. 0 379. 6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ How to Inspect the Engine Air filter sealing surfaces and the Cleaner/Filter housing. Do not start the engine or have the 7. Inspect or replace the engine engine running with the engine air air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter housing open. Before 8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall removing the engine air cleaner/ 1. Screws (4) the filter cover housing. filter, make sure that the engine air 2. Electrical Connector cleaner/filter housing and nearby 3. Air Duct Clamp components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake assembly. See Engine the engine air cleaner/filter (away Compartment Overview 0 286. from the vehicle), to release loose GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 297
{ Warning { Warning
Operating the engine with the air Do not touch heater or radiator cleaner/filter off can cause you or hoses, or other engine parts. others to be burned. Use caution They can be very hot and can when working on the engine. Do burn you. Do not run the engine if not start the engine or drive the there is a leak; all coolant could vehicle with the air cleaner/filter leak out. That could cause an off, as flames may be present if engine fire and can burn you. Fix the engine backfires. any leak before driving the vehicle. 1. Coolant Surge Tank Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank Engine Coolant Pressure Cap The cooling system in the vehicle is If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 3. Engine Electric filled with DEX-COOL engine can easily get into the engine, Cooling Fan(s) coolant. This coolant is designed to which could damage it. Always remain in the vehicle for 5 years or have the air cleaner/filter in place { Warning 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever when driving. occurs first. An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling Cooling System start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a The cooling system allows the Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating, engine to maintain the correct away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 300. working temperature. electric fan. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
298 Vehicle Care What to Use . Gives boiling protection up to used coolant disposal. This will help 129 °C (265 °F), engine protect the environment and your { Warning temperature health. . Protects against rust and Checking Coolant Plain water, or other liquids such corrosion as alcohol, can boil before the The coolant surge tank is in the proper coolant mixture will. With . Will not damage aluminum parts engine compartment on the plain water or the wrong mixture, . Helps keep the proper engine passenger side of the vehicle. See the engine could get too hot but temperature Engine Compartment Overview 0 there would not be an overheat 286. warning. The engine could catch Caution The vehicle must be on a level fire and you or others could be surface when checking the coolant burned. Do not use anything other than a level. mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, GMW3420 and clean, drinkable drinkable water and DEX-COOL water. Anything else can cause coolant. This mixture: damage to the engine cooling . Gives freezing protection down system and the vehicle, which to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside would not be covered by the temperature vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, or by pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an Check to see if coolant is visible in authorized service center, familiar the coolant surge tank. If the coolant with legal requirements regarding inside the coolant surge tank is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 299 boiling, wait until it cools down. The coolant level should be at or above Warning (Continued) Caution the full cold mark. If it is not, there may be a leak in the cooling plain water or the wrong mixture, Failure to follow the specific system. the engine could get too hot but coolant fill procedure could cause there would not be an overheat the engine to overheat and could If coolant is visible but the coolant warning. The engine could catch cause system damage. If coolant level is not at or above the full cold fire and you or others could be is not visible in the surge tank, mark, see “How to Add Coolant to burned. contact your dealer. the Coolant Surge Tank,” following.
How to Add Coolant to the If no coolant is visible in the surge Coolant Surge Tank { Warning tank, add coolant. { Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under Spilling coolant on hot engine pressure. Turning the pressure parts can burn you. Coolant cap, even a little, can cause them contains ethylene glycol and it will to come out at high speed and burn if the engine parts are hot you could be burned. Never turn enough. the cap when the cooling system, 1. Remove the coolant surge tank including the pressure cap, is hot. pressure cap when the cooling Wait for the cooling system and system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and pressure cap to cool. { Warning upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
300 Vehicle Care Turn the pressure cap slowly 6. Verify coolant level after the There is a coolant temperature counterclockwise about one full engine is shut off and the gauge in the vehicle's instrument turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for coolant is cold. If necessary, cluster. See Engine Coolant that to stop. A hiss means repeat coolant fill procedure Temperature Gauge 0 131. there is still some pressure left. Steps 1–6. In addition, there are ENGINE 2. Keep turning the pressure cap OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, slowly, and remove it. Caution ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with If the pressure cap is not tightly the proper mixture to the full REDUCED messages in the Driver installed, coolant loss and engine Information Center (DIC). cold mark. damage may occur. Be sure the 4. With the coolant surge tank cap is properly and tightly If the decision is made not to lift the pressure cap off, start the secured. hood when this warning appears, engine and let it run until the get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program engine coolant temperature 0 gauge indicates approximately Engine Overheating 400. 90 °C (195 °F). If the decision is made to lift the By this time, the coolant level Caution hood, make sure the vehicle is inside the coolant surge tank parked on a level surface. Do not run the engine if there is a may be lower. If the level is Check to see if the engine cooling lower, add more of the proper leak in the engine cooling system. fan(s) are running. If the engine is mixture to the coolant surge This can cause a loss of all overheating, the fans should be tank until the level reaches the coolant and can damage the running. If they are not, do not full cold mark. system and vehicle. Have any continue to run the engine. Have the leaks fixed right away. 5. Replace the pressure cap vehicle serviced. tightly. The vehicle has several indicators to warn of engine overheating. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 301 If Steam is Coming from the If there is an engine overheat If the engine coolant temperature Engine Compartment warning, but no steam is seen or gauge is no longer in the overheat heard, the problem may not be too zone or an overheat warning no { Warning serious. Sometimes the engine can longer displays, the vehicle can be get a little too hot when the vehicle: driven. Continue to drive the vehicle Steam and scalding liquids from a . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a hot cooling system are under safe vehicle distance from the . Stops after high-speed driving. pressure. Turning the pressure vehicle in front. If the warning does cap, even a little, can cause them . Idles for long periods in traffic. not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling to come out at high speed and . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing system checked for proper fill and you could be burned. Never turn 0 264. function. the cap when the cooling system, If the ENGINE OVERHEATED including the pressure cap, is hot. If the warning continues, pull over, STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE Wait for the cooling system and stop, and park the vehicle OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE right away. pressure cap to cool. message appears with no sign of steam, try this for a minute or so: If there is still no sign of steam and If No Steam is Coming from the vehicle is equipped with an 1. Turn the air conditioning off. engine driven cooling fan, push the Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the down the accelerator until the The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP highest temperature and to the engine speed is about twice as fast ENGINE or the ENGINE highest fan speed. Open the as normal idle speed for at least OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE windows as necessary. five minutes while the vehicle is message, along with a low coolant parked. If the warning is still there, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off condition, can indicate a serious turn off the engine and get everyone the road, shift to P (Park) or problem. out of the vehicle until it cools down. N (Neutral), and let the engine idle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
302 Vehicle Care If there is no sign of steam, idle the Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer engine for five minutes while symbol on it. Add washer fluid until parked. If the warning is still What to Use the tank is full. See Engine 0 displayed, turn off the engine until it When windshield washer fluid needs Compartment Overview 286 for cools down. to be added, be sure to read the reservoir location. manufacturer's instructions before Engine Fan use. Use a fluid that has sufficient Caution protection against freezing in an If the vehicle has electric cooling . Do not use washer fluid that fans, the fans may be heard area where the temperature may fall below freezing. contains any type of water spinning at low speed during most repellent coating. This can everyday driving. The fans may turn Adding Washer Fluid cause the wiper blades to off if no cooling is required. Under chatter or skip. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, The vehicle has a low washer fluid high outside temperatures, message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use engine coolant or operation of the air conditioning when the washer fluid is low. The (antifreeze) in the system, the fans may change to message is displayed for windshield washer. It can high speed and an increase in fan 15 seconds at the start of each damage the windshield noise may be heard. This is normal ignition cycle. When the WASHER washer system and paint. and indicates that the cooling FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message . Do not mix water with system is functioning properly. The displays, washer fluid will need to ready-to-use washer fluid. fans will change to low speed when be added to the windshield washer Water can cause the additional cooling is no longer fluid reservoir. solution to freeze and required. damage the washer fluid The electric engine cooling fans tank and other parts of the may run after the engine has been washer system. turned. off. This is normal and no (Continued) service is required. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 303 proper sequence to torque Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 393. . When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to complete sets. adding water. a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel . Fill the washer fluid tank warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal only three-quarters full when vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, it is very cold. This allows or if there is a rapid increase in for fluid expansion if pedal travel. This could be a sign freezing occurs, which could that brake service may be required. damage the tank if it is Caution completely full. Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts Brakes brake repair. with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes Disc brake pads have built-in wear Some driving conditions or climates may not work properly. The braking indicators that make a high-pitched performance expected can change warning sound when the brake pads can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly in many other ways if the wrong are worn and new pads are needed. replacement brake parts are The sound can come and go or can applied. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes. installed or if parts are improperly be heard all the time when the installed. vehicle is moving, except when Properly torqued wheel nuts are applying the brake pedal firmly. necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
304 Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 138. work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent The brake master cylinder reservoir increased stopping distance. See Do not top off the brake fluid. 0 is filled with GM approved DOT 3 Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 379. brake fluid as indicated on the If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid Compartment Overview 0 286 for when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3 the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Checking Brake Fluid necessary, only when work is done 0 on the brake hydraulic system. Fluids and Lubricants 388. With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level { Warning { Warning should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake fluid reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in There are only two reasons why the if the engine is hot enough. You brake fluid level in the reservoir may or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a go down: the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid. . Normal brake lining wear. When Add brake fluid only when work is new linings are installed, the done on the brake hydraulic fluid level goes back up. system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 305 Infrequent Usage: Remove the Caution Warning (Continued) black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from If brake fluid is spilled on the cancer and birth defects or other running down. vehicle's painted surfaces, the reproductive harm. Batteries also paint finish can be damaged. contain other chemicals known to Extended Storage: Remove the Immediately wash off any painted the State of California to cause black, negative (−) cable from the surface. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER battery or use a battery trickle HANDLING. For more information charger. go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Battery - North America passenger-vehicle. Four-Wheel Drive The original equipment battery is Transfer Case maintenance free. Do not remove See California Proposition When to Check Lubricant the cap and do not add fluid. 65 Warning 0 282 and the back Refer to the replacement number cover. Refer to Maintenance Schedule shown on the original battery label 0 379 to determine when to check when a new battery is needed. See Vehicle Storage the lubricant. Engine Compartment Overview 0 286 for battery location. { Warning Batteries have acid that can burn { Warning you and gas that can explode. WARNING: Battery posts, You can be badly hurt if you are terminals, and related not careful. See Jump Starting - accessories contain lead and lead North America 0 360 for tips on compounds, chemicals known to working around a battery without the State of California to cause getting hurt. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
306 Vehicle Care How to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant Rear Axle Refer to Maintenance Schedule When to Check Lubricant 0 379 to determine how often to change the lubricant. It is not necessary to regularly check the rear axle fluid unless a What to Use leak is suspected or an unusual Refer to Recommended Fluids and noise is heard. A fluid loss could Lubricants 0 388 to determine what indicate a problem. Have it kind of lubricant to use. inspected and repaired. This service can be complex. See your dealer. Front Axle Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle When to Check Lubricant output seals. High pressure water Automatic Transfer Case It is not necessary to regularly can overcome the seals and check the front axle fluid unless a contaminate the fluid. Contaminated 1. Fill Plug leak is suspected or an unusual fluid will decrease the life of the 2. Drain Plug noise is heard. A fluid loss could transfer case and/or drive axles and indicate a problem. Have it To get an accurate reading, the should be replaced. inspected and repaired. This service vehicle should be on a level can be complex. See your dealer. surface. Noise Control System Do not directly power wash the If the level is below the bottom of Noise Emission Warranty transfer case and/or front/rear axle the fill plug (1) hole, located on the output seals. High pressure water General Motors warrants to the first transfer case, some lubricant will can overcome the seals and person who purchases this vehicle need to be added. Add enough contaminate the fluid. Contaminated for purposes other than resale and lubricant to raise the level to the fluid will decrease the life of the to each subsequent purchaser that bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use transfer case and/or drive axles and this vehicle as manufactured by care not to overtighten the plug. should be replaced. General Motors was designed, built and equipped to conform at the time GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 307 it left General Motors control with all These standards apply only to Engine: applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control vehicles sold in the United States. Removal or rendering engine speed Regulations. This warranty covers Federal law prohibits the following governor, if the vehicle has one, this vehicle as designed, built and acts or the causing thereof: inoperative so as to allow engine equipped by General Motors and is 1. The removal or rendering speed to exceed manufacturer not limited to any particular part, specifications. component or system of the vehicle inoperative by any person, manufactured by General Motors. other than for purposes of Fan and Drive: maintenance, repair or Defects in design, assembly or any . Removal of fan clutch, if the part, component or system of the replacement, of any device or element of design incorporated vehicle has one, or rendering vehicle manufactured by General clutch inoperative. Motors, which at the time it left into any new vehicle for the General Motors control caused purpose of noise control, prior . Removal of the fan shroud, if the noise emissions to exceed Federal to its sale or delivery to the vehicle has one. ultimate purchaser or while it is standards, are covered by the Air Intake: warranty for the life of the vehicle. in use; or . Removal of the air cleaner 2. The use of the vehicle after The following information relates to silencer. compliance with federal noise such device or element of emission standards for vehicles with design has been removed or . Modification of the air cleaner. rendered inoperative by any a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Exhaust: (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg person. . Removal of the muffler and/or (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance Among those acts presumed to resonator. Schedule provides information on constitute tampering are the acts maintaining the noise control system listed below. . Removal of the exhaust pipes to minimize degradation of the noise and exhaust pipe clamps. emission control system during the Insulation: life of the vehicle. The noise control Removal of the noise shields or any system warranty is given in the underhood insulation. vehicle warranty booklet. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
308 Vehicle Care Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact Shift Lock Control your dealer for service. { Warning Function Check When you are doing this Ignition Transmission inspection, the vehicle could { Warning Lock Check move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this If equipped with a Key Access moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could ignition, while parked and with the injured. move suddenly. If the vehicle parking brake set, try to turn the moves, you or others could be ignition off in each shift lever 1. Before starting this check, be injured. position. sure there is enough room . The ignition should turn off only around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be when the shift lever is in 2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room P (Park). and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be . The key should come out only Do not use the accelerator parked on a level surface. when the ignition is off. pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Contact your dealer if service is the engine immediately if it ready to apply the regular required. starts. brake immediately if the vehicle 3. Try to start the engine in each begins to move. gear. The vehicle should start 3. With the engine off, turn the only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). ignition on, but do not start the If the vehicle starts in any other engine. Without applying the position, contact your dealer for regular brake, try to move the service. shift lever out of P (Park) with GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 309 Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) Front Wiper Blade mechanism's holding ability: Replacement Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the To replace the wiper blade { Warning parking brake followed by the assembly: regular brake. 1. Pull the windshield wiper When you are doing this check, Contact your dealer if service is assembly away from the the vehicle could begin to move. windshield. You or others could be injured required. and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. brake at once should the vehicle For the proper type and size, see begin to move. Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 390. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Caution your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. Allowing the wiper arm to touch . To check the parking brake's the windshield when no wiper holding ability: With the engine blade is installed could damage 2. Lift up on the latch in the running and the transmission in the windshield. Any damage that middle of the wiper blade N (Neutral), slowly remove foot occurs would not be covered by where the wiper arm attaches. pressure from the regular brake the vehicle warranty. Do not allow 3. With the latch open, pull the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the wiper arm to touch the wiper blade down toward the held by the parking brake only. windshield. windshield far enough to release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
310 Vehicle Care 4. Remove the wiper blade. 3. Push the new blade assembly recommended. The replacement securely in the wiper arm hook windshield must be installed 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade replacement. until the release lever clicks according to GM specifications for into place. proper alignment. If it is not, these Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 4. Return the wiper arm and systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may To replace the rear wiper blade: blade assembly to the rest position on the glass. not work at all. See your dealer for 1. With the rear wiper in the off proper windshield replacement. position, open the liftglass to access the rear wiper arm/ Glass Replacement Gas Strut(s) blade. If the windshield or front side glass must be replaced, see your dealer This vehicle is equipped with gas The rear wiper blade will not strut(s) to provide assistance in lock in a vertical position so to determine the correct replacement glass. lifting and holding open the hood/ use care when pulling it away trunk/liftgate system in full open from the vehicle. Windshield Replacement position. HUD System { Warning The windshield is part of the HUD If the gas struts that hold open system. If the windshield must be the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, replaced, get one that is designed you or others could be seriously for HUD or the HUD image may injured. Take the vehicle to your look out of focus. dealer for service immediately. Driver Assistance Systems Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other 2. Push the release lever (2) to If the windshield needs to be damage periodically. Check to disengage the hook and push replaced and the vehicle is the wiper arm (1) out of the equipped with a front camera sensor make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate blade assembly (3). for the Driver Assistance Systems, a (Continued) GM replacement windshield is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 311
Warning (Continued)
is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any Hood Liftgate objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 379.
Trunk GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
312 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced, the beam might be a Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement slightly different shade than it was should need no further adjustment. bulbs, or any bulb changing originally. This is normal. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, procedure not listed in this section, the headlamp aim may be affected. contact your dealer. LED Lighting If adjustment to the headlamps is This vehicle has several LED lamps. necessary, see your dealer. Caution For replacement of any LED lighting Do not replace incandescent assembly, contact your dealer. bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can Fog Lamps cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.
High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting system operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the system components, you could be To replace the front fog lamp bulb: seriously injured. Have your 1. Locate the fog lamp under the dealer or a qualified technician front bumper. service them. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 313 2. Disconnect the electrical 2. Remove the taillamp closeout connector from the fog lamp cover from the lamp assembly bulb assembly by pressing the by pulling rearward from the connector release. top and bottom at the same 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise time to unfasten the snap tabs. to remove it from the housing. Back-Up Lamps To replace a back-up bulb: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 27. 5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. 6. Pull the bulb straight out from the socket. 3. Remove the two screws from 7. Put a new bulb into the socket, the taillamp assembly. insert it into the taillamp assembly, and turn the bulb 4. Pull the taillamp assembly socket clockwise until it clicks. straight back to remove. 8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws. 9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
314 Vehicle Care License Plate Lamp 1. Bulb Socket Electrical System 2. Bulb 3. Lamp Assembly Electrical System To replace one of these bulbs: Overload 1. Push the lamp assembly (3) The vehicle has fuses to protect toward the center of the against an electrical system vehicle. overload. Fuses also protect power 2. Pull the lamp assembly down devices in the vehicle. to remove. Replace a bad fuse with a new one 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) of the identical size and rating. counterclockwise to remove it If there is a problem on the road and from the lamp assembly (3). a fuse needs to be replaced, there Passenger Side Shown, Driver 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of are some spare fuses and a fuse Side Similar the bulb socket (1). puller in the left instrument panel 5. Push the replacement bulb fuse block. The same amperage straight into the bulb socket fuse can also be borrowed. Choose and turn the bulb socket some feature of the vehicle that is clockwise to install it into the not needed to use and replace it as lamp assembly. soon as possible. 6. Push the lamp assembly back Headlamp Wiring into position until the release An electrical overload may cause tab locks into place. the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 315 Windshield Wipers Engine Compartment { Danger If the wiper motor overheats due to Fuse Block heavy snow or ice, the windshield Fuses and circuit breakers are The engine compartment fuse block wipers will stop until the motor cools marked with their ampere rating. is in the engine compartment, on and will then restart. Do not exceed the the driver side of the vehicle. Although the circuit is protected specified amperage rating when from electrical overload, overload replacing fuses and circuit due to heavy snow or ice may breakers. Use of an oversized cause wiper linkage damage. fuse or circuit breaker can result Always clear ice and heavy snow in a vehicle fire. You and others from the windshield before using the could be seriously injured or windshield wipers. killed. If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or To check a fuse, look at the ice, be sure to get it fixed. silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, Fuses and Circuit replace the fuse. Be sure to replace Breakers a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Lift the cover to access the fuse The wiring circuits in the vehicle are block. protected from short circuits by a Fuses of the same amperage can combination of fuses and circuit be temporarily borrowed from breakers. This greatly reduces the another fuse location, if a fuse goes chance of damage caused by out. Replace the fuse as soon as electrical problems. possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
316 Vehicle Care
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.
A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel fuse block. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 317 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
318 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 Power assist steps 17 Driver motorized 31 Trailer interface 2 Antilock brake seat belt module system pump 18 – 32 – 3 Interior BEC LT1 19 – 33 – 4 Passenger 20 – 34 Reverse lamps motorized seat belt 21 Automatic 35 Antilock brake 5 Suspension headlamp leveling/ system valve leveling Exhaust solenoid 36 Trailer brakes compressor 22 Fuel pump 38 – 6 4WD transfer case 23 Integrated chassis electronic control 39 Right trailer control module stoplamp/Turn 7 – 24 Real time signal lamp 8 – dampening 40 Left trailer 10 Electric parking 25 Fuel pump power stoplamp/turn brake/– module signal lamp 11 – 26 Active Hydraulic 41 Trailer parking Assist/ Battery lamps 12 – regulated voltage 13 Interior BEC LT2 42 Right parking control lamps 14 Rear BEC 1 27 – 43 Left parking lamps 15 – 28 Upfitter 2 44 Upfitter 3 16 – 30 Wiper GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 319
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 45 Automatic level 65 – 82 – control/Run/Crank 66 – 83 Euro trailer/RC 46 – 67 Trailer battery 85 – 47 Upfitter 4 68 Secondary 86 – 49 Reverse lamps fuel pump 87 MAF/IAT/Humidity/ 50 – 69 RC upfitter 3 and 4 TIAP sensor 52 – 70 VBAT 88 Injector A – odd upfitter 3 and 4 53 – 89 Injector B – even 71 54 – – 90 O2 sensor B 73 55 – – 91 Throttle control 74 Engine control 56 – 93 Horn module/Ignition 57 – 94 Fog lamps 75 Miscellaneous/ 58 – Ignition/– 95 High-beam headlamps 59 Euro trailer 76 Transmission/ 60 Air conditioning Ignition 96 – control 77 RC upfitter 1 and 2 97 – 61 – 78 VBAT 98 – 62 – upfitter 1 and 2 99 – 63 Upfitter 1 79 – 100 O2 sensor A 64 – 80 – 101 Engine control 81 – module GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
320 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse 102 Engine control 119 – Block (Right) module/ 120 – Transmission control module 121 Right HID headlamp 103 Auxiliary interior heater 122 Left HID headlamp 104 Starter 123 Right cooling fan 105 – Relays Usage 106 – 9 Fuel pump 107 Aeroshutter 29 Upfitter 2 108 – 37 Upfitter 3 109 Police upfitter 48 Upfitter 4 The right instrument panel fuse 110 – block access door is on the 51 Parking lamp passenger side edge of the 111 – 64 Secondary instrument panel. 113 – fuel pump Pull off the cover to access the fuse 114 Front windshield 72 Upfitter 1 block. washer 84 Run/Crank 115 Rear window washer 92 Engine control module 116 Left cooling fan 112 Starter 117 Fuel pump prime 120 Fuel pump prime 118 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 321
Fuses Usage 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 Accessory power outlet 4 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 Glove box 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 Steering wheel controls 13 Body control module 8 14 – 15 – 16 – There are relays on the back of the The vehicle may not be equipped fuse block. To access, press the with all of the fuses, relays, and 17 – tabs and remove the fuse block. features shown. 18 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
322 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 19 Body control module 4 30 – 44 Right door window motor 20 Rear seat 31 – entertainment 45 Front blower 32 – 21 Sunroof/beacon 46 Body control module 6 33 – upffiter 47 Body control module 7 34 – 22 – 48 Amplifier 35 – 23 – 36 Special equipment 49 Right front seat 24 – option B2 50 Accessory power 25 – 37 Special equipment outlet 3 26 Infotainment/Airbag option 56 – 27 –/RF window switch/ 38 Body control module 2 Relays Usage Rain sensor 39 DC to AC inverter 28 Obstacle 51 – 40 – detection/USB 52 Retained accessory 41 – 29 Radio power 42 – 53 – 43 – 54 – 55 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 323 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left)
The left instrument panel fuse block access door is on the driver side edge of the instrument panel. Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
324 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 12 Steering wheel control 26 Tilt column/Tilt column backlighting lock 1/SEO 1/SEO 2 Fuses Usage 13 – 27 Data link connector/ 1 – 14 Driver seat module 2 – – 28 Passive entry, 15 – 3 – Passive start/HVAC 16 Discrete logic ignition 4 Accessory power battery/ CGM sensor outlet 1 29 Content theft 17 Video processing 5 Accessory power deterrent module/Virtual key outlet from retained module 30 – accessory power 18 Mirror window module 31 – 6 Accessory power 32 outlet from battery 19 Body control module 1 – power 20 Front bolster 33 SEO Automatic level control/Left 7 Universal garage door 21 – heated seat opener/SEO Roof beacon switch 22 – 34 Park enable/Electric adjustable pedal 8 SEO/Retained 23 – accessory power 24 HVAC ignition/AUX 35 – 9 – HVAC ignition 36 Miscellaneous/Run crank 10 Body control module 3 25 Instrument cluster/ Ignition sensing 37 Heated steering wheel 11 Body control module 5 diagnostic module ignition 38 Steering column lock 2 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 325
Fuses Usage Relays Usage 39 Instrument cluster 53 Run crank battery 54 – 40 – 55 – 41 – 42 Euro trailer Rear Compartment Fuse 43 Left doors Block 44 Driver power seat 45 – 46 Right heated, cooled, or ventilated seat 47 Left heated, cooled, or ventilated seat 48 – 49 – 50 Accessory power outlet 2 56 – The rear compartment fuse block is behind the access panel on the left Relays Usage side of the compartment. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and 51 – Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger access slot at the rear edge. features shown. 52 Retained accessory power GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
326 Vehicle Care Fuses Usage Relays Usage Wheels and Tires 2 – 1 Rear window Tires 3 Right heated second defogger row seat 16 Liftgate Every new GM vehicle has 4 Heated mirrors 17 Liftglass high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See 5 Liftgate 18 Rear fog lamp the warranty manual for 6 Glass breakage 20 Heated mirror information regarding the tire 7 Liftglass warranty and where to get service. For additional 8 Liftgate module logic information refer to the tire 9 Rear wiper manufacturer. 10 Rear heating, ventilation, and air { Warning conditioning blower 11 Second row seat . Poorly maintained and folding improperly used tires are dangerous. 12 Liftgate module . Overloading the tires can 13 Third row seat folding cause overheating as a 14 Rear accessory power result of too much outlet flexing. There could be a 15 Rear window blowout and a serious defogger crash. See Vehicle Load 19 Rear fog lamp Limits 0 196. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 327 All-Season Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) This vehicle may come with . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are the same danger as have been damaged by designed to provide good overall overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces resulting crash could curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM's cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires Check all tires frequently specific tire performance criteria can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code to maintain the the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original recommended pressure. authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be Tire pressure should be center should repair, identified by the last two characters checked when the tires replace, dismount, and of this TPC code, which will are cold. mount the tires. be “MS.” Consider installing winter tires on . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in the vehicle if frequent driving on more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h punctured, or broken by snow or ice-covered roads is (35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide a sudden impact — such surfaces such as snow, as when hitting a pothole. adequate performance for most mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they Keep tires at the spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of recommended pressure. tires to explode. traction or performance as winter . Worn or old tires can tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 328. cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 334 for replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for (Continued) high-speed driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
328 Vehicle Care Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires Caution (Continued) This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y, equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter occur when coming into contact tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are with road hazards like potholes, traction on snow and ice-covered chosen, never exceed the tire's or sharp edged objects, or when roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability. sliding into a curb. The warranty tires on the vehicle if frequent does not cover this type of driving on ice or snow covered Low-Profile Tires damage. Keep tires set to the roads is expected. See your dealer correct inflation pressure and for details regarding winter tire If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or when possible, avoid contact with availability and proper tire selection. P285/45R22 size tires, they are curbs, potholes, and other road 0 Also, see Buying New Tires 342. classified as touring tires and hazards. With winter tires, there may be are designed for on road use. decreased dry road traction, The low-profile, wide tread increased road noise, and shorter design is not recommended for All-Terrain Tires tread life. After changing to winter off-road driving. See Off-Road This vehicle may have all-terrain tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Driving 0 188, for additional tires. These tires provide good handling and braking. information. performance on most road surfaces, If using winter tires: weather conditions, and for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 188. . Use tires of the same brand and Caution tread type on all four wheel The tread pattern on these tires may positions. Low-profile tires are more wear more unevenly than other susceptible to damage from road tires. Consider rotating the tires . Use only radial ply tires of the hazards or curb impact than more frequently than at 12 000 km same size, load range, and standard profile tires. Tire and/or (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear speed rating as the original wheel assembly damage can is noted when the tires are equipment tires. (Continued) inspected. See Tire Inspection 0 340. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 329 Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original of 0310. molded into the sidewall. The equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number example shows a typical GM's specific tire performance passenger vehicle tire sidewall. (TIN) : The letters and numbers criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). GM's TPC specifications meet or The TIN shows the exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire Safety Standards. (6) Uniform Tire Quality (1) Tire Size : The tire size code DOT Tire Date of is a combination of letters and Grading (UTQG) : Tire Manufacture : The last four manufacturers are required to numbers used to define a digits of the TIN indicate the tire particular tire's width, height, grade tires based on three manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, aspect ratio, construction type, digits represent the week and service description. See the traction, and temperature (01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more “Tire Size” illustration later in this the year. For example, the third section. information, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 344. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
330 Vehicle Care (7) Maximum Cold Inflation would mean that the tire's Load Limit : Maximum load that sidewall is 75 percent as high as can be carried and the it is wide. maximum pressure needed to (4) Construction Code : A letter support that load. For code is used to indicate the type information on recommended Passenger (P-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. tire pressure see Tire Pressure The letter R means radial ply 0 333 and (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : 0 construction; the letter D means Vehicle Load Limits 196. The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply (8) Temporary Use Only : Only metric tire sizing system. The construction. use a temporary spare tire until letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the road tire is repaired and the wheel in inches. replaced. This spare tire should vehicle tire engineered to not be driven on over 112 km/h standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) and Rim Association. characters represent the load when pulling a trailer, with the (2) Tire Width : The three-digit index and speed rating of the proper inflation pressure. See number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents Full-Size Spare Tire 0 359. width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed Tire Designations rating is the maximum speed a (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit tire is certified to carry a load. Tire Size number that indicates the tire The example shows a typical height-to-width measurements. passenger vehicle tire size. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item C of the tire illustration, it GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 331 Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric outward on each square inch of designator which can also the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, expressed in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. date of production. Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits accessories. Some examples of 0 196. optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See windows, power seats, and air 0 conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 196. 0 333. Aspect Ratio : The relationship GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, tread. Cords may be made from The side of an asymmetrical tire and coolant, but without that must always face outward steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. materials. when mounted on a vehicle. DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure. signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
332 Vehicle Care Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 333 and vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. 0 Load Index : An assigned Limits 196. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is Speed Rating : An maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can Weight : The sum of curb operate. weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface. production options weight. some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with manufacturer's recommended the road. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 333 Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire { Warning bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires When It Is Time for New Tires that do not have enough air, 0 Vehicle Placard : A label 341. permanently attached to a can result in: UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout. consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure. tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. determined by tire Load Limits 0 196. . Poor handling. manufacturers using government testing procedures. Tire Pressure . Reduced fuel economy. Overinflated tires, or tires that The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of have too much air, can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate 0 result in: Tire Quality Grading 344. effectively. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear. number of designated seating . Poor handling. positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride. cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from Limits 0 196. road hazards. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
334 Vehicle Care The Tire and Loading Do not forget the spare tire, inflation pressure is high, press Information label on the vehicle if the vehicle has one. See on the metal stem in the center indicates the original equipment Full-Size Spare Tire 0 359 for of the tire valve to release air. tires and the correct cold tire additional information. Re-check the tire pressure with inflation pressures. The How to Check the tire gauge. recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the support the vehicle's maximum gauge to check tire pressure. valve stems to keep out dirt and load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be moisture and prevent leaks. Use determined by looking at the tire. only valve caps designed for the For additional information Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold, meaning could be damaged and would vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven not be covered by the vehicle example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no warranty. Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits 0 196. How the Tire Pressure for vehicle is loaded affects vehicle Remove the valve cap from the handling and ride comfort. Never tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation load the vehicle with more gauge firmly onto the valve to weight than it was designed to get a pressure measurement. { Warning If the cold tire inflation pressure carry. Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h matches the recommended When to Check (100 mph) or higher, puts pressure on the Tire and additional strain on tires. Check the pressure of the tires Loading Information label, no Sustained high-speed driving once a month or more. further adjustment is necessary. causes excessive heat buildup If the inflation pressure is low, and can cause sudden tire failure. add air until the recommended (Continued) pressure is reached. If the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 335 Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire Warning (Continued) pressure telltale illuminates, you System should stop and check your tires as This could cause a crash, and The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them you or others could be killed. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a Some high-speed rated tires technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire require inflation pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can adjustment for high-speed the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation operation. When speed limits and transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire road conditions allow the vehicle receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the to be driven at high speeds, make vehicle's handling and stopping Each tire, including the spare (if sure the tires are rated for ability. provided), should be checked high-speed operation, are in monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a excellent condition, and are set to the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire the correct cold tire inflation by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's pressure for the vehicle load. vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has When driving the vehicle at speeds tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. (3 psi) above the recommended tire should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been pressure shown on the Tire and inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction Loading Information label. Return As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the the tires to the recommended cold vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. tire inflation pressure when tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is high-speed driving has ended. See (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 196 and pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure 0 333. of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for under-inflated. approximately one minute and then GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
336 Vehicle Care remain continuously illuminated. Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading This sequence will continue upon Information label. See Vehicle Load subsequent vehicle start-ups as Operation Limits 0 196. long as the malfunction exists. This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in When the malfunction indicator is Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver illuminated, the system may not be The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low able to detect or signal low tire driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the pressure as intended. TPMS condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at malfunctions may occur for a variety mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are of reasons, including the installation assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation of replacement or alternate tires or and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC wheels on the vehicle that prevent sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be the TPMS from functioning properly. the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation telltale after replacing one or more located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information tires or wheels on your vehicle to Center (DIC) 0 144. ensure that the replacement or The low tire pressure warning light alternate tires and wheels allow the may come on in cool weather when TPMS to continue to function the vehicle is first started, and then properly. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This See Tire Pressure Monitor could be an early indicator that the Operation 0 336. air pressure is getting low and When a low tire pressure condition See Radio Frequency Statement needs to be inflated to the proper is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure. 0 405. the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. A Tire and Loading Information label If the warning light comes on, stop shows the size of the original as soon as possible and inflate the equipment tires and the correct tires to the recommended pressure inflation pressure for the tires when GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 337 they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching Limits 0 196, for an example of the Message process was not done or not Tire and Loading Information label completed successfully after and its location. Also see Tire The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The Pressure 0 333. if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after The TPMS can warn about a low system detects a malfunction, the tire pressure condition but it does successfully completing the low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See not replace normal tire flashes for about one minute and maintenance. See Tire Inspection "TPMS Sensor Matching then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section. 0 340, Tire Rotation 0 340 and the ignition cycle. A DIC warning Tires 0 326. message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The Caution message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Tire sealant materials are not all Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and the same. A non-approved tire cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is sealant could damage the TPMS performed successfully. See . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. sensors. TPMS sensor damage replaced with the spare tire. The caused by using an incorrect tire spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do sealant is not covered by the TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment vehicle warranty. Always use only light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the GM approved tire sealant should go off after the road tire other than those recommended available through your dealer or is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from included in the vehicle. matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 342. Matching Process" later in this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
338 Vehicle Care . Operating electronic devices or When the recommended the valve stem. When the being near facilities using radio pressure is reached, the horn recommended pressure is reached, wave frequencies similar to the sounds once and the turn the horn sounds once. TPMS could cause the TPMS signal lamp will stop flashing If the turn signal lamp does not flash sensors to malfunction. and briefly turn solid. within 15 seconds after starting to If the TPMS is not functioning Repeat these steps for all inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has properly, it cannot detect or signal a underinflated tires that have not been activated or is not working. low tire pressure condition. See illuminated the low tire pressure If the hazard warning flashers are your dealer for service if the TPMS warning light. on, the tire fill alert visual feedback malfunction light and DIC message will not work properly. come on and stay on. { Warning The TPMS will not activate the tire Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) Overinflating a tire could cause fill alert properly under the following This feature provides visual and the tire to rupture and you or conditions: audible alerts outside the vehicle to others could be injured. Do not . There is interference from an help when inflating an underinflated exceed the maximum pressure external device or transmitter. tire to the recommended cold tire listed on the tire sidewall. See The air pressure from the pressure. 0 . Tire Sidewall Labeling 329 and inflation device is not sufficient 0 When the low tire pressure warning Vehicle Load Limits 196. to inflate the tire. light comes on: . There is a malfunction in 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level If the tire is overinflated by more the TPMS. place. than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple times and the turn . There is a malfunction in the 2. Set the parking brake firmly. signal lamp will continue to flash for horn or turn signal lamps. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). several seconds after filling stops. . The identification code of the 4. Add air to the tire that is To release and correct the pressure, TPMS sensor is not registered to underinflated. The turn signal while the turn signal lamp is still the system. lamp will flash. flashing, briefly press the center of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 339 . The battery of the TPMS sensor See your dealer for service or to be turned on and off through is low. purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS the Settings menu. See Driver 0 If the tire fill alert does not operate relearn tool can also be purchased. Information Center (DIC) 144. due to TPMS interference, move the See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor 4. Use the DIC controls on the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or Activation Tool at right side of the steering wheel forward and try again. If the tire fill www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or to scroll to the Tire Pressure alert feature is not working, use a call 1-800-GM TOOLS screen under the DIC tire pressure gauge. (1-800-468-6657). info page. There are two minutes to match the V TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and 5. Press and hold in the center Process five minutes overall to match all four of the DIC controls. Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops signal the receiver is in relearn code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted. mode and the TIRE tire/wheel position after rotating the The TPMS sensor matching LEARNING ACTIVE message vehicle’s tires or replacing one or process is: displays on the DIC screen. more of the TPMS sensors. Also, 1. Set the parking brake. 6. Start with the driver side the TPMS sensor matching process front tire. should be performed after replacing 2. Turn the ignition on without a spare tire with a road tire starting the vehicle or place the 7. Place the relearn tool against containing the TPMS sensor. The vehicle in Service Mode. See the tire sidewall, near the valve malfunction light and the DIC Ignition Positions (Keyless stem. Then press the button to message should go off at the next Access) 0 202 or activate the TPMS sensor. ignition cycle. The sensors are Ignition Positions (Key Access) A horn chirp confirms that the matched to the tire/wheel positions, 0 204. sensor identification code has using a TPMS relearn tool, in the been matched to this tire and 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure following order: driver side front tire, wheel position. info page option is turned on. passenger side front tire, passenger The info pages on the DIC can side rear tire, and driver side rear. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
340 Vehicle Care 8. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection Tire Rotation front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See 9. Proceed to the passenger side 0 rear tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 379. procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at Tires are rotated to achieve a least once a month. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear uniform wear for all tires. The tire, and repeat the procedure Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most in Step 7. The horn sounds two . The indicators at three or important. times to indicate the sensor Anytime unusual wear is identification code has been more places around the tire matched to the driver side rear can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon tire, and the TPMS sensor . There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire matching process is no longer showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for active. The TIRE LEARNING rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the ACTIVE message on the DIC unusual wear continues after the display screen goes off. . The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel 11. Turn the vehicle off. cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 341 and 12. Set all four tires to the fabric. 0 recommended air pressure Wheel Replacement 346. level as indicated on the Tire . The tire has a bump, bulge, and Loading Information label. or split. . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 341 Check that all wheel nuts are buildup. Do not get grease on properly tightened. See “Wheel the wheel mounting surface or Nut Torque” under Capacities on the wheel nuts or bolts. and Specifications 0 393, and “Removing the Flat Tire and When It Is Time for New Installing the Spare Tire” under Tires Tire Changing 0 349. Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, { Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can Use this rotation pattern when make wheel nuts become loose rotating the tires. after time. The wheel could come Do not include the spare tire in off and cause a crash. When the tire rotation. changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the Adjust the front and rear tires to wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the recommended inflation an emergency, a cloth or a paper pressure on the Tire and towel can be used; however, use Loading Information label after a scraper or wire brush later to the tires have been rotated. See remove all rust or dirt. Tire Pressure 0 333 and 0 Vehicle Load Limits 196. Lightly coat the inner diameter of Treadwear indicators are one way to Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor the wheel hub opening with tell when it is time for new tires. System. See Tire Pressure wheel bearing grease after a Treadwear indicators appear when Monitor Operation 0 336. wheel change or tire rotation to the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) prevent corrosion or rust or less of tread remaining. Some GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
342 Vehicle Care commercial truck tires may not have Vehicle Storage GM strongly recommends treadwear indicators. See Tire Tires age when stored normally buying tires with the same TPC Inspection 0 340 and mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Spec rating. Tire Rotation 0 340 for additional a vehicle that will be stored for at information. GM's exclusive TPC Spec least a month in a cool, dry, clean system considers over a dozen The rubber in tires ages over time. area away from direct sunlight to critical specifications that impact This also applies to the spare tire, slow aging. This area should be free if the vehicle has one, even if it is of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the never used. Multiple factors substances that can deteriorate vehicle, including brake system including temperatures, loading rubber. performance, ride and handling, conditions, and inflation pressure traction control, and tire Parking for an extended period can maintenance affect how fast aging cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring takes place. GM recommends that may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec tires, including the spare if driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's equipped, be replaced after six at least a month, remove the tires or sidewall near the tire size. If the years, regardless of tread wear. To raise the vehicle to reduce the tires have an all-season tread identify the age of a tire, use the tire weight from the tires. manufacture date which is the last design, the TPC Spec number four digits of the DOT Tire will be followed by MS for mud Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall 0 molded into one side of the tire GM has developed and matched Labeling 329 for additional sidewall. The first two digits specific tires for the vehicle. The information. represent the week (01-52) and the original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. 2010 would have a four-digit DOT Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the system rating. When performance of the vehicle. replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 343 performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not { Warning { Warning replaced at the same time. Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the If proper rotation and tread patterns, or types on the vehicle may cause the wheel maintenance have been done, same axle may cause loss of rim flanges to develop cracks all four tires should wear out at control of the vehicle, resulting after many miles of driving. about the same time. See Tire in a crash or other vehicle A tire and/or wheel could fail 0 Rotation 340 for information damage. Use the same size, suddenly and cause a crash. on proper tire rotation. However, load range, and type of tires Use only radial-ply tires with if it is necessary to replace only as the original tires. the wheels on the vehicle. one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. This vehicle may have a different size spare than the Winter tires with the same speed { Warning road tires originally installed rating as the original equipment on the vehicle. When new, the tires may not be available for H, Tires could explode during vehicle included a spare tire V, W, Y and ZR speed rated improper service. Attempting and wheel assembly with a tires. Never exceed the winter to mount or dismount a tire similar overall diameter as the tires’ maximum speed capability could cause injury or death. road tires and wheels, so it is when using winter tires with a Only your dealer or authorized all right to drive on it. The lower speed rating. tire service center should spare tire was developed for If the vehicle tires must be mount or dismount the tires. use on this vehicle and will not replaced with a tire that does not affect vehicle handling. have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
344 Vehicle Care Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and could give an inaccurate affected. temperature performance. This low-pressure warning if non-TPC applies only to vehicles sold in Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning the United States. The grades See Tire Pressure Monitor are molded on the sidewalls of If different sized wheels are used, System 0 335. most passenger car tires. The there may not be an acceptable The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires, vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with 0 196 for the label location and and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of more information about the Tire specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), and Loading Information label. developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production have them properly installed by a tires. Different Size Tires and GM certified technician. While the tires available on Wheels General Motors passenger cars See Buying New Tires 0 342 and and light trucks may vary with If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they are a different size than the original 0 283. equipment wheels and tires, vehicle must also conform to federal safety requirements and performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality ride and handling characteristics, additional General Motors Tire stability, and resistance to rollover Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards. electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 345 Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving Temperature where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and The temperature grades are A sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road (the highest), B, and C, and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. representing the tire's resistance example: Traction to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when Treadwear 200 Traction AA The traction grades, from Temperature A tested under controlled highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. controlled conditions on and reduce tire life, and specified government test Treadwear excessive temperature can lead surfaces of asphalt and to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on under the Federal Motor Safety specified government test straight-ahead braking traction Standard No. 109. Grades B and course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include A represent higher levels of graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, performance on the laboratory one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction test wheel than the minimum the government course as a tire characteristics. graded 100. The relative required by law. Warning: The performance of tires depends temperature grade for this tire is upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is their use, however, and may properly inflated and not depart significantly from the overloaded. Excessive speed, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
346 Vehicle Care underinflation, or excessive Wheel Replacement loading, either separately or in { Warning Replace any wheel that is bent, combination, can cause heat cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could Wheel Alignment and Tire wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of Balance If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air, Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing The tires and wheels were aligned repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist. provide the longest tire life and best wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel overall performance. Adjustments to Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement. wheel alignment and tire balancing wheel that is needed. are not necessary on a regular Each new wheel should have the basis. Consider an alignment check same load-carrying capacity, Caution if there is unusual tire wear or the diameter, width, offset, and be vehicle is significantly pulling to one mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause side or the other. Some slight pull to replaces. problems with bearing life, brake the left or right, depending on the cooling, speedometer or crown of the road and/or other road Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp surface variations such as troughs aim, bumper height, vehicle or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is System (TPMS) sensors with new ground clearance, and tire or tire vibrating when driving on a smooth GM original equipment parts. chain clearance to the body and road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer chassis. for proper diagnosis. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 347 Used Replacement Wheels Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
{ Warning parts. The area damaged by the when necessary. Use chains that tire chains could cause loss of are the proper size for the tires. Replacing a wheel with a used control and a crash. Install them on the rear tires only. one is dangerous. How it has Do not use chains on the front been used or how far it has been Use another type of traction tires. Tighten them as tightly as driven may be unknown. It could device only if its manufacturer possible with the ends securely fail suddenly and cause a crash. recommends it for the vehicle's fastened. Drive slowly and follow When replacing wheels, use a tire size combination and road the chain manufacturer's new GM original equipment conditions. Follow that instructions. If the chains contact wheel. manufacturer's instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the vehicle, stop and retighten and readjust or remove the them. If the contact continues, Tire Chains traction device if it is contacting slow down until it stops. Driving the vehicle. Do not spin the too fast or spinning the wheels { Warning wheels. with chains on will damage the vehicle. If the vehicle has 265/65R18, If traction devices are used, install them on the rear tires. P265/65R18, P275/55R20, If a Tire Goes Flat or P285/45R22 size tires, do not use tire chains. There is not It is unusual for a tire to blowout enough clearance. Tire chains Caution while driving, especially if the tires used on a vehicle without the are maintained properly. If air goes proper amount of clearance can If the vehicle has P255/70R17 or out of a tire, it is much more likely to cause damage to the brakes, P265/70R17 size tires, use tire leak out slowly. But if there ever is a suspension, or other vehicle chains only where legal and only blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do: (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
348 Vehicle Care If a front tire fails, the flat tire If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Warning (Continued) and wheel damage by driving slowly toward that side. Take your foot off to a level place, well off the road, the accelerator pedal and grip the that has been driven on while if possible. Turn on the hazard steering wheel firmly. Steer to severely underinflated or flat. warning flashers. See Hazard maintain lane position, and then Have your dealer or an authorized Warning Flashers 0 168. gently brake to a stop, well off the tire service center repair or road, if possible. replace the flat tire as soon as { Warning possible. A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and Changing a tire can be may require the same correction as dangerous. The vehicle can slip used in a skid. Stop pressing the { Warning off the jack and roll over or fall accelerator pedal and steer to causing injury or death. Find a straighten the vehicle. It may be Lifting a vehicle and getting under level place to change the tire. To very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake it to do maintenance or repairs is help prevent the vehicle from to a stop, well off the road, dangerous without the moving: if possible. appropriate safety equipment and 1. Set the parking brake firmly. training. If a jack is provided with { Warning the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). changing a flat tire. If it is used for Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could 3. For vehicles with four-wheel permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the drive with an N (Neutral) Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transfer case position, be driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only sure the transfer case is in a underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire. drive gear — not in blowout and a serious crash. N (Neutral). Never attempt to re-inflate a tire (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 349
Warning (Continued) 4. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 5. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) the tire at the opposite 2. Flat Tire corner of the tire being The following information explains changed. how to use the jack and change 1. Jack Knob a tire. 2. Wing Nut Retaining the When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Wheel Blocks use the following example as a Tire Changing 3. Wing Nut Retaining the guide to assist in the placement of Tool Bag the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Before changing a flat tire, see “Hands-Free Operation” under Liftgate 0 27. Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment needed to change a flat tire is stored in the rear of the vehicle, on the driver side, behind a door in the trim panel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
350 Vehicle Care 4. Turn the jack knob (1) To access the spare tire, refer to the counterclockwise to release the following graphics and instructions: jack and wheel blocks from the bracket. 5. Turn the wing nut retaining the wheel blocks (2) counterclockwise to remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer. Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim panel door. The third row driver side seat may need to be folded to 1. Hoist Assembly access the trim panel door. 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access 2. Lift the acoustic pad to access Cover/Hole the jack and tools. 4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Turn the wing nut retaining the 5. Wheel Wrench tool bag (3) counterclockwise to 6. Spare Tire Lock remove it. 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool Pull the tool bag toward the 1. Jack 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole front of the vehicle and lift the 2. Wheel Blocks 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem rear portion of the bag upward 3. Jack Handle Pointed Down) to remove it. 4. Jack Handle Extensions 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 5. Wheel Wrench 11. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 351 1. Open the hoist shaft access 4. Insert the open end of the door (3) on the bumper to extension (7) through the hole access the spare tire lock (6). in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole). Be sure the hoist end of the extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. 3. Assemble the two jack handle If equipped with a hitch cover, Continue to turn the wheel extensions (4) and wheel wrench until the spare tire can turn the hitch cover retainers wrench (5), as shown. counterclockwise and pull the be pulled out from under the cover downward to remove it vehicle. before removing the hoist shaft 6. Pull the spare tire out from access door. under the vehicle. 2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
352 Vehicle Care 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer.
2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel fasteners, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot 3. Use the wheel wrench to Tilt the retainer and pull it and on the wheel and gently pry the loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn the cable and spring through cap out. the wheel wrench the center of the wheel. If the wheel has a bolt-on hub counterclockwise to loosen the 8. Put the spare tire near the cap, loosen the plastic nut caps wheel nuts. Do not remove the flat tire. by turning the wheel wrench wheel nuts yet. counterclockwise. The plastic Removing the Flat Tire and nut caps will be retained in the { Warning Installing the Spare Tire hub cap after it is removed 1. Do a safety check before from the wheel. To avoid personal injury and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes vehicle damage, disable the Flat 0 347 for more information. power assist steps before using a jack or placing an object under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 0 32. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 353 ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground.
Jacking Locations (Overall View) 4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown. Left Front Shown, Right Front Similar Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, Rear Position use the jack handle and only Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is one jack handle extension. on a rear tire of the vehicle, Attach the wheel wrench to the use the jack handle (2) and jack handle extension. Attach both jack handle the jack handle to the jack. extensions (3). Attach the Position the jack on the frame wheel wrench (4) to the jack behind the flat tire where the handle extensions (3). Attach frame sections overlap. Turn the jack handle (2) to the the wheel wrench clockwise to jack (1). Use the jacking raise the vehicle. Raise the pad (5) provided on the rear vehicle far enough off the axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4) clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
354 Vehicle Care off the ground so there is 7. Remove any rust or dirt from enough room for the spare tire the wheel bolts, mounting to clear the ground. surfaces, and spare wheel.
{ Warning { Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the lifted on a jack is dangerous. parts to which it is fastened, can If the vehicle slips off the jack, make wheel nuts become loose you could be badly injured or after time. The wheel could come killed. Never get under a vehicle off and cause a crash. When when it is supported only by changing a wheel, remove any a jack. 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In 6. Take off the flat tire. an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use { Warning a scraper or wire brush later to Raising the vehicle with the jack remove all rust or dirt. improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even 8. Put the wheel nuts back on make the vehicle fall. To help with the rounded end of the avoid personal injury and vehicle nuts toward the wheel after damage, be sure to fit the jack lift mounting the spare tire. head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 355
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Never use oil or grease on bolts aftermarket manufacturer when or nuts because the nuts might using accessory locking wheel come loose. The vehicle's wheel nuts. See Capacities and could fall off, causing a crash. Specifications 0 393 for original equipment wheel nut torque 9. Tighten each wheel nut by specifications. hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against Caution the hub. 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a 10. Turn the wheel wrench crisscross sequence as shown Improperly tightened wheel nuts counterclockwise to lower the by turning the wheel wrench can lead to brake pulsation and vehicle. Lower the jack clockwise. rotor damage. To avoid expensive completely. brake repairs, evenly tighten the { Warning wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper Wheel nuts that are improperly or torque specification. See incorrectly tightened can cause Capacities and Specifications the wheels to become loose or 0 393 for the wheel nut torque come off. The wheel nuts should specification. be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification When reinstalling the regular wheel after replacing. Follow the torque and tire, also reinstall either the specification supplied by the center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, (Continued) depending on which one the vehicle has. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
356 Vehicle Care . For center caps, line up the tab on the center cap with the slot in { Warning Caution the wheel. The cap only goes in one way. Place the cap on the Failure to follow these tire storage The tire hoist can be damaged if wheel and press until it snaps instructions carefully could result there is no tension on the cable into place. in personal injury or property when using it. To have the damage if the hoist cable fails or necessary tension, the spare or . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the if the tire comes loose. Make sure road tire and wheel assembly plastic nut caps with the wheel the tire is stored securely before must be installed on the tire hoist nuts and tighten clockwise by driving. to use it. hand to get them started. Then tighten with the wheel wrench until snug. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Caution { Warning and Tools Storing an aluminum wheel with a An improperly stored spare tire flat tire under your vehicle for an could come loose and cause a { Warning extended period of time or with crash. To avoid personal injury or the valve stem pointing up can property damage, always store Storing a jack, a tire, or other damage the wheel. Always stow the spare tire when the vehicle is equipment in the passenger the wheel with the valve stem parked on a level surface. compartment of the vehicle could pointing down and have the cause injury. In a sudden stop or wheel/tire repaired as soon as Store the tire under the rear of the collision, loose equipment could possible. strike someone. Store all these in vehicle in the spare tire carrier. the proper place. Refer to the following graphics and instructions: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 357 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at 3. Assemble the two jack handle the rear of the vehicle with the extensions (4) and wheel valve stem pointed down, and wrench (5). to the rear. 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Caution Separate the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin Use of an air wrench or other through the center of the power tools with the hoist wheel. Tilt the retainer down mechanism is not recommended through the center wheel and could damage the system. opening. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism. Make sure the retainer is fully 1. Hoist Assembly seated across the underside of 2. Hoist Shaft the wheel. 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
358 Vehicle Care 4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored extension (7) through the hole securely. Push, pull, and then in the rear bumper (8) (hoist try to turn the tire. If the tire shaft access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench 5. Raise the tire part way upward. to tighten the cable. Make sure the retainer is Repeat this tightness check seated in the wheel opening. procedure when checking the 6. Raise the tire fully against the spare tire pressure according underside of the vehicle by to the scheduled maintenance turning the wheel wrench information or any time the clockwise until you hear two spare tire is handled due to clicks or feel it skip twice. The service of other components. Incorrectly Stored cable cannot be overtightened. 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover. If equipped, reinstall the hitch cover and turn the retainers clockwise. To store the tools: 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the Correctly Stored tool bag. 2. Assemble the wheel blocks and jack together with the wing nut. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 359 3. Position the jack and wheel If equipped with a temporary use This spare tire was developed for blocks in the driver side trim full-size spare tire, it is indicated on use on this vehicle, so it is all right panel over the wheelhouse. the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall to drive on it. If the vehicle has 0 4. Turn the jack knob clockwise Labeling 329. This spare tire four-wheel drive and a different size until the jack is secured tight in should not be driven on over spare tire is installed, drive only in the mounting bracket. Be sure 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h two-wheel drive. to position the holes in the (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at After installing the spare tire on the base of the jack onto the pin in the proper inflation pressure. Repair vehicle, stop as soon as possible the mounting bracket. and replace the road tire as soon as and check that the spare tire is it is convenient, and stow the spare correctly inflated. 5. Use the retaining bracket to tire for future use. fasten the tool bag on the stud Have the damaged or flat road tire and turn the wing nut clockwise Caution repaired or replaced and installed to secure. back onto the vehicle as soon as 6. Close the trim panel door. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive possible so the spare tire will be and a different size spare tire is available in case it is needed again. Full-Size Spare Tire installed, do not drive in Do not mix tires and wheels of four-wheel drive until the flat tire different sizes, because they will not If this vehicle came with a full-size is repaired and/or replaced. The fit. Keep your spare tire and its spare tire, it was fully inflated when vehicle could be damaged and wheel together. If the vehicle has a new, however, it can lose air over the repairs would not be covered spare tire that does not match the time. Check the inflation pressure by the warranty. Never use original road tires and wheels in size regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 333 four-wheel drive when a different and type, do not include the spare in and the tire rotation. Vehicle Load Limits 0 196. For size spare tire is installed on the instructions on how to remove, vehicle. install, or store a spare tire, see Tire Changing 0 349. The vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires originally installed on the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
360 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information Ignoring these steps could result America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ in costly damage to the vehicle passenger-vehicle. that would not be covered by the For more information about the vehicle warranty. Trying to start vehicle battery, see Battery - North the vehicle by pushing or pulling it America 0 305. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 282 and the back will not work, and it could damage If the vehicle's battery has run cover. the vehicle. down, you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to 1. Check the other vehicle. start your vehicle. Be sure to use { Warning It must have a 12-volt battery the following steps to do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can with a negative ground system. be dangerous because: { Warning . They contain acid that can Caution WARNING: Battery posts, burn you. If the other vehicle does not have terminals, and related . They contain gas that can a 12-volt system with a negative accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite. ground, both vehicles can be compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough damaged. Only use a vehicle that the State of California to cause electricity to burn you. has a 12-volt system with a cancer and birth defects or other negative ground for jump starting. reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these the State of California to cause things can hurt you. 2. Get the vehicles close enough cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER so the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles (Continued) are not touching each other. If they are, it could cause an GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 361 unwanted ground connection. For more information on the You would not be able to start Caution (Continued) location of the remote your vehicle, and the bad positive (+) and remote grounding could damage the warranty. Whenever possible, turn negative (−) terminals, see electrical systems. off or unplug all accessories on Engine Compartment Overview either vehicle when jump starting. 0 To avoid the possibility of the 286. vehicles rolling, set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles 3. Turn the ignition off on both { Warning involved in the jump start vehicles. Unplug unnecessary procedure. Put the automatic accessories plugged into the An electric fan can start up even transmission in P (Park) or a accessory power outlets. Turn when the engine is not running manual transmission in Neutral off the radio and all the lamps and can injure you. Keep hands, before setting the parking that are not needed. This will clothing, and tools away from any brake. For vehicles with avoid sparks and help save underhood electric fan. four-wheel-drive with a both batteries. And it could N (Neutral) transfer case save the radio! position, be sure the transfer 4. Open the hood on the other { Warning case is in a drive gear — not vehicle and locate the N (Neutral). positive (+) and negative (−) Using a match near a battery can terminal locations on that cause battery gas to explode. Caution vehicle. People have been hurt doing this, The positive (+) terminal is and some have been blinded. If any accessories are left on or under a red plastic cover at the Use a flashlight if you need more plugged in during the jump positive battery post. To light. starting procedure, they could be uncover the positive (+) damaged. The repairs would not terminal, open the red plastic Battery fluid contains acid that be covered by the vehicle cover. can burn you. Do not get it on (Continued) you. If you accidentally get it in (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
362 Vehicle Care metal engine part or to a 7. Do not let the other end touch Warning (Continued) remote negative (−) terminal if metal. Connect it to the the vehicle has one. positive (+) terminal of the your eyes or on your skin, flush Do not connect positive (+) to good battery. Use a remote the place with water and get positive (+) terminal if the medical help immediately. negative (−) or you will get a short that would damage the vehicle has one. battery and maybe other parts 8. Connect the black negative (−) too. And do not connect the cable to the negative (−) { Warning negative (−) cable to the terminal of the good battery. negative (−) terminal on the Use a remote negative (−) Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can terminal if the vehicle has one. parts can injure you badly. Keep cause sparks. Do not let the other end touch your hands away from moving anything until the next step. parts once the engine is running.
5. Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles could be damaged too. Before you connect the cables, here are some basic things you should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if the 6. Connect the red positive (+) vehicle has one. Negative (−) cable to the positive (+) will go to a heavy, unpainted 9. Connect the other end of the terminal of the vehicle with the negative (−) cable to the metal dead battery. bracket that is bolted to the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 363 engine and supports the Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle resonator, on the vehicle with Reverse the sequence exactly when the dead battery. removing the jumper cables. Caution 10. Start the vehicle with the good After starting the disabled vehicle battery and run the engine for a and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled while. allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The 11. Try to start the vehicle that had damage would not be covered by the dead battery. If it will not the vehicle warranty. Do not lash start after a few tries, it or hook to suspension probably needs service. components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure Caution the vehicle. Do not drag a locked wheel/tire. Use tire skates or If the jumper cables are dollies under any locked wheel/ connected or removed in the tire while loading the vehicle. Do wrong order, electrical shorting not use a sling type lift to tow the may occur and damage the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be vehicle. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do Caution not touch each other or other If the vehicle cannot be shifted metal. into Neutral (N), do not use the tow eye to tow the vehicle. Vehicle damage may occur. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
364 Vehicle Care GM recommends a flatbed tow truck surface. Do not use these . Before towing the vehicle, to transport a disabled vehicle. Use attachment points to pull the vehicle become familiar with the local ramps to help reduce approach from snow, mud or sand. laws that apply to recreational angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle towing. These laws may vehicle should have its drive wheels Recreational Vehicle vary by region. off the ground. Contact Roadside Towing . What is the towing capacity of Assistance or a professional towing the towing vehicle? Be sure to Recreational vehicle towing means service if the disabled vehicle must read the tow vehicle towing the vehicle behind another be towed. manufacturer's vehicle, such as a motor home. The recommendations. Front Attachment Points two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are . What is the distance that will be dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy traveled? Some vehicles have towing is towing the vehicle with all restrictions on how far and how four wheels on the ground. Dolly long they can tow. towing is towing the vehicle with two . Is the proper towing equipment wheels on the ground and two going to be used? See your wheels on a dolly. dealer or trailering professional Follow the tow vehicle for additional advice and manufacturer’s instructions. See equipment recommendations. your dealer or trailering professional . Is the vehicle ready to be for additional advice and equipment towed? Just as preparing the recommendations. vehicle for a long trip, make sure Here are some important things to the vehicle is prepared to be The vehicle is equipped with consider before recreational vehicle towed. specific attachment points to be towing: used to pull the vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat road GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 365 Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive Caution Caution vehicles with a two speed transfer case that have a N (Neutral) and a 4 Use of a shield mounted in front If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is n setting. of the vehicle grille could restrict towed with all four wheels on the airflow and cause damage to the ground, the drivetrain { Warning transmission. The repairs would components could be damaged. not be covered by the vehicle The repairs would not be covered Shifting a four-wheel-drive warranty. If using a shield, only by the vehicle warranty. vehicle's transfer case into use one that attaches to the N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle towing vehicle. Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not to roll even if the transmission is be towed with all four wheels on the in P (Park). You or others could Dinghy Towing ground. be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles to N (Neutral).
To dinghy tow: 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
366 Vehicle Care 4. Shift the transfer case to 7. Shift the transmission to Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle N (Neutral). See “Shifting into P (Park). Before disconnecting the towed N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel vehicle: Drive 0 219. Check that the Caution vehicle is in N (Neutral) by 1. Park on a level surface. starting the engine and shifting If the steering column is locked, 2. Set the parking brake, then the transmission to vehicle damage may occur. shift the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D P (Park). (Drive). There should be no movement of the vehicle while 8. Move the steering wheel to 3. Connect the battery. make sure the steering column shifting. 4. Apply the brake pedal. is unlocked. 5. Shift the transmission into 5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 9. With a foot on the brake pedal, D (Drive). Turn the engine off. with the engine off. Shift the release the parking brake. transfer case out of N (Neutral) Caution 10. Keep the ignition key in the to 2 m. See “Shifting out of towed vehicle in ACC/ N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Failure to disconnect the negative ACCESSORY to prevent the Drive 0 219. See your dealer if battery cable or to have it contact steering column from locking. the transfer case cannot be the terminals can cause damage If equipped with Keyless shifted out of N (Neutral). to the vehicle. Access, keep the RKE transmitter outside of the 6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m vehicle, and manually lock the by starting the engine and 6. Disconnect the negative doors. Access the vehicle as if shifting the transmission to battery cable at the battery and it has a dead RKE transmitter R (Reverse) and then to D secure the nut and bolt. Cover battery, by using the key in the (Drive). There should be the negative battery post with a door lock. movement of the vehicle while non-conductive material to shifting. prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 367 7. Shift the transmission to Appearance Care P (Park) and turn off the ignition. Exterior Care 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle. Locks 9. Release the parking brake. Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when 10. Reset any lost presets. absolutely necessary, and have the The outside temperature locks greased after using. See display will default to 0 °C (32 ° Recommended Fluids and F) but will reset with normal Lubricants 0 388. usage. Washing the Vehicle Dolly Towing Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish, Do not tow this vehicle with two wash it often and out of direct wheels on the ground, or vehicle sunlight. damage could occur. This damage would not be covered by Caution the vehicle warranty. Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning Dolly towing this vehicle is not agents as they can damage the allowed with either the front or the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic rear tires on the ground for parts. If damage occurs, it would two-wheel drive or four-wheel drive, regardless of transfer case. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
368 Vehicle Care have the damage assessed and Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can safety precautions, and damage the vehicle's finish if they appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible. windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign Caution Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car matter. Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they your dealer for approved cleaning 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface, products. in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur. Caution spotting. Finish Care Do not power wash any component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/wax materials is not has this symbol. e recommended. If painted surfaces (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 369 The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome or Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and stainless steel. To prevent damage Stripes Machine compounding or always follow these cleaning aggressive polishing on a instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish soft cloth, and a car washing soap may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes. that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution. Follow instructions under "Washing clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome section. or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic, cleaners are highly acidic or To keep the paint finish looking new, and some have a UV protective contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings. covered whenever possible. when dry. . Always dilute a concentrated Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Do not use any of the following on cleaner according to the lamp covers: Moldings manufacturer’s instructions. . Abrasive or caustic agents. . Do not use cleaners that are not Caution intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer. in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish. This damage would not be . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, covered by the vehicle warranty. or other harsh cleaners. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
370 Vehicle Care . Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a covers while the lamps are clean cloth. See Recommended Clean the outside of the windshield illuminated, due to excessive Fluids and Lubricants 0 388. with glass cleaner. heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the Caution cover that would not be covered blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and by the vehicle warranty. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle streaking. may damage the paint finish and/ Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any caused by extreme dusty Using wax on low gloss black overspray from all painted conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, finish stripes can increase the surfaces on the vehicle. snow, and ice. gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips Wheels and Wheel Trim gloss stripes with soap and Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Use a soft, clean cloth with mild water only. weatherstrips to make them last soap and water to clean the wheels. longer, seal better, and not stick or After rinsing thoroughly with clean Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at water, dry with a soft, clean towel. least once a year. Hot, dry climates A wax may then be applied. Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 371 For 1500 Series vehicles, at least Caution Caution (Continued) every other oil change lubricate the outer tie rod ends. Chrome wheels and chrome Damage could occur and the wheel trim may be damaged if the repairs would not be covered by Control arm ball joints on 1500 vehicle is not washed after driving the vehicle warranty. Series vehicles are on roads that have been sprayed maintenance-free. with magnesium chloride or Brake System calcium chloride. These are used Caution on roads for conditions such as Visually inspect brake lines and dust and ice. Always wash the hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Lubrication of applicable steering/ chrome with soap and water after leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect suspension points should not be exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors done unless the temperature is for surface condition. Inspect drum −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, brake linings/shoes for wear or or damage could result. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. Caution Steering, Suspension, and Body Component Lubrication To avoid surface damage on Chassis Components Lubricate all key lock cylinders, wheels and wheel trim, do not Visually inspect steering, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis fuel door hinge and power assist abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose, step hinges, unless the components or brushes. Use only GM or missing parts or signs of wear at are plastic. Applying silicone grease approved cleaners. Do not drive least once a year. on weatherstrips with a clean cloth the vehicle through an automatic will make them last longer, seal Inspect power steering for proper better, and not stick or squeak. car wash that uses silicon carbide attachment, connections, binding, tire/wheel cleaning brushes. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. (Continued) Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
372 Vehicle Care Underbody Maintenance Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the At least twice a year, spring and fall, protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild use plain water to flush any vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove corrosive materials from the hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect underbody. Take care to thoroughly Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or clean any areas where mud and permanent damage may result. other debris can collect. If equipped Quickly repair minor chips and with power assist steps, extend scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed them and then use a high pressure available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to wash to clean all joints and gaps. corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply damage can be corrected in your all cleaners directly to the cleaning Do not directly power wash the dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any transfer case and/or front/rear axle switches or controls. Remove output seals. High pressure water Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly. can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and fluid will decrease the life of the causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the transfer case and/or axles and discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior, should be replaced. dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation. Sheet Metal Damage surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean If the vehicle is damaged and the interior using the following requires sheet metal repair or Interior Care cleaners or techniques: replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion To prevent dirt particle abrasions, . Never use a razor or any other material to parts repaired or regularly clean the vehicle's interior. sharp object to remove soil from replaced to restore corrosion Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface. protection. Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles. interior. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 373 . Never rub any surface Fabric/Carpet/Suede aggressively or with too much Caution Start by vacuuming the surface pressure. To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a . Do not use laundry detergents or abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is dishwashing soaps with glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor degreasers. For liquid cleaners, aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently use approximately 20 drops per the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. possible: A concentrated soap solution will . Gently blot liquids with a paper create streaks and attract dirt. Cleaning the windshield with water towel. Continue blotting until no Do not use solutions that contain during the first three to six months more soil can be removed. strong or caustic soap. of ownership will reduce tendency to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much . Do not heavily saturate the as possible prior to vacuuming. upholstery when cleaning. Speaker Covers To clean: . Do not use solvents or cleaners Vacuum around a speaker cover containing solvents. gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Interior Glass be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is To clean, use a terry cloth fabric recommended to prevent lint dampened with water. Wipe droplets Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. left behind with a clean dry cloth. Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by If necessary, use a commercial . When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does glass cleaner after cleaning with not drip from the cleaning cloth. plain water. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the . When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
374 Vehicle Care to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, prevent forcing the soil in to the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, fabric. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and 4. Continue gently rubbing the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces longer any color transfer from use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth the soil to the cleaning cloth. dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove 5. If the soil is not completely Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more removed, use a mild soap microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft solution followed only by plain cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a water. hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. separately, using mild soap. Do not If the soil is not completely use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse removed, it may be necessary to Caution thoroughly and air dry before use a commercial upholstery next use. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Soaking or saturating leather, hidden area for colorfastness before especially perforated leather, as using a commercial upholstery Caution well as other interior surfaces, cleaner or spot lifter. If ring may cause permanent damage. Do not attach a device with a formation occurs, clean the entire Wipe excess moisture from these fabric or carpet. suction cup to the display. This surfaces after cleaning and allow may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use After cleaning, use a paper towel to not be covered by the vehicle blot excess moisture. heat, steam, or spot removers. Do warranty. not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Vehicle Care 375 Cargo Cover and Floor Mats Caution (Continued) Convenience Net the appearance and feel of If equipped, wash with warm water { Warning leather or soft trim, and are not and mild detergent. Do not use recommended. chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold If a floor mat is the wrong size or water, and then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts Interference with the pedals can gloss, especially on the instrument Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration panel. Reflected glare can decrease and/or increased stopping visibility through the windshield distance which can cause a crash under certain conditions. { Warning and injury. Make sure the floor Do not bleach or dye seat belt mat does not interfere with the Caution webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage: rinse seat belt webbing only with freshener comes in contact with . The original equipment floor any plastic or painted surface in mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your the vehicle, blot immediately and vehicle. If the floor mats need clean with a soft cloth dampened replacing, it is recommended with a mild soap solution. that GM certified floor mats be Damage caused by air fresheners purchased. Non-GM floor mats would not be covered by the may not fit properly and may vehicle warranty. interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
376 Vehicle Care . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat top of another. retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Pull up on the rear of the driver side Verify the floor mat does not floor mat to unlock each retainer interfere with the pedals. and remove. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 377 General Information for routine maintenance such as oil Service and changes and tire rotations and Maintenance Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper the required maintenance for the blades. General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help General Information ...... 377 protect against major repair Caution expenses resulting from neglect or Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule ...... 379 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services repairs and may not be covered responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 384 Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition. and Care ...... 385 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, Lubricants ...... 388 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage Parts ...... 390 the vehicle, requiring expensive Your dealer recognizes the repairs that are not covered by Maintenance Records importance of providing Maintenance Records ...... 391 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty. and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
378 Service and Maintenance The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. See Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fuel (L83 5.3L { Warning vehicle owner. It is recommended to V8 Engine) 0 254 or have your dealer perform these Recommended Fuel (L86 6.2L Performing maintenance work can services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. V8 Engine) 0 254. be dangerous and can cause serious injury. Perform Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Refer to the information in the keep the vehicle in good working maintenance work only if the Maintenance Schedule Additional required information, proper tools, condition, improves fuel economy, Required Services - Normal chart. and reduces vehicle emissions. and equipment are available. The Additional Required Services - If they are not, see your dealer to Because of the way people use Severe are for vehicles that are: have a trained technician do the vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic work. See Doing Your Own There may need to be more 0 frequent checks and services. The in hot weather. Service Work 283. Additional Required Services - . Mainly driven in hilly or Normal are for vehicles that: mountainous terrain. . Carry passengers and cargo . Frequently towing a trailer. within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information . Used for high speed or label. See Vehicle Load Limits competitive driving. 0 196. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery . Are driven on reasonable road service. surfaces within legal driving Refer to the information in the limits. Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe chart. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 379 Maintenance filter must be changed at least once Tire Rotation and Required a year and the oil life system must Services Every 12 000 km/ Schedule be reset. Your trained dealer 7,500 mi technician can perform this work. Owner Checks and Services If the engine oil life system is reset Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the following services. See Tire 0 . Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life Rotation 340. Engine Oil 0 289. system when the oil is changed. . Check engine oil level and oil 0 Once a Month See Engine Oil Life System 291. life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation Extended Idle Use reset oil life system. See Engine pressures, including the spare. When the vehicle is used in a way Oil 0 289 and See Tire Pressure 0 333. that requires extended idle time, Engine Oil Life System 0 291. . Inspect the tires for wear. See one hour of use shall be deemed . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection 0 340. the same as 53 km (33 mi). See Cooling System 0 297. Driver Information Center (DIC) . Check the windshield washer 0 . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid 144 for hourmeter. level. See Washer Fluid 0 302. 0 302. Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every Seven Years) . Check tire inflation pressures, Engine Oil Change including the spare. See Tire When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL The air conditioning system requires Pressure 0 333. SOON message displays, have the maintenance every seven years. This service requires replacement of . Inspect tire wear. See Tire engine oil and filter changed within Inspection 0 340. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the desiccant to help the longevity under the best conditions, the and efficient operation of the air . Visually check for fluid leaks. engine oil life system may not conditioning system. This service . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. indicate the need for vehicle service can be complex. See your dealer. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter for up to a year. The engine oil and 0 296. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
380 Service and Maintenance . Inspect brake system. See . Check restraint system ability of the strut. If the hold Exterior Care 0 367. components. See Safety System open is low, service the gas 0 0 . Visually inspect steering, Check 71. strut. See Gas Strut(s) 310. suspension, and chassis . Visually inspect fuel system for . Inspect sunroof track and seal, components for damage, damage or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 44. including cracks or tears in the . Visually inspect exhaust system . Verify spare tire key lock rubber boots, loose or missing and nearby heat shields for operation and lubricate as parts, or signs of wear at least loose or damaged parts. needed. See Tire Changing once a year. See Exterior Care 0 349. 0 367. Lubricate the suspension . Lubricate body components. See and steering components at Exterior Care 0 367. . Visually inspect the spare tire to least every other oil change (if . Check starter switch. See Starter ensure that it is tightly stowed equipped with grease fittings). Switch Check 0 308. under the vehicle. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the . Inspect power steering for . Check ignition transmission lock. spare tire moves, tighten as proper attachment, connections, See Ignition Transmission Lock necessary. See Tire Changing binding, leaks, cracks, Check 0 308. 0 349. chafing, etc. . Check parking brake and . Visually inspect halfshafts and automatic transmission park drive shafts for excessive wear, mechanism. See Park Brake and lubricant leaks, and/or damage P (Park) Mechanism Check including: tube dents or cracks, 0 309. constant velocity joint or universal joint looseness, . Check accelerator pedal for cracked or missing boots, loose damage, high effort, or binding. or missing boot clamps, center Replace if needed. bearing excessive looseness, . Visually inspect gas strut for loose or missing fasteners, and signs of wear, cracks, or other axle seal leaks. damage. Check the hold open GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 381
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
382 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever (7) Replace brake fluid every five Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty years. See Brake Fluid 0 304. Services - Normal conditions, inspect the filter at each (8) Or every 12 months, whichever oil change or more often as needed. (1) Or every two years, whichever 0 comes first. See Wiper Blade comes first. More frequent See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 296. Replacement 0 309. passenger compartment air filter (4) Do not directly power wash the (9) Or every 10 years, whichever replacement may be needed if transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 310. driving in areas with heavy traffic, output seals. High pressure water poor air quality, high dust levels, can overcome the seals and (10) Replace air conditioning or environmental allergens. contaminate the transfer case fluid. desiccant every seven years. Passenger compartment air filter Contaminated fluid will decrease the replacement may also be needed if life of the transfer case and/or axles there is reduced airflow, window and should be replaced. fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (5) Or every five years, whichever can help determine when to replace comes first. See Cooling System the filter. 0 297. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor (6) Or every 10 years, whichever lines and hoses for proper comes first. Inspect for fraying, attachment, connection, routing, and excessive cracking, or damage; condition. replace, if needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 383
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
384 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance can overcome the seals and Special Application Schedule Additional Required contaminate the transfer case fluid. Services - Severe Contaminated fluid will decrease the Services life of the transfer case and/or axles (1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use and should be replaced. comes first. More frequent Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis passenger compartment air filter (5) Or every five years, whichever components every oil change. replacement may be needed if comes first. See Cooling System . Have underbody flushing service driving in areas with heavy traffic, 0 297. performed. See "Underbody poor air quality, high dust levels, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever Maintenance" in Exterior Care or environmental allergens. comes first. Inspect for fraying, 0 367. Passenger compartment air filter excessive cracking, or damage; replacement may also be needed if replace, if needed. there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (7) Replace brake fluid every five can help determine when to replace years. See Brake Fluid 0 304. the filter. (8) Or every 12 months, whichever (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor comes first. See Wiper Blade lines and hoses for proper Replacement 0 309. attachment, connection, routing, and (9) Or every 10 years, whichever condition. comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 310. (3) Or every four years, whichever (10) Replace air conditioning comes first. If driving in dusty desiccant every seven years. conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 296. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 385 Additional . To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts Your vehicle is an important . Trained dealer technicians have engineered for the vehicle. investment and caring for it properly the diagnostic equipment to test may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are Proper fluid levels and approved performance, additional corrosion-free. fluids protect the vehicle s systems maintenance services may be ’ Belts and components. See required. . Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and It is recommended that your dealer 0 squeak or show signs of Lubricants 388 for GM approved perform these services their — cracking or splitting. fluids. trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have washer fluid levels should be also perform a thorough access to tools and equipment checked at every fuel fill. assessment with a multi-point to inspect the belts and inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be The following list is intended to Brakes filled. explain the services and conditions Brakes stop the vehicle and are to look for that may indicate crucial to safe driving. Hoses services are required. . Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. The 12-volt battery supplies power noises, or difficulty stopping. With a multi-point inspection, your to start the engine and operate any dealer can inspect the hoses and additional electrical accessories. advise if replacement is needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
386 Service and Maintenance Lamps Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Properly working headlamps, Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or taillamps, and brake lamps are for a smoother ride. split in the tire. important to see and be seen on . Signs of wear may include . Trained dealer technicians can the road. steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right . Signs that the headlamps need sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also attention include dimming, failure stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing to light, cracking, or damage. tire wear. services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. The brake lamps need to be . As part of the multi-point checked periodically to ensure Your dealer sells and services inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. that they light when braking. technicians can visually inspect . With a multi-point inspection, the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care your dealer can check the lamps of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like and note any concerns. or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are when service is needed. available from your dealer. For Tires information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care 0 372 and rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Exterior Care 0 367. the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire Wheel Alignment failure. Wheel alignment is critical for . Signs that the tires need to be ensuring that the tires deliver replaced include three or more optimal wear and performance. visible treadwear indicators; cord . Signs that the alignment may or fabric showing through the need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 387 . Your dealer has the required Wiper Blades equipment to ensure proper Wiper blades need to be cleaned wheel alignment. and kept in good condition to Windshield provide a clear view. For safety, appearance, and the . Signs of wear include streaking, best viewing, keep the windshield skipping across the windshield, clean and clear. and worn or split rubber. . Signs of damage include . Trained dealer technicians can scratches, cracks, and chips. check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
388 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (Except DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Denali) Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19352619, in (Denali Only) Canada 19352620). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 297. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 289. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678). Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122). (Two-Wheel Drive) Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in Canada 19353127). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 389
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474). Liftgate Handle Pivot Points Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in Canada 19300458). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or equivalent. Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
390 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C Engine Oil Filter 12690385 PF63E Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188 Spark Plugs 12622441 41–114 Wiper Blades Front Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84613732 — Front Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84613732 — Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 — GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Service and Maintenance 391 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
392 Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications” Technical Data under Capacities and Specifications 0 Vehicle Identification 393 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Service Parts Number (VIN) ...... 392 Identification Service Parts Identification . . . 392 There may be a large barcode on Vehicle Data the certification label on the center Capacities and pillar that you can scan for the Specifications ...... 393 following information: Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 395 . Vehicle Identification This legal identifier is in the front Number (VIN) corner of the instrument panel, on . Model designation the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from . Paint information outside. The Vehicle Identification . Production options Number (VIN) also appears on the If there is not a large barcode on Vehicle Certification and Service this label, then you will find this Parts labels and certificates of title same information on a label inside and registration. of the glove box. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Technical Data 393 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 388 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 5.3L V8 16.8 L 17.8 qt 6.2L V8 16.8 L 17.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.3L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt 6.2L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
394 Technical Data
Capacities Application Metric English Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 C 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.2L V8 J 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Technical Data 395 Engine Drive Belt Routing
5.3L and 6.2L V8 Engines GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
396 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 406 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 407 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 396 Reporting Safety Defects to GMC. Normally, any concerns with General Motors ...... 407 Customer Assistance the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 398 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 399 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 399 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 407 Cybersecurity ...... 408 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 399 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance Event Data Recorders ...... 408 OnStar ...... 409 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 400 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Infotainment System ...... 409 Appointments ...... 401 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 402 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 403 can be quickly resolved at that level. Publication Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 405 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 405 of your dealership or the general manager. STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 397 resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Customer Care Centre at with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program 1-800-263-3777 (English), if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc. We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Blvd. toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600 inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201 enforce your rights. following information available to Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/ . Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line disputes regarding vehicle repairs or from the vehicle registration or This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any resolved at a dealer's facility. That is Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been why we suggest following Step One to you. first. addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
398 Customer Information and Two, General Motors of Canada Mediation/Arbitration Program www.gmc.com Company wants you to be aware of c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) its participation in a no-charge General Motors of Canada 1-888-889-2438 (For Text Mediation/Arbitration Program. Company Telephone devices (TTYs)) General Motors of Canada Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Roadside Assistance: Company has committed to binding 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1-888-881-3302 arbitration of owner disputes Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands: involving factory-related vehicle Your inquiry should be accompanied service claims. The program by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-496-9994 provides for the review of the facts Number (VIN). involved by an impartial third party Canada arbiter, and may include an informal Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada hearing before the arbiter. The Company program is designed so that the Offices Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: entire dispute settlement process, GMC encourages customers to call CA1-163-005 from the time you file your complaint the toll-free number for assistance. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive to the final decision, should be However, if a customer wishes to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 completed in about 70 days. We write or e-mail GMC, the letter www.gmc.ca believe our impartial program offers should be addressed to: advantages over courts in most 1-800-263-3777 (English) jurisdictions because it is informal, United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French) quick, and free of charge. 1-800-263-3830 (For Text GMC Customer Assistance Center Telephone Devices (TTYs)) For further information concerning P.O. Box 33172 Roadside Assistance: eligibility in the Canadian Motor Detroit, MI 48232-5172 1-800-268-6800 Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Overseas the General Motors Customer Care Please contact the local General Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Motors Business Unit. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 399 Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, GMC Owner Centre (Canada) Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic mygmccanada.ca Users Information. Schedule service Visit the GMC Owner Centre at appointments. mygmccanada.ca (English) or To assist customers who are deaf, I : View and print dealer-recorded my.gmccanada.ca (French) to hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records and self-recorded access similar benefits to the and who use Text Telephones service records. U.S. site. (TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment D : Select a dealer and view available at its Customer Assistance GM Mobility Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. locations, maps, phone numbers, can communicate with GMC by and hours. Reimbursement Program dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users r : Track your vehicle’s warranty in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 (U.S.) my.gmc.com 392. H The GMC online owner experience : Compare and shop for GMC This program is available to allows access to videos, articles, and OnStar plans and Services. qualified applicants for cost and vehicle health specific to your View GM Card and SiriusXM reimbursement, up to certain limits, GMC as well as your OnStar information (if equipped). of eligible aftermarket adaptive Account information all in one place. F : Chat live with online help equipment required for the vehicle, representatives. such as hand controls or a Membership Benefits wheelchair/scooter lift for the E See my.gmc.com to register your : Download owner’s manuals vehicle. vehicle. and view vehicle-specific how-to To learn about the GM Mobility videos. program, see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
400 Customer Information Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Location of the vehicle driver if they decide the claims are Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of 1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle claim is made many times. General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle (800-463-7483) for details. TTY Delivery of enough fuel for the users call 1-800-263-3830. . Description of the problem vehicle to get to the nearest service station. Coverage Roadside Assistance . Lock-Out Service: Service to Program Services are provided for the unlock the vehicle if you are duration of the vehicle's powertrain locked out. A remote unlock may For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty. be available if you have OnStar. 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without before this service is given. call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not . Emergency Tow from a Public Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. Road or Highway: Tow to the 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of nearest GMC dealer for warranty the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. service, or if the vehicle was in a Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and crash and cannot be driven. When calling Roadside Assistance, GMC reserve the right to make any Assistance is not given when the have the following information changes or discontinue the vehicle is stuck in the sand, ready: Roadside Assistance program at mud, or snow. any time without notification. . Your name, home address, and . Flat Tire Change: Service to home telephone number General Motors North America and change a flat tire with the spare GMC reserve the right to limit tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Telephone number of your . services or payment to an owner or must be in good condition and location properly inflated. It is the owner's GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 401 responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will . Battery Jump Start: Service to covered. receive payment, up to $100, jump start a dead battery. after sending the original receipt Services Specific to to Roadside Assistance. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Canadian-Purchased Vehicles Mechanical failures may be Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement covered, however any cost for interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery parts and labor for repairs not event, incidental expenses may may be restricted. Propane and covered by the warranty are the be reimbursed within the other fuels are not provided owner responsibility. Powertrain warranty period. through this service. Items considered are reasonable Scheduling Service and customary hotel, meals, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle rental car, or a vehicle being registration is required. Appointments delivered back to the customer, . Trip Interruption Benefits and When the vehicle requires warranty up to 500 miles. Assistance: Must be over service, contact your dealer and Services Not Included in 150 km from where your trip was request an appointment. By started to qualify. scheduling a service appointment Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original and advising the service consultant . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of of your transportation needs, your violation of any laws the repair orders are required. dealer can help minimize your inconvenience. . Legal fines Once authorization has been received, the Roadside If the vehicle cannot be scheduled . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to into the service department or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain immediately, keep driving it until it chains, or other traction devices how to receive payment. can be scheduled for service, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If unless, of course, the problem is is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
402 Customer Information safety related. If it is, please call entitled “Limited Warranty and amounts should reflect actual costs your dealership, let them know this, Owner Assistance Information” and be supported by original and ask for instructions. furnished with each new vehicle receipts. See your dealer for If your dealer requests you to bring provides detailed warranty coverage information. information. the vehicle for service, you are Courtesy Rental Vehicle urged to do so as early in the work Transportation Options day as possible to allow for For an overnight warranty repair, the same-day repair. Warranty service can generally be dealer may provide an available completed while you wait. However, courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Courtesy Transportation if you are unable to do so, your reimbursement of a rental vehicle. dealer may offer the following Reimbursement is limited and must Program transportation options: be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed To enhance your ownership Shuttle Service experience, we and our participating rental agreement and meet state/ dealers are proud to offer Courtesy This includes one-way or round-trip provincial, local, and rental vehicle Transportation, a customer support shuttle service within reasonable provider requirements. program for vehicles with the time and distance parameters of Requirements vary and may include Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty your dealer's area. minimum age requirements, Coverage period in Canada), insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Public Transportation or Fuel Additional fees such as fuel, rental extended powertrain, and/or Reimbursement hybrid-specific warranties in both vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, the U.S. and Canada. If overnight warranty repairs are usage fees, excessive mileage, needed, and public transportation is or rental usage beyond the Several Courtesy Transportation used, the expense must be completion of the repair are also options are available to assist in supported by original receipts and your responsibility. reducing inconvenience when within the maximum amount allowed warranty repairs are required. It may not be possible to provide a by GM. If U.S. customers arrange like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Courtesy Transportation is not a their own transportation, limited part of the New Vehicle Limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel Warranty. A separate booklet expenses may be available. Claim GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 403 Additional Program Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may parts made with the same materials All program options, such as shuttle not have been tested for the vehicle. and construction methods as the service, may not be available at As a result, these parts may fit parts with which the vehicle was every dealer. Contact your dealer poorly, exhibit premature durability/ originally built. Genuine GM for specific availability. corrosion problems, and may not Collision parts are the best choice to General Motors reserves the right to perform properly in subsequent ensure that the vehicle's designed unilaterally modify, change, collisions. Aftermarket parts are not appearance, durability, and safety or discontinue Courtesy covered by the GM New Vehicle are preserved. The use of Genuine Transportation at any time and to Limited Warranty, and any vehicle GM parts can help maintain the GM resolve all questions of claim failure related to such parts is not New Vehicle Limited Warranty. eligibility pursuant to the terms and covered by that warranty. conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Repair Facility parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in choose a collision repair facility that prior crashes. In most cases, the meets your needs before you ever If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from need collision repairs. Your dealer collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. may have a collision repair center damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM with GM-trained technicians and technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to state-of-the-art equipment, or be equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally able to recommend a collision repair parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety center that has GM-trained repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of technicians and comparable value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts equipment. be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
404 Customer Information Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Vehicle make, model, and you may be charged at the end of model year Protect your investment in the GM the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and . Vehicle Identification collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN) are significant differences in the If there has been an injury, call . Insurance company and policy quality of coverage afforded by number various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all . General description of the reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. damage to the other vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility damage repairs through the use of that uses quality replacement parts. aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this insurance companies will not section. specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved If the airbag has inflated, see What recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 78. vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program Managing the Vehicle Damage If such insurance coverage is not 0 400. Repair Process available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and that you take an active role in its telephone number If the vehicle is leased, the leasing repair. If you have a pre-determined company may require you to have . Driver license number repair facility of choice, take the insurance that ensures repairs with vehicle there, or have it towed there. Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and telephone number Specify to the facility that any Manufacturer (OEM) parts or required replacement collision parts Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 405 original GM parts. Remember, Publication Ordering Current and Past Models recycled parts will not be covered by Service manuals and customer the GM vehicle warranty. Information literature are available for many Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals current and past model year GM but you must live with the repair. Service manuals have the diagnosis vehicles. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the To order, call 1-800-551-4123 your insurance company may engine, transmission, axle, Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. initially value the repair using – – suspension, brakes, electrical eastern time aftermarket parts. Discuss this with system, steering system, body, etc. the repair professional, and insist on For credit card orders only (VISA, Genuine GM parts. Remember, Customer Literature MasterCard, or Discover), see if the vehicle is leased, you may be Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Owner’s manuals are written obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and are To order by mail, write to: repaired with Genuine GM parts, intended to provide basic Helm, Incorporated even if your insurance coverage operational information about the does not pay the full cost. Attention: Customer Service vehicle. The owner’s manual 47911 Halyard Drive If another party's insurance includes the Maintenance Schedule Plymouth, MI 48170 company is paying for the repairs, for all models. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. you are not obligated to accept a Customer literature publications repair valuation based on that available for purchase include insurance company's collision policy Radio Frequency owner’s manuals, warranty repair limits, as you have no manuals, infotainment manuals, and Statement contractual limits with that company. portfolios. Portfolios include an In such cases, you can have control This vehicle has systems that owner’s manual, warranty manual, of the repair and parts choices as operate on a radio frequency that infotainment manual, if applicable, complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the long as the cost stays within and zip lock bag or pouch. reasonable limits. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
406 Customer Information Innovation, Science and Economic Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Development (ISED) Canada's the Vehicle Safety Hotline RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Operation is subject to the following 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// two conditions: Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to: 1. The device may not cause to the United States Administrator, NHTSA harmful interference. Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 2. The device must accept any If you believe that your vehicle Washington, D.C. 20590 interference received, including has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other interference that may cause a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle undesired operation of the death, you should immediately safety from http:// device. inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov. Changes or modifications to any of Traffic Safety Administration these systems by other than an (NHTSA) in addition to notifying authorized service facility could void General Motors. authorization to use this equipment. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 407 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like believe that the vehicle has a this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of computers that record information In the U.S., call 1-800-GMC-8782 safety defect, notify Transport about the vehicle s performance and (1-800-462-8782), or write: ’ Canada immediately, and notify how it is driven or used. For General Motors of Canada GMC Customer Assistance Center example, the vehicle uses computer Company. Call Transport P.O. Box 33172 modules to monitor and control Canada at 1-800-333-0510; Detroit, MI 48232-5172 engine and transmission go to: In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: and deploy them in a crash, and, www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) if equipped, to provide antilock General Motors of Canada or write to: braking to help the driver control the Company vehicle. These modules may store Transport Canada Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: data to help the dealer technician Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate CA1-163-005 service the vehicle or to help GM Defect Investigations and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive improve safety or features. Some Recalls Division Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 modules may also store data about 80 Noel Street In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0812 or how the vehicle is operated, such as Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 01-800-466-0801. rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain In other Central America and personal preferences, such as radio Caribbean Countries, call presets, seat positions, and 52-722-236-0680. temperature settings. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
408 Customer Information Cybersecurity your vehicle to any unknown or . Whether or not the driver and untrusted networks (such as passenger safety belts were GM collects information about the Bluetooth, WIFI or similar buckled/fastened; use of your vehicle including technology). In the event you . How far (if at all) the driver was operational and safety related suspect any security incident information. We collect this depressing the accelerator and/ impacting your data or the safe or brake pedal; and, information to provide, evaluate, operation of your vehicle, please improve, and troubleshoot our stop operating your vehicle and . How fast the vehicle was products and services and to contact your dealer. traveling. develop new products and services. These data can help provide a The protection of vehicle electronics Event Data Recorders better understanding of the systems and customer data from circumstances in which crashes and unauthorized outside electronic This vehicle is equipped with an injuries occur. access or control is important to event data recorder (EDR). The GM. GM maintains appropriate main purpose of an EDR is to Note security standards, practices, record, in certain crash or near EDR data are recorded by your guidelines and controls aimed at crash-like situations, such as an air vehicle only if a non-trivial crash defending the vehicle and the bag deployment or hitting a road situation occurs; no data are vehicle service ecosystem against obstacle, data that will assist in recorded by the EDR under normal unauthorized electronic access, understanding how a vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal detecting possible malicious activity systems performed. The EDR is data (e.g., name, gender, age, and in related networks, and responding designed to record data related to crash location) are recorded. to suspected cybersecurity incidents vehicle dynamics and safety However, other parties, such as law in a timely, coordinated and effective systems for a short period of time, enforcement, could combine the manner. Security incidents could typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR data with the type of impact your safety or compromise EDR in this vehicle is designed to personally identifying data routinely your private data. To minimize record such data as: acquired during a crash security risks, please do not connect . How various systems in your investigation. your vehicle electronic systems to vehicle were operating; unauthorized devices or connect GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Customer Information 409 To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar Infotainment System special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is If the vehicle is equipped with Using the navigation system may needed. In addition to the vehicle OnStar and has an active service result in the storage of destinations, manufacturer, other parties, such as plan, additional data may be addresses, telephone numbers, and law enforcement, that have the collected and transmitted through other trip information. See the special equipment, can read the the OnStar system. This includes infotainment manual for information information if they have access to information about the vehicle’s on stored data and for deletion the vehicle or the EDR. operation; collisions involving the instructions. vehicle; the use of the vehicle and GM will not access these data or its features, including infotainment; share it with others except: with the and the location and approximate consent of the vehicle owner or, GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to if the vehicle is leased, with the the OnStar Terms and Conditions consent of the lessee; in response and Privacy Statement on the to an official request by police or OnStar website. similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through See OnStar Additional Information 0 the discovery process; or, as 412. required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
410 OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and OnStar Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 410 The OnStar system status light is OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the Emergency ...... 411 status light is: Security ...... 412 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Additional Information . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button Information ...... 412 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is off. Press Q comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar that can connect to an OnStar Advisor. Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an services may require a paid service Advisor. plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and system, cellular service, and GPS region. satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
OnStar 411 Press = to: Press > to get a priority connection OnStar Services . Open the OnStar app on the to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ infotainment display. See the 7 to: Emergency infotainment manual for . Get help for an emergency. Emergency Services require an information on how to use the . Be a Good Samaritan or active safety and security plan. With OnStar app. respond to an AMBER Alert. Automatic Crash Response, built-in Or . Get assistance in severe sensors can automatically alert a . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn weather or other crisis situations specially trained OnStar Advisor Navigation voice commands. and find evacuation routes. who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help. . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot name or SSID and Press > for a priority connection to password, if equipped. an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct Press Q to connect to an them to your exact location, and Advisor to: relay important information. . Verify account information or With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially update contact information. trained Advisors are available . Get driving directions. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, . Receive a Diagnostic check of assistance, and information during a the vehicle's key operating crisis. systems. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors . Receive Roadside Assistance. can locate a nearby service provider . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, to help with a flat tire, a battery if equipped. jump, or an empty gas tank. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
412 OnStar Security OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners If equipped, OnStar provides these Information services: Press Q and follow the prompts to In-Vehicle Audio Messages . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update pinpoint the vehicle and help information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options. authorities quickly recover it. . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press . With Remote Ignition Block, Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works if equipped, OnStar can block . After change in ownership and Automatic Crash Response, the engine from being restarted. at 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote if equipped, OnStar can work Transferring Service Services, and Roadside Assistance with law enforcement to Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not gradually slow the vehicle down. eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For Theft Alarm Notification can cancel or change account information. more information, a full description If equipped, if the doors are locked of OnStar services, system and the vehicle alarm sounds, a Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, notification by text, e-mail, or phone Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software call will be sent. If the vehicle is Terms: Call 1-888-4ONSTAR stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR with authorities to recover the terminate your OnStar or connected (1-888-466-7827). vehicle. services if the vehicle is disposed . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
OnStar 413 . Press Q to speak with an to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Advisor. phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in See Radio Frequency Statement If equipped, TTY mode can be 0 a place where OnStar has an 405. turned on or off by touching agreement with a wireless service Settings, then Apps, and then Services for People with Phone. When TTY mode is on, provider for service in that area. The Disabilities wireless service provider must also phone calls can be made or have coverage, network capacity, Advisors provide services to help received with OnStar using the reception, and technology with physical disabilities and infotainment display. compatible with OnStar or medical conditions. OnStar Personal Identification connected services. Service Q Number (PIN) involving location information about Press to help: the vehicle cannot work unless GPS . Locate a gas station with an A PIN is needed to access some signals are available, unobstructed, attendant to pump gas. OnStar services. The PIN will need and compatible with the OnStar to be changed the first time when . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., hardware. OnStar or connected speaking with an Advisor. To that meets accessibility needs. services may not work if the OnStar change the OnStar PIN, contact an equipment is not properly installed . Provide directions to the closest OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or or it has not been properly hospital or pharmacy in urgent calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. maintained. If equipment or software situations. is added, connected, or modified, Warranty TTY Users OnStar or connected services may OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar — such as communicate to deaf, warranty. hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
414 OnStar Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the could have difficulty identifying The vehicle can be programmed to call again or try again after driving a the exact location. respond in multiple languages. few miles into another cellular area. Press Q and ask for an Advisor. . In emergency situations, OnStar Vehicle and Power Issues Advisors are available in English, can use the last stored GPS Spanish, and French. Available location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle languages may vary by country. responders. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be A temporary loss of GPS can cause available and operating for features Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a to function properly. These systems OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The may not operate if the battery is Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or discharged or disconnected. Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the been off continuously for 10 days vehicle is driven into an open area. Add-on Electrical Equipment without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the 10 days, OnStar can contact Cellular reception is required for vehicle. Do not add any electrical Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to equipment. See Add-On Electrical to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over Equipment 0 280. Added electrical or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the Global Positioning blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and System (GPS) reception. cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can Unable to Connect to OnStar occur in a large city with tall Vehicle Software Updates buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver around airports; in tunnels and If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes are not available, the OnStar may enhance or maintain safety, system should still operate to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
OnStar 415 security, or the operation of the Privacy libcurl: vehicle or the vehicle systems. The complete OnStar Privacy COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION Software updates or changes may Statement may be found at NOTICE affect or erase data or settings that www.onstar.com (U.S.), are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We saved navigation destinations or Stenberg,
416 OnStar OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions. THE SOFTWARE. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, otherwise to promote the sale, use Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, and this list of conditions in or other dealings in this Software Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other without prior written authorization of Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the the copyright holder. Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution unzip: This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All inability to use this software. or disabled. rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but For the purposes of this copyright use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new including commercial applications, operating systems, existing and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as the following set of individuals: and to alter it and redistribute it ports with new graphical freely, subject to the following interfaces, and dynamic, Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: shared, or static library Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, versions–must be plainly Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed marked as such and must not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
OnStar 417 be misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP releases–including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names “Info-ZIP” (or any variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
418 Connected Services Connected Connected Services OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = Services Navigation as follows. Navigation requires a specific Cancel Route Connected Services OnStar or connected service plan. 1. Press =. System responds: Navigation ...... 418 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections ...... 419 Diagnostics ...... 420 directions or have them sent to the 2. Say “Cancel route.” System vehicle’s navigation screen, responds: “Do you want to if equipped. cancel directions?” Turn-by-Turn Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank 1. Press Q to connect to an you, goodbye.” Advisor. Route Preview 2. Request directions to be downloaded to the vehicle. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Follow the voice-guided “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three Using Voice Commands maneuvers. During a Planned Route Repeat Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by 1. Press =. System responds: vehicle and region. For some “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicles, press = to open the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Connected Services 419 2. Say “Repeat.” System See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) responds with the last direction www.onstar.ca (Canada). The vehicle may have a built-in given, then responds with Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections to the Internet and web content at Get My Destination The following services help with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile staying connected. devices can be connected. A data 1. Press =. System responds: plan is required. Use the in-vehicle “OnStar ready,” then a tone. For coverage maps, see controls only when it is safe to www.onstar.com (U.S.) or do so. 2. Say “Get my destination.” www.onstar.ca (Canada). System responds with the 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot address and distance to the Ensuring Security information, press = to open destination, then responds with . Change the default passwords the OnStar app on the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. for the Wi-Fi hotspot and infotainment display, then Send Destination to Vehicle myGMC mobile application. select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some Make these passwords different vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Directions can be sent to the from each other and use a Settings on the screen. vehicle’s navigation screen, combination of letters, numbers, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display if equipped. and symbols to increase the the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), security. Press Q, then ask the Advisor to password, and on some download directions to the vehicle’s . Change the default name of the vehicles, the connection type navigation system, if equipped. After SSID (Service Set Identifier). (no Internet connection, 3G, the call ends, the navigation screen This is your network’s name that 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality will provide prompts to begin driving is visible to other wireless (poor, good, excellent). directions. Routes that are sent to devices. Choose a unique name 3. To change the SSID or the navigation screen can only be and avoid family names or canceled through the navigation vehicle descriptions. password, press Q or call system. 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect with an Advisor. On some GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
420 Connected Services vehicles, the SSID and . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil power locks are required. Data rates password can be changed in life, or tire pressure, apply. See www.onstar.com for the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. if factory-equipped with the Tire details and system limitations. Pressure Monitor System. After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Remote Services Wi-Fi hotspot will connect . Send destinations to the vehicle. automatically to your mobile Contact an OnStar Advisor to . Locate the vehicle on a map unlock the doors or sound the horn devices. Manage data usage by (U.S. market only). turning Wi-Fi on or off on your and flash the lamps. mobile device, using the myGMC . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot Marketplace mobile app, or by contacting an on/off, manage settings, and OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, monitor data consumption, OnStar Advisors can provide offers Wi-Fi can also be managed from the if equipped. from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Locate a dealer and schedule or book a room. These services service. MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) vary by market. Download the myGMC mobile app . Request roadside assistance. to compatible Apple and Android . Set a parking reminder with pin Diagnostics smartphones. GMC users can drop, take a photo, make a note, By monitoring and reporting on the access the following services from a and set a timer. vehicle's key systems, OnStar smartphone: . Connect with GMC on social Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, media. provides a way to keep up on if factory-equipped. maintenance. Capabilities vary by Features are subject to change. For model. See www.onstar.com for . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped myGMC mobile app information and with automatic locks. details and system limitations. compatibility, see my.gmc.com. Features are subject to change. For . Activate the horn and lamps. An active OnStar or connected updates on feature capabilities, see service plan may be required. my.gmc.com. Message and data A compatible device, rates may apply. factory-installed remote start, and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 421 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and What Will You See after an Modifications ...... 283 Airbag Inflates? ...... 78 Accessory Power ...... 209 When Should an Airbag Active Fuel Management ...... 211 Inflate? ...... 77 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 232 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 75 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 280 Airbags Additional Information Adding Equipment to the OnStar ...... 412 Vehicle ...... 84 Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . 135 and Care ...... 385 Readiness Light ...... 134 Adjustable Throttle and Servicing Airbag-Equipped Brake Pedal ...... 201 Vehicles ...... 84 Adjustments System Check ...... 73 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 49 Alarm Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 296 Vehicle Security ...... 33 Air Conditioning ...... 175, 179 Alert Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change ...... 250 Compartment ...... 181 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 249 Air Vents ...... 180 All-Season Tires ...... 327 Airbag System All-Terrain Tires ...... 328 Check ...... 85 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 224 How Does an Airbag Warning Light ...... 138 Restrain? ...... 78 Appearance Care Passenger Sensing System . . . .80 Exterior ...... 367 What Makes an Airbag Interior ...... 372 Inflate? ...... 78 Armrest Storage ...... 110 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
422 Index Assistance Program, Battery (cont'd) C Roadside ...... 400 Power Protection ...... 172 Calibration ...... 119 Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .305, 360 California Driving ...... 245 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 309 Perchlorate Materials Assistance Systems for Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 39 Requirements ...... 283 Parking and Backing ...... 242 Brake California Automatic Pedal and Adjustable Proposition Dimming Mirrors ...... 39 Throttle ...... 201 65 Warning ...... 282,305, 360, Door Locks ...... 25 System Warning Light ...... 138 Back Cover Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 248 Brakes ...... 303 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Headlamp System ...... 167 Antilock ...... 224 Capacities and Level Control ...... 229 Assist ...... 225 Specifications ...... 393 Transmission ...... 213 Fluid ...... 304 Carbon Monoxide Transmission Fluid ...... 292, 295 Parking ...... 225 Engine Exhaust ...... 212 Automatic Transmission Braking ...... 186 Liftgate ...... 27 Manual Mode ...... 216 Automatic Winter Driving ...... 194 Shift Lock Control Function Emergency (AEB) ...... 248 Cargo Check ...... 308 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 201 Tie-Downs ...... 112 Axle, Front ...... 306 Bulb Replacement Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Axle, Rear ...... 306 Back-up Lamps ...... 313 Center Console Storage ...... 110 Fog Lamps ...... 312 B Center Seat ...... 48 Headlamp Aiming ...... 312 Battery Chains, Tire ...... 347 Headlamps ...... 312 Exterior Lighting Battery Charging High Intensity Discharge Saver ...... 173 Wireless ...... 122 (HID) Lighting ...... 312 Load Management ...... 172 Charging System Light ...... 135 License Plate Lamps ...... 314 Check Buying New Tires ...... 342 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) ...... 136 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 423 Check (cont'd) Connections Customer Satisfaction Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 308 Connected Services ...... 419 Procedure ...... 396 Child Restraints Control Cybersecurity ...... 408 Infants and Young Children . . . . .88 Hill Descent ...... 228 D Lower Anchors and Tethers Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision ...... 403 for Children ...... 93 Stability ...... 226 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Older Children ...... 86 Control of a Vehicle ...... 186 Data Collection Securing ...... 103, 105, 106 Convenience Net ...... 112 Infotainment System ...... 409 Systems ...... 90 Convex Mirrors ...... 37 OnStar ...... 409 Child-View Mirror ...... 41 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 408 Circuit Breakers ...... 315 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 131 Daytime Running Cleaning Engine Temperature Lamps (DRL) ...... 167 Exterior Care ...... 367 Warning Light ...... 141 Defensive Driving ...... 185 Interior Care ...... 372 Cooling ...... 175, 179 Delayed Locking ...... 25 Climate Control Systems Cooling System ...... 297 Diagnostics Dual Automatic ...... 175 Courtesy Transportation Connected Services ...... 420 Rear ...... 179 Program ...... 402 Distracted Driving ...... 184 Clock ...... 119 Cruise Control ...... 230 Dome Lamps ...... 170 Cluster, Instrument ...... 126 Light ...... 144 Door Collision Damage Repair ...... 403 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 232 Ajar Light ...... 144 Compartments Cupholders ...... 109 Delayed Locking ...... 25 Storage ...... 109 Customer Assistance ...... 399 Locks ...... 24 Compass ...... 119 Offices ...... 398 Power Locks ...... 25 Connected Services Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 395 Connections ...... 419 Users ...... 399 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 240 Diagnostics ...... 420 Customer Information Driver Information Navigation ...... 418 Publications Ordering Center (DIC) ...... 144 Information ...... 405 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
424 Index Driving Electrical System (cont'd) Equipment, Towing ...... 270 Assistance Systems ...... 245 Overload ...... 314 Event Data Recorders ...... 408 Better Fuel Economy ...... 184 Rear Compartment Fuse Exit Lighting ...... 171 Characteristics and Block ...... 325 Extended Parking ...... 211 Towing Tips ...... 259 Emergency Extender, Seat Belt ...... 71 Defensive ...... 185 OnStar ...... 411 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 164 Drunk ...... 185 Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 166 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 193 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 296 Exterior Lighting Battery If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 195 Check Light (Malfunction Saver ...... 173 Indicator) ...... 136 Loss of Control ...... 187 F Off-Road ...... 188 Compartment Overview ...... 286 Fan Off-Road Recovery ...... 187 Coolant Temperature Engine ...... 302 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 196 Gauge ...... 131 Filter, Wet Roads ...... 193 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 296 Winter ...... 194 Warning Light ...... 141 Flash-to-Pass ...... 167 Dual Automatic Climate Cooling System ...... 297 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 168 Control System ...... 175 Drive Belt Routing ...... 395 Flat Tire ...... 347 Exhaust ...... 212 E Changing ...... 349 Fan ...... 302 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 255 FlexFuel Heater ...... 207 Electrical Equipment, E85 ...... 255 Oil Life System ...... 291 Add-On ...... 280 Floor Console Storage ...... 111 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 130 Electrical System Floor Mats ...... 375 Oil Pressure Light ...... 142 Engine Compartment Fuse Fluid Overheating ...... 300 Block ...... 315 Automatic Power Messages ...... 151 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 315 Transmission ...... 292, 295 Running While Parked ...... 212 Instrument Panel Fuse Brakes ...... 304 Starting ...... 206 Block ...... 320, 323 Entry Lighting ...... 171 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 425 Fluid (cont'd) Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Four-Wheel Drive Prohibited Fuels ...... 255 Voltmeter ...... 133 Transfer Case ...... 219 Recommended ...... 254 Warning Lights and Washer ...... 302 Top Tier ...... 254 Indicators ...... 125 Fog Lamps ...... 169 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 359 General Information Bulb Replacement ...... 312 Fuses Service and Maintenance . . . . . 377 Folding Mirrors ...... 38 Engine Compartment Fuse Towing ...... 259 Forward Collision Alert Block ...... 315 Vehicle Care ...... 282 (FCA) System ...... 245 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 315 Glass Replacement ...... 310 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 219, 305 Instrument Panel Fuse Glove Box ...... 109 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 139 Block ...... 320, 323 GM Mobility Reimbursement Frequency Statement Rear Compartment Fuse Program ...... 399 Radio ...... 405 Block ...... 325 H Front Axle ...... 306 G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 168 Front Fog Lamp Garage Door Opener ...... 160 Head Restraints ...... 47 Light ...... 143 Programming ...... 160 Head-up Display ...... 147 Front Seats Gas Strut(s) ...... 310 Headlamps Heated and Ventilated ...... 54 Gauges Aiming ...... 312 Fuel Engine Coolant Automatic ...... 167 Additives ...... 255 Temperature ...... 131 Bulb Replacement ...... 312 Economy, Driving for Better . . . 184 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 130 Daytime Running Filling a Portable Fuel Fuel ...... 130 Lamps (DRL) ...... 167 Container ...... 258 Odometer ...... 129 Flash-to-Pass ...... 167 Filling the Tank ...... 256 Speedometer ...... 129 High Intensity Discharge Foreign Countries ...... 255 Tachometer ...... 129 (HID) Lighting ...... 312 Gauge ...... 130 Transmission Temperature . . . . 132 High-Beam On Light ...... 143 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 142 Trip Odometer ...... 129 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166 Management, Active ...... 211 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
426 Index Headlamps (cont'd) Indicator Lamps (cont'd) Lamps On Reminder ...... 143 Vehicle Ahead ...... 140 Exterior Lamps Off Heated Infants and Young Children, Reminder ...... 166 Rear Seats ...... 55 Restraints ...... 88 Exterior Lighting Battery Steering Wheel ...... 116 Information Saver ...... 173 Heated and Ventilated Front Publication Ordering ...... 405 License Plate ...... 314 Seats ...... 54 Infotainment ...... 174 Malfunction Indicator Heated Mirrors ...... 39 Infotainment System ...... 409 (Check Engine) ...... 136 Heater Instrument Cluster ...... 126 On Reminder ...... 143 Engine ...... 207 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 5 Reading ...... 171 Heating ...... 175, 179 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 41 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 250 High-Beam On Light ...... 143 Introduction ...... 2 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 251 High-Speed Operation ...... 334 J Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 139 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 193 Lap Belt ...... 71 Jump Starting - North Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 228 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 65 America ...... 360 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 225 LATCH System Hood ...... 284 K Replacing Parts after a Horn ...... 116 Keyless Entry Crash ...... 103 How to Wear Seat Belts Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 13, 16 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Properly ...... 63 Keys ...... 9, 10 Tethers for Children ...... 93 HVAC ...... 175, 179 L LED Lighting ...... 312 I Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 329 Level Control Automatic ...... 229 Ignition Positions ...... 202, 204 Lamps Liftgate ...... 27 Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 167 Lighting Check ...... 308 Dome ...... 170 Entry ...... 171 Immobilizer ...... 36 Exterior Controls ...... 164 Exit ...... 171 Illumination Control ...... 170 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 427 Lighting (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Maintenance and Care LED ...... 312 Traction Control System Additional ...... 385 Lights (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 141 Maintenance Schedule ...... 379 Airbag Readiness ...... 134 Traction Off ...... 140 Recommended Fluids and Antilock Brake System Lock Lubricants ...... 388 (ABS) Warning ...... 138 Steering Column ...... 35 Transfer Case ...... 219 Brake System Warning ...... 138 Locking Rear Axle ...... 229 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 136 Charging System ...... 135 Locks Manual Mode ...... 216 Check Engine (Malfunction Automatic Door ...... 25 Memory Seats ...... 51 Indicator) ...... 136 Delayed Locking ...... 25 Messages Cruise Control ...... 144 Door ...... 24 Engine Power ...... 151 Door Ajar ...... 144 Lockout Protection ...... 26 Vehicle ...... 151 Engine Coolant Power Door ...... 25 Vehicle Speed ...... 152 Temperature Warning ...... 141 Safety ...... 26 Mirror Engine Oil Pressure ...... 142 Loss of Control ...... 187 Child-View ...... 41 Flash-to-Pass ...... 167 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 142 Mirrors Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 139 Low-Profile Tires ...... 328 Automatic Dimming ...... 39 Front Fog Lamp ...... 143 Lower Anchors and Tethers Automatic Dimming High-Beam On ...... 143 for Children (LATCH Rearview ...... 41 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166 System) ...... 93 Blind Spot ...... 39 Lane Keep Assist ...... 139 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 49 Convex ...... 37 Low Fuel Warning ...... 142 Front Seats ...... 49 Folding ...... 38 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 133 M Heated ...... 39 Security ...... 143 Manual Rearview ...... 41 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 229 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 140 Power ...... 38 Maintenance Tire Pressure ...... 141 Tilt in Reverse ...... 40 Records ...... 391 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 139 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 41 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
428 Index Monitor System, Tire Operation Personalization Pressure ...... 335 Fog Lamps ...... 169 Vehicle ...... 152 N Outlets Power Power ...... 120 Door Locks ...... 25 Navigation Overheating, Engine ...... 300 Mirrors ...... 38 Connected Services ...... 418 Overview Outlets ...... 120 Net, Convenience ...... 112 Instrument Panel ...... 5 Protection, Battery ...... 172 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 201 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 209 Noise Control System ...... 306 P Seat Adjustment ...... 48 Park O Windows ...... 42 Shifting Out of ...... 210 Odometer ...... 129 Power Assist Steps ...... 32 Park Assist ...... 242 Trip ...... 129 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 70 Parking Off-Road ...... 188 Privacy Brake ...... 225 Driving ...... 188 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 407 Brake and P (Park) Recovery ...... 187 Program Mechanism Check ...... 309 Oil Courtesy Transportation ...... 402 Extended ...... 211 Engine ...... 289 Prohibited Fuels ...... 255 Over Things That Burn ...... 211 Engine Oil Life System ...... 291 Proposition Parking or Backing Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 130 65 Warning, Assistance Systems ...... 242 Pressure Light ...... 142 California ...... 282,305, 360, Passenger Airbag Status Older Children, Restraints ...... 86 Back Cover Indicator ...... 135 Online Owner Center ...... 399 Publication Ordering Passenger Compartment Air OnStar ...... 409 Information ...... 405 Filter ...... 181 OnStar Additional Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 80 Information ...... 412 R Perchlorate Materials Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 405 OnStar Emergency ...... 411 Requirements, California ...... 283 Reading Lamps ...... 171 OnStar Overview ...... 410 Rear Axle ...... 306 OnStar Security ...... 412 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 429 Rear Axle (cont'd) Replacing Airbag System ...... 86 S Locking ...... 229 Replacing LATCH System Safety Defects Reporting Rear Climate Control System . . . 179 Parts after a Crash ...... 103 Canadian Government ...... 407 Rear Seats ...... 55 Replacing Seat Belt System General Motors ...... 407 Heated ...... 55 Parts after a Crash ...... 72 U.S. Government ...... 406 Rear Storage ...... 110 Reporting Safety Defects Safety Locks ...... 26 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 242 Canadian Government ...... 407 Safety System Check ...... 71 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 118 General Motors ...... 407 Scheduling Appointments ...... 401 Rearview Mirrors ...... 41 U.S. Government ...... 406 Seat Belts ...... 62 Automatic Dimming ...... 41 Restraints Care ...... 72 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 50 Where to Put ...... 92 Extender ...... 71 Recommended Retained Accessory How to Wear Seat Belts Fuel ...... 254 Power (RAP) ...... 209 Properly ...... 63 Recommended Fluids and Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 40 Lap Belt ...... 71 Lubricants ...... 388 Ride Control Systems Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 65 Records Magnetic ...... 229 Reminders ...... 133 Maintenance ...... 391 Roads Replacing after a Crash ...... 72 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 364 Driving, Wet ...... 193 Use During Pregnancy ...... 70 Reimbursement Program, Roadside Assistance Seats GM Mobility ...... 399 Program ...... 400 Center Seat ...... 48 Remote Keyless Entry Roof Head Restraints ...... 47 (RKE) System ...... 13, 16 Sunroof ...... 44 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .54 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 23 Roof Rack System ...... 112 Heated, Rear ...... 55 Replacement Rotation, Tires ...... 340 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 49 Glass ...... 310 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 395 Memory ...... 51 Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front ...... 48 Airbags ...... 86 Parked ...... 212 Rear ...... 55 Maintenance ...... 390 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 50 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
430 Index Seats (cont'd) Shifting (cont'd) Storage Areas (cont'd) Second Row ...... 56 Out of Park ...... 210 Floor Console ...... 111 Third Row Seat ...... 60 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 249 Glove Box ...... 109 Second Row Seats ...... 56 Signals, Turn and Roof Rack System ...... 112 Securing Child Lane-Change ...... 169 Sunglasses ...... 110 Restraints ...... 103, 105, 106 Special Application Services . . . . 384 Storage Compartments ...... 109 Security Specifications and Struts Light ...... 143 Capacities ...... 393 Gas ...... 310 OnStar ...... 412 Speedometer ...... 129 Stuck Vehicle ...... 195 Vehicle ...... 33 StabiliTrak Sun Visors ...... 43 Vehicle Alarm ...... 33 OFF Light ...... 140 Sunglass Storage ...... 110 Service ...... 182 Start Assist, Hill ...... 225 Sunroof ...... 44 Accessories and Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 23 Symbols ...... 3 Modifications ...... 283 Starter Switch Check ...... 308 System Doing Your Own Work ...... 283 Starting the Engine ...... 206 Forward Collision Maintenance Records ...... 391 Steering ...... 186 Alert (FCA) ...... 245 Maintenance, General Heated Wheel ...... 116 Infotainment ...... 174, 409 Information ...... 377 Wheel Adjustment ...... 115 Noise Control ...... 306 Parts Identification ...... 392 Wheel Controls ...... 116 Roof Rack ...... 112 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 401 Steering Column Lock ...... 35 Systems Services Steps Driver Assistance ...... 240 Special Application ...... 384 Power Assist ...... 32 T Servicing the Airbag ...... 84 Storage Tachometer ...... 129 Shift Lock Control Function Rear ...... 110 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 399 Check, Automatic Storage Areas Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 36 Transmission ...... 308 Armrest ...... 110 Immobilizer ...... 36 Shifting Center Console ...... 110 Third-Row Seats ...... 60 Into Park ...... 209 Convenience Net ...... 112 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
Index 431 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 201 Tires (cont'd) Transportation Program, Time ...... 119 Winter ...... 328 Courtesy ...... 402 Tires ...... 326 Top Tier Fuel ...... 254 Trip Odometer ...... 129 All-Season ...... 327 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 218 Turn and Lane-Change All-Terrain ...... 328 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 139 Signals ...... 169 Towing Buying New Tires ...... 342 U Chains ...... 347 Driving Characteristics ...... 259 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 344 Changing ...... 349 Equipment ...... 270 Universal Remote System ...... 160 Designations ...... 330 General Information ...... 259 Operation ...... 163 Different Size ...... 344 Recreational Vehicle ...... 364 Programming ...... 160 Full-Size Spare ...... 359 Trailer ...... 264 Using This Manual ...... 2 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 347 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 278 Inspection ...... 340 Vehicle ...... 363 V Low Profile ...... 328 Traction Vehicle Pressure ...... 333, 334 Control System Alarm System ...... 33 Pressure Light ...... 141 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light ...... 141 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 336 Off Light ...... 140 Control ...... 186 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 335 Traction Control/Electronic Identification Number (VIN) . . . 392 Rotation ...... 340 Stability Control ...... 226 Load Limits ...... 196 Sidewall Labeling ...... 329 Trailer Messages ...... 151 Terminology and Definitions . . 331 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 278 Personalization ...... 152 Uniform Tire Quality Towing ...... 264 Remote Start ...... 23 Grading ...... 344 Transfer Case ...... 219 Security ...... 33 Wheel Alignment and Tire Transmission Speed Messages ...... 152 Balance ...... 346 Automatic ...... 213 Towing ...... 363 Wheel Replacement ...... 346 Fluid, Automatic ...... 292, 295 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 140 When It Is Time for New Temperature Gauge ...... 132 Tires ...... 341 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13566587) - 2020 - CRC - 4/15/19
432 Index Vehicle Care Windshield Tire Pressure ...... 333 Replacement ...... 310 Vehicle Data Recording and Wiper/Washer ...... 116 Privacy ...... 407 Winter Vehicle Security Driving ...... 194 Steering Column Lock ...... 35 Winter Tires ...... 328 Ventilation, Air ...... 180 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 309 Visors ...... 43 Wipers Voltmeter Gauge ...... 133 Rear Washer ...... 118 W Wireless Charging ...... 122 Warning Brake System Light ...... 138 Caution and Danger ...... 3 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 125 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 168 Washer Fluid ...... 302 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance . . 346 Different Size ...... 344 Replacement ...... 346 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 341 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 92 Windows ...... 41 Power ...... 42 20_GMC_Yukon_YukonXL_YukonDenali_COV_en_US_84367243B_2019AUG05.ai 1 8/2/2019 11:48:38 AM
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
84367243 B